sarasota bradenton international airport - SRQ Airport

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT

Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B

GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Sarasota, Florida BOARD MEMBERS JOHN STAFFORD – CHAIRMAN

DOUG HOLDER

ROBERT SPENCER - VICE CHAIRMAN

KRISTIN INCROCCI

CARLOS M. BERUFF- SECRETARY

DR. PETER A. WISH

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER FREDERICK J. PICCOLO

Project Manual Bid Set: BID-04-2017-GES GS&P Project No.: 42151.01 September 14, 2017

Florida Registration No. AAP000034 / CA3806 / IB26000797 / LC26000381 GRESHAM, SMITH AND PARTNERS ARCHITECTS / ENGINEERS Two Harbour Place 302 Knights Run Avenue, Suite 900 Tampa, Florida 33602

Copyright 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

TABLE OF CONTENTS BID-04-2017-GES

TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE TO BIDDERS

N-1 TO N-2

SECTION 1 – GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10

APPLICABILITY CONTENTS OF REQUEST FOR BID PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF REQUEST FOR BIDS MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF REQUEST FOR BIDS EVALUATION OF REQUEST FOR BIDS AWARD OF CONTRACT CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONTRACT TERMINATION OF CONTRACT FURTHER INFORMATION

GC- 1 GC- 1 GC- 2 TO GC- 3 GC- 3 TO GC- 4 GC- 4 TO GC- 5 GC- 6 GC- 6 TO GC- 8 GC- 8 GC -8 GC -8

SECTION 2 – SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19

SCOPE OF WORK BASIS OF AWARD METHOD OF AWARD BIDS SUBMITTED BY MEMBERS OF ADVISORY BOARDS POWER OF ATTORNEY AND COUNTERSIGNATURE FLORIDA STATE TAX INDEMNIFICATION NON WAIVER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION INVOICES/PAYMENT USE OF TRADE NAMES SHIPPING TERMS CONTACT PERSON ACCEPTANCE OF PRODUCTS COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL STANDARDS BID GUARANTY VARIANCES IN TERMS AND CONDITIONS PERFORMANCE WARRANTY BOND AND PAYMENT GUARANTY BIDDER DECLARATION

SC- 1 SC- 1 SC- 2 SC- 2 SC- 2 SC- 2 TO SC- 3 SC- 3 SC- 3 SC-3 TO SC- 4 SC- 4 SC- 4 TO SC- 5 SC- 5 SC- 5 SC- 5 SC- 5 SC- 5 SC- 5 SC- 5 SC- 6 SC- 6 TO SC- 7

SECTION 3 – GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS SECTION 70 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 130 WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY & GEN RQMTS

Gresham Smith and Partners

1

10-1 TO 10-5 50-1 TO 50-8 60-1 TO 60-4 70-1 TO 70-11 80-1 TO 80-7 130-1 TO 130-22

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

TABLE OF CONTENTS BID-04-2017-GES

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAILING A SEALED BID LIST OF BID FORMS BID PRICE AND SIGNATURE PAGE PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY SUBCONTRACTORS BIDDER QUALIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE PUBLIC ENTITY CRIME STATEMENT NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT REFERENCES BID BOND DBE BID FORMS #1, #2 & #3 CONTRACT FORM CERTIFICATE OF OWNER’S ATTORNEY PAYMENT BOND PERFORMANCE BOND BOND AFFIDAVIT CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY DBE AWARDED PRIME FORMS #1 & #2

BF- 1 BF- 2 BF- 3 BF- 4 BF- 5 BF- 6 TO BF-7 BF- 8 BF- 9 TO BF-10 BB-1 C-1 TO C-7 CA-1 PB-1 TO PB-2 PF-1 TO PF-2 BA-1 CS-1

SECTION 5 – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION I – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010300 AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES 010300-1 TO 010300-2 APPENDIX 010300A – CONSTRUCTION RULES 010300-A-1 TO 010300-A-3 APPENDIX 010300B – ID BADGE PROCEDURES 1-1 TO 8-6 APPENDIX 010300C – AIRPORT FAMILIARIZATION & DRIVER TRAINING PROGRAM 010300-C-1 TO 010300-C-23 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 01 23 00-1 TO 01 23 00-2 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 25 00-1 TO 01 25 00-4 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 26 00-1 TO 01 26 00-3 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 29 00-1 TO 01 29 00-14 01 31 00 PROJECT MGMT AND COORDINATION 01 31 00-1 TO 01 31 00-9 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-1 TO 01 33 00-11 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00-1 TO 01 40 00-9 01 45 33 STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 01 45 33-1 TO 01 45 33-6 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00-1 TO 01 60 00-7 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 73 00-1 TO 01 74 00-10 01 74 19 CONST WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19-1 TO 01 74 19-6 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 77 00-1 TO 01 77 00-6 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-1 TO 01 78 23-7 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 TO 01 78 39-5 DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

02 41 19-1 TO 02 41 19-6

DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 45 05 PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM

03 30 00-1 TO 03 30 00-14 03 45 05-1 TO 03 45 05-7

DIVISION 4 – MASONRY 04 73 15 MFR THIN ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY 04 73 15-1 TO 04 73 15-16

Gresham Smith and Partners

2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

TABLE OF CONTENTS BID-04-2017-GES

DIVISION 5 – METALS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 31 00 STEEL DECK 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

05 12 00-1 TO 05 12 00-8 05 31 00-1 TO 05 31 00-3 05 40 00-1 TO 05 40 00-8

DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTIC AND COMPOSITES 06 06 60 PLASTIC FABRICATIONS 06 16 43 GYPSUM SHEATHING

06 06 60-1 TO 06 06 60-5 06 16 43-1 TO 06 16 43-4

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 13 26 SELF -ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES 07 92 01 EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS

07 13 26-1 TO 07 13 26-6 07 19 00-1 TO 07 19 00-5 07 54 23-1 TO 07 54 36-7 07 71 00-1 TO 07 71 00-6 07 92 01-1 TO 07 92 01-4

DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 9 – FINISHES 09 96 00 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 10 14 00 SIGNAGE

09 96 00-1 TO 09 96 00-8

10 14 00-1 TO 10 14 00-17

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT USED) DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPRESSION (NOT USED) DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING (NOT USED) DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (NOT USED) DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 00 10 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 05 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELEC. POWER. COND. & CABLES 26 05 26 GROUNDING & BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29 HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33 RACEWAYS & BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 09 23 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 26 28 13 FUSES 26 43 13 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE

26 00 10-1 TO 26 00 10-19 26 05 19-1 TO 26 05 19-6 26 05 26-1 TO 26 05 26-11 26 05 29-1 TO 26 05 29-7 26 05 33-1 TO 26 05 33-12 26 05 33-1 TO 26 05 36-11 26 09 23-1 TO 26 09 23-10 26 24 16-1 TO 26 24 16-12 26 27 26-1 TO 26 27 26-13 26 28 13-1 TO 26 28 13-5 26 43 13-1 TO 26 43 13-7

DIVISION 27 – TECHNOLOGY/ COMMUNICATIONS 27 00 10 TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS

27 00 10-1 TO 27 00 10-23

Gresham Smith and Partners

3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

TABLE OF CONTENTS BID-04-2017-GES

27 05 28 RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY 27 10 00 STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM 27 41 00 AUDIO/ VISUAL SYSTEMS

27 05 28-1 TO 27 05 28-11 27 10 00-1 TO 27 10 00-17 27 41 00-1 TO 27 41 00-14

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 63 29 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS

31 63 29-1 TO 26 63 29-6

END TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gresham Smith and Partners

4

SEPTEMBER 2017

NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID-04-2017-GES The SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY will receive sealed bids for the construction of the Gateway Enhancement Project at the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport, Sarasota, Florida, in the Dan McClure Auditorium, 1123 General Spaatz Boulevard, Sarasota, Florida, 34243, until 2:00 PM, Friday, October 20, 2017 at which time and place bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. Bids received after stated time will not be accepted. The Work may be generally described as follows: The project consists of the renovation of existing signs and construction of new site improvements to the main public vehicular entrance (“gateway”) to the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Campus, mainly concentrated around the intersection of University Parkway and Airport Circle drive. Elements of the project will be implemented along the University Parkway right-of-way (ROW) and north of the intersection further into the airport property landscaped/turfed areas. The project scope includes three areas of work: 1.

Overhead Directional Roadway Signs - sign panel replacement and painting of superstructure at two (2) existing overhead signs, construction of (1) new mast arm structure.

2.

New Monumental Signage at Airport Circle entrance to Airport from University Parkway. Landscape, site and electrical lighting improvements to support new signage installation.

3.

New Video Display Feature (electronic messaging center) at Airport Circle loop road (packaged as Add Alternate #1). Landscape, site, electrical lighting and fiber optics cabling improvements to support new display sign installation.

The estimated Contract time will be 285 consecutive calendar days from the date of Notice-to-Proceed. A Mandatory Pre-bid Conference will be held at 10:00 A.M. on Tuesday, October 3, 2017 in the Dan McClure Auditorium, at the Engineering Building, Sarasota Bradenton International Airport,1123 General Spaatz Boulevard, Sarasota, Florida, 34243. Bid security in the form of a bid bond equal to 5% of the total bid made payable to the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority is required. Contract security in the form of 100% Performance and Payment Bonds will be required. No bid may be withdrawn after closing time for the receipt of sealed bids for a period of 90 days. A Notice-of-Award for the Contract will be issued once a successful bidder has been determined and funding has been secured. In an effort to improve communication with suppliers, streamline and reduce administrative costs, SMAA will use Onvia DemandStar to distribute automatic solicitation notifications, addendums, award recommendations, etc. to all interested firms. This is an automated notification service that will send new opportunities directly to you once your online account has been activated. To be sure you are notified of new solicitations as soon as they are issued, please have your government contracts specialist register on DemandStar at http://www.onvia.com/demandstar-subscriptions in order to access the website where documents are available to download. Onvia’s support contact is [email protected] to activate your complimentary agency subscription. Although this service is not a mandatory requirement in bidding with the Authority, it is the only way to be notified automatically of solicitations. Pursuant to Florida Statutes 119, all bidding documents with the Authority are public record. Bidding documents may be examined digitally online at the following locations: DemandStar:

https://www.demandstar.com/ Manage Subscriptions at http://www.onvia.com/demandstar-subscriptions or contact DemandStar at [email protected] for a complimentary agency subscription.

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority:

Sarasota Bradenton International Airport http://srq-airport.com/airport-business/purchasing/bid announcements

SRQ Gateway Enhancement Project

NB-1

Plans are also available for limited viewing in the Engineering office at Sarasota Bradenton International Airport beginning Wednesday, September 20, 2017, upon prior notice. Please contact Elisa Traub, Project Coordinator, (941) 359-2770 ext. 4270, or Rob Walker, CAD/GIS System Operator at ext. 4273 to coordinate. All Bidders must have a valid General Contractor’s License and be licensed in accordance with Florida Laws. The Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority reserves the right to waive any informalities or irregularities in the bids received and to reject any or all bids or to award or refrain from awarding the contract for the work, whichever is deemed to be in the Owner's best interests. Mr. Kent Bontrager, PE Senior Vice President, Engineering, Planning, and Facilities Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Please Submit Bids via ONE of the following: By Mail or FedEx to:

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority 6000 Airport Circle Sarasota, FL 34243 Attn: Engineering

OR Hand Deliver to:

SRQ Gateway Enhancement Project

SMAA Engineering Office 5900 Airport Auditorium Lane Sarasota, FL 34243 (adjacent to the Dan McClure Auditorium)

NB-2

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

SECTION 1 - GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.1

APPLICABILITY: These General Terms and Conditions apply to all offers made to the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority (hereinafter referred to as the “Authority") by all prospective vendors (hereinafter referred to as "Bidders") on behalf of Solicitations including, but not limited to, Invitations to Bid, Requests for Bids (RFB), Requests for Quotes, and Requests for Qualifications. Additionally, all references made to the Architect/Engineer will mean Gresham Smith and Partners, (hereinafter referred to as GS&P). As such, the words, "Bid" and "Proposal" are used interchangeably in reference to any and all offers submitted by prospective vendors.

1.2

CONTENTS OF REQUEST FOR BID: A.

General Conditions Bidders are required to submit their Bids in conjunction with the following expressed conditions:

B.

(1)

Bidders shall thoroughly read and examine all Bid documents. As Bid documents frequently change for each Solicitation, Bidders should not assume that this Solicitation contains the same terms and conditions that were supplied in prior Solicitations. The Authority is not obligated to identify any modifications to Bid documents.

(2)

Bidders shall make all investigations necessary to thoroughly inform themselves regarding the work area, facilities for delivery of material and equipment, disposal of waste, and non-interference with operations, as required by the Bid conditions. No plea of ignorance by the Bidder of conditions that exist, or that may hereafter exist as a result of failure to fulfill the requirements of the contract documents will be accepted as a basis for varying the requirements of the Authority, or the compensation to the vendor.

(3)

Bidders are advised that all Authority contracts are subject to all legal requirements contained in the Authority's Purchasing Manual and/or State and Federal Statutes, rules and regulations. When conflicts between this Bid Solicitation and these legal documents occur, the higher authority shall prevail.

Variances in Terms and Conditions Where there appear to be variances or conflicts between these General Terms and Conditions and the Special Terms and Conditions and/or Technical Specifications outlined in the Bid Solicitation, the Special Conditions and/or the Technical Specifications in the Bid Package shall prevail.

C.

Clarification and Addendum to Request for Bid Specifications If any person contemplating submitting a Bid under this Solicitation is in doubt as to the true meaning of the specifications or other Bid documents or any part thereof, the Bidder must submit to the Authority's primary point of contact, at least seven (7) calendar days prior to scheduled Bid opening, a request for clarification. All such requests for clarification must be made in writing, on company letterhead, and e-mailed to:

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Elisa K. Traub, Project Coordinator Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Engineering, Planning and Facilities Department 5900 Airport Auditorium Lane Sarasota, FL 34243 Email: [email protected]

The person submitting the request will be responsible for its timely delivery. Any interpretation of the Bid Documents, if made, will be made only by Addendum duly issued by the Authority's designated Architect/Engineer, GS&P. The Architect/Engineer shall issue an Informational Addendum if clarification or minimal changes are required. The Architect/Engineer shall issue a Formal Addendum if substantial changes that affect the technical submission of Bid are required. Copies of such Addendum or Addenda will be uploaded digitally to Onvia DemandStar and posted to the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Website. Prospective bidders are responsible for monitoring these sources and downloading any clarifications or addenda. In the event of conflict with the original Contract Documents, Addendum shall govern all other Contract Documents to the extent specified. Subsequent Addendum shall govern over prior Addendum only to the extent specified. The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of the Formal Addendum by listing it on the bid form , signing a copy of the Addendum and including it with the Bid. Failure of a Bidder to include a signed Formal Addendum in its Bid shall render its Bid non-responsive. However, the Authority may waive this requirement in its best interest. The Authority will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretation made verbally or in writing by any other Authority/Architect/Engineer representative, and Bidders shall not rely on them. D.

Prices Contained in Request for Bid (1) Current Prices Bids indicating price in effect "at time of shipment" will be considered invalid. Bids shall identify length of time in calendar days the price will be honored, which shall not be less than ninety (90) calendar days. (2) Collusion The Bidder, by affixing a signature to this Bid, certifies that its Bid is made without previous understanding, agreement, or connection either with any person, firm, or corporation making a Bid for the same items or with the Authority's Vice President, Chief Operating Officer or initiating department. The Bidder also certifies that its Bid is in all respects fair, without outside control, collusion, fraud, or otherwise illegal action. To insure integrity to the Authority's public procurement process, all Bidders are hereby placed on notice that all Bidders who falsify the certification required in conjunction with this section shall be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law.

1.3

PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF REQUEST FOR BID: A.

Preparation/Submission Bids will be prepared in accordance with the following: (1)

The Authority's Request for Bid Forms attached to this Solicitation shall be used when the Bidder is submitting its Bid. No other forms will be accepted.

(2)

All information required by the Request for Bid Forms shall be furnished by the Bidder. All documents and/or samples that are required of the Bidder at the time of Bid submission shall be listed on the Request for Bid Forms. If the Bidder fails to

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

supply any required documents and/or samples, its Bid shall be considered nonresponsive and shall not be considered.

B.

(3)

The Bidder shall print or type its name on each continuation sheet on which any entry is made. Bid must contain manual signatures in the spaces provided on the Request for Bid Form. The Bid must be typed or printed in ink. Use of erasable ink is not permitted. All corrections made by the Bidder must be initialed in ink. Bids that do not comply with these conditions will be declared non-responsive and shall not be considered.

(4)

The Bidder is responsible for the accuracy of Bid. In case of mistake in extension, unit price will govern. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof, will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words.

(5)

Alternate Bids will not be considered unless authorized by the Special Conditions.

(6)

Proposed delivery time, if required in the Special Conditions and/or Technical Specifications, must be stated in calendar days.

(7)

Bidders shall not charge Federal taxes nor State of Florida sales, excise, and use taxes in Bid prices, as the Authority is exempt from payment of such taxes. An exemption certificate will be signed where applicable on request.

(8)

Telegraphic Bids, Facsimile Bids and/or Electronic Format Bids will not be considered.

(9)

Bidders that require alternate contractual terms and conditions as a stipulation for contract award must include such alternate terms and conditions in the Request for Bid Forms. The Authority reserves the right to declare the Bidder's Proposal as non-responsive if any of these alternate terms and conditions are either in conflict with, or are not in the best interests of the Authority's terms and conditions. Once Bids have been opened, the Authority shall not consider any subsequent submission of alternate terms and conditions.

Late Bids or Modifications Bids and modifications received after the date and time set for the Bid opening shall be considered non-responsive and shall be returned to the Bidder. NOTE: The time shall be per Authority time.

1.4

MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF REQUEST FOR BIDS: A.

Modification of Bids After a Bid has been submitted, it may only be modified in the form of a written notice on company letterhead and must be received before the time and date set for the Bid opening. Each modification submitted to the Authority must have the following information clearly marked on the face of the envelope. (1) (2) (3)

Bidder's Name & Return Address Bid Number Opening Date of the Bid

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT (4) (5)

B.

1.5

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Title of the Bid The following statement: "This modification supersedes any Bid or modification of any Bid previously submitted." If more than one modification is submitted, the modification bearing the latest date of receipt will be considered the valid modification.

Withdrawal of Bids (1)

Bids may be withdrawn before the time and date set for the Bid opening. Such requests must be made in writing on company letterhead.

(2)

Bids or any portion thereof under evaluation may not be withdrawn after the time and date set for the Bid opening for a period of ninety (90) days. If the Bidder withdraws a Bid during ninety (90) day period, the Authority shall not accept any Bid from the Bidder for a six-month period following the withdrawal. Differences of value may be deducted from the Bid Bond when applicable.

EVALUATION OF REQUEST FOR BIDS: A.

Rejection of Request for Bids The Authority may reject a Bid under any of the following conditions:

B.

(1)

The Bidder fails to acknowledge receipt of a formal addendum;

(2)

The Bidder misstates or conceals any material fact in the Bid;

(3)

The Bid does not strictly conform to the law or requirements of the Bid;

(4)

The Bid requires a conditional award that conflicts with the method of award stipulated in the Special Conditions;

(5)

The Bid does not include documents, certificates, licenses, and/or samples that are required for submission in conjunction with the Special Conditions and/or the Technical Specifications;

(6)

The Bidder, through an authorized signature on the Bid Form, has not executed the Bid;

(7)

Whenever it is deemed in the best interest of the Authority.

Elimination from Consideration (1)

A Bid may not be accepted from, nor any Contract be awarded to, any person or firm who is in arrears to the Authority on any debt or Contract or which is in a default on any obligation to the Authority.

(2)

A Bid may not be accepted from, nor any Contract be awarded to, any person or firm which has failed to perform faithfully any previous Contract with the Authority, for a minimum period of one (1) year after this previous Contract was terminated for cause.

(3)

Communication with individual Commissioners of the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority is prohibited. Any prospective supplier that makes contact with any SMAA Board member, soliciting business from the Authority before, during or after any request for bid, shall, at the discretion of the Authority's Vice President,

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Chief Operating Officer, be just cause to terminate all bids, existing contract(s), and be removed from the Authority's vendor files for the period of one (1) year. All written, video, or other information respondent desires to provide to Commissioners shall be delivered to the Executive Director for dissemination to Authority members. Failure to adhere to this policy may result in disqualification from further consideration. C.

Waiver of Informalities The Authority reserves the right to waive any informalities or irregularities in any or all Bid documents.

D.

E.

Demonstration of Competency (1)

Pre-award inspection of the Bidder's facility may be made before the award of contract. Bids will only be considered from firms that are regularly engaged in the business of providing the goods and/or services as described in this Request for Bid. Bidders must be able to demonstrate a good record of performance for a reasonable period, and have sufficient financial support, equipment, and organization to insure that they can satisfactorily execute the services if awarded a contract under the terms and conditions herein stated. The terms "equipment and organization" as used herein shall be construed to mean a fully equipped and wellestablished company in line with the best business practices in the industry and as determined by the proper authorities of the Authority.

(2)

The Authority may consider any evidence available regarding the financial, technical and other qualifications and abilities of a Bidder, including past performance (experience) with the Authority in making the award in the best interest of the Authority.

(3)

The Authority may require Bidders to show proof that they have been designated as authorized representatives of a manufacturer or supplier that is the actual source of supply. In these instances, the Authority may also require material information from the source of supply regarding the quality, packaging, and characteristics of the products to be supplied to the Authority through the designated representative. Any conflicts between this material information provided by the source of supply and the information contained in the Bidder's Proposal may render the Bid non-responsive.

(4)

The Authority may, during the period of the Contract, review the Bidder’s record of performance to insure that the Bidder is continuing to provide sufficient financial support, equipment and organization as prescribed in this Solicitation. Regardless of the Bidder's performance on contracts awarded to it by the Authority, the Authority may place said contracts on probationary status and implement termination procedures, if the Authority determines that the successful Bidder no longer possesses the financial support, equipment and organization which would have been necessary during the Bid evaluation period in order to comply with this demonstration of competency section.

Copy of Request For Bid Tabulations If a Bidder desires a tabulation of the Bid, the Bidder shall enclose a pre-addressed, stamped envelope with its Bid.

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT 1.6

1.7

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

AWARD OF CONTRACT: A.

The contract will be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder(s) whose Bid(s), conforming to the Solicitation, is most advantageous to the Authority. The lowest responsive, responsible Bidder(s) will be determined in conjunction with the method of award described in the Special Conditions. If more than one (1) commodity is required, the bid may be split. The Authority reserves the right to award on the basis of a line item, groups of items or as a whole, whichever is in the best interest of the Authority. The Vice President, Chief Operating Officer will decide on bids of equal value that is most responsible and responsive.

B.

The Authority shall award a contract to a Bidder through action taken at a duly authorized Authority Board of Commissioners meeting. This action shall be administratively supported by a written award of acceptance, mailed, or otherwise furnished to the successful Bidder.

C.

The General Terms and Conditions, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications and Bidder's Proposal are collectively an integral part of the Contract between the Authority and the successful Bidder.

D.

While the Authority may award a contract to a Bidder(s) under this Solicitation, said award may be conditional on the subsequent submission of other documents as specified in the Special Conditions. Successful bidder will have fifteen (15) calendar days to provide required documents (signed contract, bonds and other documents specified in Special Conditions). If the Bidder fails to submit the required documents within this period, the Authority may void its decision to award the contract to the Bidder and may accept the Bid from the second lowest responsive, responsible Bidder or re-solicit Bids.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS: A.

Local, State, And Federal Compliance Requirements Successful Bidders must be familiar and comply with all local, state, and federal directives, ordinances, rules, orders, and laws as applicable to, and affected by, this contract and subsequent contract(s) including but not limited to: (1)

Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO), in compliance with Executive Order 11246 as amended and applicable to this contract.

(2)

Civil Rights act of 1964, Title VI Assurances, including provisions found in 49 USC 47123 (derived from Airway Improvement Act of 1982, Section 520), as applicable to this contract.

(3)

Provisions of 29 CFR part 201, Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended and applicable to this contract.

(4)

Requirements of 29 CFR part 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) of 1970, as applicable to this contract.

(5)

It is the policy of the Authority and the Department of Transportation that disadvantaged business enterprises as defined in 40 CFR Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds under this agreement. Consequently, the DBE requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 and Part 26 applies to this agreement. The DBE participation goal for this contract is 4.0%.

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Ignorance on the part of the Bidder shall in no way relieve it from responsibility for compliance to these requirements. (6) B.

The contractor shall be responsible for all state and local permits required.

Conditions of Purchase It is agreed that contractual items shall comply with all Federal, State or local laws relative thereto, and that the bidder shall defend actions or claims brought and save harmless the Authority from loss, cost or damage by reason of actual or alleged infringements of patents.

C.

D.

Conditions of Material and Packaging (1)

All items furnished must be new, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, and free from defects. All containers shall be new and suitable for storage or shipment. The Bid price shall include standard commercial packaging.

(2)

All materials hereinafter specified shall be fully guaranteed by the Bidder against factory defects. Any defects that may occur as the result of either faulty material or workmanship within the period of the manufacturer's warranty, or damages that may occur in shipment, will be corrected by the Bidder at no expense to the Authority.

Disposition The Bidder shall not assign, transfer, convey, sublet or otherwise dispose of this contract, including any or all of its right, title or interest therein, or its power to execute such contract to any person, company or corporation without prior written consent of the Authority.

E.

Delivery Prices quoted and deliveries are to be F.O.B. Sarasota freight prepaid unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions of the Solicitation. Deliveries shall be made during regular business hours. Title and risk of loss shall pass to the Authority on inspection and acceptance by the Authority at its designated delivery point, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions.

F.

Claims The Bidder shall be held responsible for making all claims against carriers or subcontractors for missing or damaged items and shall ensure that the Authority is appropriately compensated for these missing or damaged items to the satisfaction of the Authority.

G.

Performance In order to protect the vested interests of the Authority, successful Bidders shall comply with all contractual obligations contained in the General Terms and Conditions, the Special Conditions, the Technical Specifications, Contract, and the Bid Form. Reports from the Architect/Engineer or other Authority agencies that identify non-compliance issues shall be forwarded to the Bidder for corrective action. Continued non-compliance by the Bidder shall be the justification for initiating termination.

H.

Re-Procurement Charges In the event that the Bidder defaults on its contract or the contract is terminated for cause

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 1 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

due to performance, the Authority shall charge the Bidder any difference in cost between the Bidder's price and the price to be paid to the next lowest Bidder. Also included will be any costs associated with resolicitation that result from such default or termination. I.

1.8

1.9

Legal Disputes (1)

If any party to this contract commences an action to enforce this contract or any provision hereof, or other performance thereof, then the prevailing party shall be entitled to an award by the Court of attorneys' fees and expert fees.

(2)

In the event either party files any legal proceeding arising out of the contract or other performance thereof, the parties agree that Sarasota County shall be the proper venue and the legal proceeding must be brought only in the Twelfth Judicial Circuit Court and for Sarasota County, Florida.

MODIFICATIONS OF EXISTING CONTRACT: A.

In the event that an Authority agency or department requires additional dollars and/or time for an existing contract, the Authority's Vice President, Chief Operating Officer shall facilitate such change orders in conformance with the change order policy, SMAA Resolution No. 0044. After proper approvals are received, which may include approval from the Board, a fully executed change order to the original contract will be transmitted to the Contractor. For this reason, the Bidder is advised not to honor orders that extend beyond the dollar and/or time limits of the original contract until an agent of the Authority provides authorization to the Bidder in the form of a change order.

B.

Terms and Conditions, other than those specified in 1.8A of the General Terms and Conditions, may be added, modified, or deleted upon mutual agreement between agents of the Authority and the Bidder provided that such terms and conditions remain within the scope and original intent of the Solicitation. Said terms and conditions may include additions or deletions or service levels and/or commodities. All additions, deletions, and/or modifications must be expressed in writing through a change order and executed by authorized agents of the Authority and the Bidder before the enactment of such additions, deletions, and/or changes.

TERMINATION OF CONTRACT: The Authority may cancel the Contract upon thirty- (30) days written notice for any reason. This may include but not be limited to the Authority's inability to continue with the contract due to the elimination of funding.

1.10

FURTHER INFORMATION: This Solicitation is issued on behalf of the Authority by the Architect/Engineer of Record, Gresham Smith and Partners. Requests for further information except as specified in Section 1.2C of the General Terms and Conditions should be addressed to the Authority’s primary point of contact under this paragraph. Elisa K. Traub. Project Coordinator Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Engineering, Planning and Facilities Department 5900 Airport Auditorium Lane Sarasota, FL 34243 Email: [email protected]

Gresham Smith and Partners

GC - 8

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

SECTION 2 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS

2.0

SCOPE OF WORK:

The work consists of renovation of existing signs and site improvements to the main public vehicular entrance (“gateway”) to the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Campus on University Parkway to enhance visibility and the entry/exit sequence through the Airport Circle loop drive. The project site is mainly concentrated around the intersection of University Parkway and Airport Circle drive, with elements of the project to be implemented along the University Parkway right-of-way (ROW) and north of the intersection further into the airport property landscaped/turfed areas. The project scope includes three areas of work: 1. Overhead Directional Roadway Signs - sign panel replacement and painting of superstructure at two (2) existing overhead signs, construction of (1) new mast arm structure. 2. New Monumental Signage at Airport Circle entrance to Airport from University Parkway 3. New Video Display Feature (electronic messaging center) at Airport Circle loop road (packaged as Add Alternate #1).

The project also requires site improvements such as: • Demolition of existing landscaping, planting and irrigation; installation of new landscaping, landscape lighting and irrigation within the project area on SRQ property. • Demolition of existing plant material inside the median approaching the intersection within the University Parkway ROW; replace with new palm trees. • New landscaping to support the video display feature. • Installation of fiber-optic cabling from Owner-provided connection point to video display equipment. A.

Intended Use. 1.

B.

2.1

Improved wayfinding to main public vehicular entrance to Airport. Monument signage marking entrance.

Responsibility of Bidders. 1.

The bidder shall perform all work in a professional manner employing experienced journeyman trades personnel. Consideration shall be given to such matters as bidder integrity, compliance with public policy, record of past performance, and financial and technical resources.

2.

The bidder must assume complete responsibility for all elements of the work, even though major portions may be sub-contracted. This responsibility shall include demolition, construction, installation of specified components, inspection, performance testing, and final cleaning of the work areas.

BASIS OF AWARD Award will be based on the total lump sum bid amount plus whichever alternates or options the Airport Authority selects as detailed in the Technical Specifications section of this Bid.

Gresham Smith and Partners

SC - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT 2.2

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

METHOD OF AWARD: A. The contract will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder who, at the sole discretion of the Authority, provides the highest level of service and workmanship at the fairest price. Criteria for an evaluation of responsible bidders include: • • •

2.3

Financial stability Legal issues from previous work Pending claims from previous clients.

BIDS SUBMITTED BY MEMBERS OF ADVISORY BOARDS: A.

Members of Advisory Boards, such as the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, are prohibited by Section 112.313(7), Florida Statutes (1989) from holding any employment or contractual relationship with any business entity that is doing business with the Authority.

B.

Section 112.313(12), Florida Statutes (1989) provides that an Advisory Board member will not be in violation of the prohibition Section 112.313(7), Florida Statutes (1989) if: (1)

The Bid is awarded under a system of sealed, competitive bidding to the lowest or best bidder. In addition, the Advisory Board member is required to file a statement with the Supervisor of Elections of Sarasota County or Manatee County, disclosing his interest and the nature of the intended business prior to or at the time of the submissions of the Bid. The form that should be used is entitled "FORM 3A INTEREST IN COMPETITIVE BID FOR PUBLIC BUSINESS”, a copy of which is available from the Department of General Services.

(2)

The Advisory Board member, their spouse or child is required to have in no way used or attempted to use their influence to persuade the Authority or any of its personnel to enter into such a contract other than by the mere submission of the Bid.

(3)

The Advisory Board member, their spouse or child is required to have in no way participated in the determination of the Bid specifications or the determination of the lowest or best bidder. All of the above three (3) conditions must be satisfied in accordance with the Florida Statutes. The filing of the disclosure form with the Supervisor of Elections of Sarasota or Manatee County is the sole responsibility of the bidder and must be filed before or at the time of submission of the Bid. Failure of the bidder to comply with the provisions of this paragraph may result in the rejection of the Bid.

2.4

POWER OF ATTORNEY AND COUNTERSIGNATURE: Attorneys-in-fact, who sign Bid Bonds and Performance, Payment, and Guaranty Bonds, must file with such bonds a certified copy of their Power-of-Signature to sign such bonds. All Bonds must be countersigned by a resident STATE agent of the Surety, with a copy of the agent's license, as issued by the Insurance Commissioner, attached thereto.

2.5

FLORIDA STATE TAX: Attention of all Proposers is directed to the fact that all work under this Bid is subject to the provisions of Chapter 212, Florida Statues, Tax on Sales, Use and Other Transactions. It is the responsibility of the Proposer to make such determination and to remit to the State all applicable taxes. Any such tax shall be included in the Bid Price. The Authority is a governmental agency

Gresham Smith and Partners

SC - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

termed as a Political Subdivision. The Authority's tax exemption number is 68-06-044688-53C. 2.6

2.7

INDEMNIFICATION: A.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Bidder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Authority, its members, administrators, officers, employees and agents, from and against all claims, damages, fines, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Services under this contract or lack thereof, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or part by an alleged or actual negligence of the Bidder, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, the Authority, the Authority's agents or employees or anyone for whose acts any of them are liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the negligence of a party indemnified hereunder. The Bidder shall save harmless the Authority, its members, administrators, officers, employees and agents, from and indemnify it and them against all claims, liens and suits for labor and material furnished by the Bidder. The Bidder shall defend on behalf of the Authority, its members, directors, officers, employees and agents, and the Architect/Engineer, any suits jointly against the Authority alone, or against any member, director, officer, employee or agent of the Authority, for or arising out of any or all of the aforesaid causes. The Bidder shall be liable to the Authority for consequential damages, costs, loss of revenue or loss of profit resulting from Bidder's negligence in the performance of the Services. The Bidder shall accept full responsibility, indemnify, and hold harmless the Authority, its members, administrators, officers, employees and agents from and against all penalties and fines associated with violations of FAA regulations F.A.R. Part 107, 108, and 139, that are attributable to the Bidder, any employee of the Bidder, or any person associated with the Bidder in any way.

B.

In any and all claims against the Authority or any of its members, administrators, officers, employees or agents, and the Architect/Engineer, by any employee of the Bidder, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Bidder or any damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Bidder or any Subcontractor under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

C.

The Authority may retain any money due or to become due hereunder, sufficient to indemnify it against such injuries, claims, suits, actions, cost or damage should any such claim arise. The Bidder acknowledges that one percent (1%) of the contract amount shall be the consideration for this Agreement.

NONWAIVER: Failure of the Authority during the progress of the renovation and installation to discover or reject defects in workmanship or material not in accordance with the Contract, shall not be deemed an acceptance thereof nor a waiver of the Authority's right to a proper execution of the Contract or any part of it by the Bidder.

2.8

DEFAULT AND TERMINATION: A.

In the event that: (1)

The Bidder shall fail to keep, perform and observe each and every promise, covenant and agreement set forth in this Contract, and such failure shall continue

Gresham Smith and Partners

SC - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

for a period of more than seven (7) days after delivery to the Bidder of a written notice of such breach or default; (2)

The Bidder's occupational, business, or operator's license shall terminate for any reason;

(3)

The Bidder shall become insolvent, or shall take the benefit of any present or future insolvency statute, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a petition or answer seeking an arrangement for its reorganization, or the readjustment of its indebtedness under the Federal Bankruptcy laws, or under any other law or statute of the United States or any State thereof, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator of all or substantially all of its property; or

(4)

The Bidder shall have a petition under any part of the Federal Bankruptcy laws, or an action under any present or future insolvency laws or statute, filed against it, which petition is not dismissed within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof; Then at its discretion, the Authority shall have the right to terminate this Contract for Default, which termination shall be effective twenty-four (24) hours after written notice of such termination is given to the Bidder. The Authority can, at its option, delay the effective date of termination for default until the first day of the month following the date on which written notice of such termination is given to the Bidder.

The Authority shall specify the termination date in its written notice of termination. In the event that the Authority terminates this Contract for default, the Bidder shall be compensated by the Authority for costs incurred to the date of termination (but Authority shall have the right to off set its damages and any amounts owed by the Bidder to Authority against any amount owed to Bidder), but shall not be compensated for any profits earned or claimed after the receipt of the Authority's notice of termination by default. 2.9

2.10

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION: A.

The Bidder agrees that it will not, during or after the term of this Contract, disclose any proprietary information or confidential business information of the Authority, including but not limited to its costs, charges, operating procedures and methods of doing business to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity or to the general public for any reason or purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of the Authority. Such confidential or proprietary information received by the Bidder shall be used by it exclusively in connection with the performance of the Services.

B.

The Bidder shall not issue or release for publication any articles or advertising or publicity matter relating to the Services performed by Bidder hereunder or mentioning or implying the name of the Authority without the prior written consent of the Authority.

INVOICES/PAYMENT: A.

The invoice shall be itemized to include specific items delivered, installed and services performed; dates work completed; and reference the Authority’s fully executed Contract.

B.

The Bidder must have all changes to the invoice approved in writing by the Authority Vice President, Chief Operating Officer before the change.

C.

The Authority reserves the right to verify the invoice amounts and to take credit on future

Gresham Smith and Partners

SC - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

invoices if warranted.

2.11

D.

The Authority will not pay the Bidder for indirect and direct costs for services not rendered by the Bidder.

E.

Payment shall be made to the Bidder within thirty (30) days after receipt of and after approval of invoice, based upon satisfactory completion of delivery.

USE OF TRADE NAMES: Brand or trade names referenced in specifications are for comparison purpose only. Bidders may submit Bids on items manufactured by other than the manufacturer specified only if item meets the Technical Specifications. The Architect/Engineer will have final approval authority for any substitution.

2.12

SHIPPING TERMS: F.O.B. DESTINATION: All bidders shall quote prices based on F.O.B. destination and shall hold title to the goods until such time as they are delivered to and accepted by an authorized Airport representative.

2.13

CONTACT PERSON: For any questions on the Technical Specifications of the required materials, please contact the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Engineering, Planning and Facilities Dept., Elisa Traub, Project Coordinator, [email protected] ; 941-359-2700 x4270.

2.14

ACCEPTANCE OF PRODUCTS AND WORK BY THE AUTHORITY: The products shall be delivered to the Airport in excellent condition, assembled, and ready for operation. If a product does not meet specifications, it will be returned to the Bidder in exchange for suitable equipment or for full credit at no additional cost to the Airport. The work performed on site is also subject to inspection and must meet acceptable work standards.

2.15

COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL STANDARDS: All items to be purchased under this Bid shall be in accordance with all governmental standards. Such standards shall include but not be limited to those insured by the office of Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Hazards (NIOSH), and the National Fire Protection Association ((NFPA).

2.16

BID GUARANTY: If any product/service delivered does not meet performance representations or other quality assurance representations as published by manufacturers, producers or distributors of such products or the specifications listed in this bid, the vendor shall pick up the product form the Authority at no expense to the Authority, or it may be returned to the vendor at the vendors expense. The Authority reserves the right to reject any or all materials if, in its judgment, the item reflects unsatisfactory workmanship, manufacturing or shipping damage. Also, the vendor shall refund to the Authority any money, which has been paid for same. The vendor will be responsible for attorney fees in the event the supplier defaults and court action is required.

2.17

VARIANCES IN TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Where there appear to be variances or conflicts between the General Terms and Conditions and the Special Conditions and/or Technical Specifications outlined in the Bid Solicitation, the Special Conditions and/or the Technical Specifications in the Bid Package and Contract shall prevail.

Gresham Smith and Partners

SC - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

2.18

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

PERFORMANCE WARRANTY BOND AND PAYMENT GUARANTY: A Performance Warranty Bond and Payment Guaranty, from an A-Rated Bonding Company and satisfactory to the Authority, on the form attached hereto, in an amount not less than One Hundred percent (100%) of the Total Annual Contract Price will be required of the successful Proposer to guarantee that it will perform the work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, will pay all debts incurred by the Bidder under this agreement and maintain the required insurance. Within fifteen (15) calendar days of being notified of the award, the BIDDER shall furnish PERFORMANCE BOND and PAYMENT BOND. A.

Separate Performance and Payment Bonds are required.

B.

The Bond(s) shall be for one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount guaranteeing the Authority the completion and performance of the work covered in such contract as well as full payment of all suppliers, material, men, laborers, or subcontractors employed pursuant to this project.

C.

Such bonds must be executed by a Surety Company of recognized standing, authorized to do business in the State of Florida as surety, having resident agent in the State of Florida with a record of successful continuous operation for at least five (5) years. The Surety Company shall have at least a minimum rating of A-rated in the latest revision of Best’s Insurance Reports.

D.

Such bond(s) shall continue in effect for one (1) year after completion and acceptance of the equipment/materials with liability equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price or an additional bond shall be conditioned that the bidder will, upon notification by the Authority, correct any defective or faulty work or materials which appear within one (1) year after completion of the contract.

2.19 BIDDER DECLARATION: BIDDER UNDERSTANDS, AGREES AND WARRANTS AS FOLLOWS:

A.

That Bidder has carefully read, and fully understands the information provided by SMAA is to serve as the basis for submission of this bid to renovate existing space and provide an elevated building addition for an expanded checkpoint.

B.

That Bidder has the capability to successfully undertake and complete the responsibilities and obligations of the proposal being submitted and to complete the work within the contract time and sequence specified in the IFB and contract documents.

C.

That Bidder information must be submitted with the bid and is attached hereto.

D.

That this proposal may be withdrawn by requesting such withdrawal in writing at any time prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, on the date that the proposal is due, but may not be withdrawn for a period of 90 days after such date.

E.

That all information contained in the Bid is true and correct to the best of Bidder's knowledge.

F.

That Bidder did not, in any way, collude, conspire, or agree directly or indirectly, with any person, firm, corporation, or other Bidder in regard to the amount, terms or conditions of this proposal. Bidders must complete the non-collusion affidavit that is part of the bid forms.

Gresham Smith and Partners

SC - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS

G.

That Bidder did not receive unauthorized information from, nor initiate improper contact with, any member of SRQ administration, SMAA, legal counsel or relevant airport consultant regarding this Request for Proposals. Bidder agrees that there shall be no lobbying, attempted lobbying, influencing of, or attempted influencing of the airport administration or of SMAA or their agents or attorneys during the proposal review period except as contained in the written proposal of the Bidder and except that, upon tentative final selection of a proposal by SMAA, the Bidder may negotiate with SMAA the terms of a prospective concession agreement.

H.

That no officer or employee of SRQ or SMAA has a financial interest, direct or indirect, in the proposal of proponent or in any contract to be negotiated by proponent with SMAA. If you are in doubt as to status or interest, disclose to the extent known.

I.

That SRQ reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to negotiate fees, terms and provisions which will bring the best level of overall performance of these services to SRQ.

J.

That by submission of this proposal, the Bidder acknowledges that SRQ has the right to make any inquiry it deems appropriate to substantiate or supplement information supplied by Bidder, and Bidder hereby grants SMAA permission to make said inquiries, and to provide any and all requested documentation in a timely manner

Gresham Smith and Partners

SC - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 – DEFINITION OF TERMS

SECTION 3 - GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 DEFINITION OF TERMS Whenever the following terms are used in these Specifications, in the Contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the Airport to a public highway. 10-03 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 AIP. The Airport Improvement Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA). For the purpose of these Specifications, the term air operations area shall mean any area of the Airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means the area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights of way; and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas, and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials. 10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the Owner, of the successful Bidder's proposal. 10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 BUILDING AREA. An area on the Airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for Airport buildings or other Airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all Airport buildings and facilities located thereon. 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the Plans, Specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and Contract time

Gresham Smith and Partners

10 - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 – DEFINITION OF TERMS

adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such changes. The work covered by a change order shall be within the scope of the Contract. 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded Contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans, and any Addenda issued to Bidders. 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM). A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the Contract. 10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the Proposal, allowed for completion of the Contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the Proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days, the Contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work Contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the Contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the Airport area. 10-18 ARCHITECT and/or ENGINEER. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner (Sponsor) to be responsible for architectural and/or engineering inspection of the Contract work and acting directly or through an authorized representative. Wherever the term “Engineer” or “Architect” is used throughout this document it shall be understood to mean “Architect and/or Engineer”. 10-19 EQUIPMENT. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded Contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the Contract as previously modified. 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. When used to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his/her duly authorized representative. 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor.

Gresham Smith and Partners

10 - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 – DEFINITION OF TERMS

10-24 FORCE ACCOUNT. Force account construction work is construction that is accomplished through the use of material, equipment, labor, and supervision provided by the Owner or by another public agency pursuant to an agreement with the Owner. 10-25 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words “directed,” “required,” “permitted,” “ordered,” “designated,” “prescribed,” or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly, the words “approved,” “acceptable,” “satisfactory,” or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer, subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the Contract Specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, Specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-26 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. 10-27 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the Airport or within the Airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the Airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the Airport surface. 10-28 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major Contract item shall be any item that is listed in the Proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20 percent of the total amount of the award Contract. All other items shall be considered minor Contract items. 10-29 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the Contract work. 10-30 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual Contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the Contract time begins. 10-31 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term “Owner” shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the Contract. For AIP Contracts, the term” Sponsor” shall have the same meaning as the term “Owner.” Where the term “Owner” is capitalized in this document, it shall mean airport owner or sponsor only. 10-32 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-33 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-34 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his/her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

Gresham Smith and Partners

10 - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 – DEFINITION OF TERMS

10-35 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the Airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the Contract, supplementary to the Specifications. 10-36 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific Airport development with respect to a particular Airport. 10-37 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the Bidder (when submitted on the approved Proposal Form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the Plans and Specifications. 10-38 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a Contract if his/her Proposal is accepted by the Owner. 10-39 RUNWAY. The area on the Airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-40 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the Contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the Contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the Contract Specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the Contract physically. 10-41 SPONSOR. See definition above of “Owner.” 10-42 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines; water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the Airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-43 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation. 10-44 SUPERINTENDENT. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-45 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering: (1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded Contract, or any major Contract item, by more than 25%, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded Contract; or (2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded Contract. 10-46 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing Payment or Performance Bonds which are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-47 TAXIWAY. For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an Airport that has been designated by competent Airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the Airport's runways or aircraft parking areas.

Gresham Smith and Partners

10 - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 10 – DEFINITION OF TERMS

10-48 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the Contract, Plans, and Specifications. 10-49 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward completion of the Contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered as working days.

END OF SECTION 10

Gresham Smith and Partners

10 - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the Specifications or Plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for under the Contract. The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specification requirements. 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the Contract, Plans or Specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the Plans and Specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his/her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, durability, and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, he will advise the Owner of his/her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document his/her determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the Contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended Contract price adjustments will be based on good engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in his/her opinion, needed. Changes in the Contract price shall be covered by Contract modifications (change order or supplemental agreement) as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the Plans and Specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term “reasonably close conformity” shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the Contract, Plans, and Specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract, Plans, and Specifications during the Contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term “reasonably close conformity” is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA, to use good engineering judgment in his/her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the Contract, Plans and Specifications. For AIP contractors, the Owner should keep the FAA advised of the Engineer’s determinations as to acceptance of work this is not in reasonable close conformity to the Contact, Plans and

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

Specifications. Change orders or supplemental agreements must bear the written approval of the FAA. The Engineer may consult with the FAA for the determination to accept materials that are not in strict conformance with the specification requirements. The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The Contract, Plans, Specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the Contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions; Contract Technical Specifications shall govern over Contract General Provisions, Contract Special Provisions, Plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; Contract General Provisions shall govern over Plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; Plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on the Plans or Specifications. In the event the Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the Engineer for his/her interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor will be supplied with three (3) copies each of the Plans and Specifications. He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the Plans and Specifications. Additional copies of Plans and Specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Engineer and his/her inspectors and with other Contractors in every way possible. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his/her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the Plans and Specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his/her authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The Owner reserves the right to Contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this Contract. When separate Contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each Contractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his/her Contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his/her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

project. He shall join his/her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either his/her own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The contractor must give weekly copies of the survey notes to the Engineer so that the Engineer may check them as to accuracy and method of staking. All areas that are staked by the Contractor must be checked by the Engineer prior to beginning any work in the area. The Engineer will make periodic checks of the grades and alignment set by the Contractor. In case of error on the part of the Contractor, or his/her employees, resulting in establishing grades and/or alignment that are not in accordance with the plans or established by the Engineer, all construction not in accordance with the established grades and/or alignment shall be replaced without additional cost to the Owner. No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, for this labor, materials, or other expenses therewith. The cost thereof shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contract. Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking. Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot stations. Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot stations. Subgrade blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway – minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways – minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas – minimum 3 per station d. Roadways – minimum 3 per station Base Course blue tops at 25 foot stations and 25 foot offset distance (max.) for the following section locations: a. Runway – minimum 5 per station b. Taxiways – minimum 3 per station c. Holding apron areas – minimum 3 per station Pavement areas: a. Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks (for stringline by Contractor) at 100 foot stations b. Between Lifts at 25 foot stations for the following section locations: (1). Runways – each paving lane width (2). Taxiways – each paving lane width (3). Holding areas – each paving lane width c. After finish paving operations at 50 foot stations (1). All paved areas – Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50 foot stations and at all break points with maximum of 50 foot offsets Fence lines at 100 foot stations Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades, including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, VASI’s, PAPI’s, REIL’s, Wind Cones, Distance Markers (signs), pull boxes and manholes. Drain lines, cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot stations, inlet and manholes. Painting and Striping layout (pinned with 1.5 inch PK nails) marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting) Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a minimum of once per 400 feet per pass (i.e. paving lane). NOTE: Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the Contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period forty-eight (48) hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the Contract. 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the Owner and/or the Engineer on behalf of the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the Contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the Plans and Specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors employed by the Owner and/or the Engineer on behalf of the Owner are authorized to notify the Contractor or his/her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the Contract, Plans, or Specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for his/her decision. 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it, the Contractor at anytime before the acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed.

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

Should the Contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the Contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this Contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the Contract, Plans, and Specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been given by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the Plans or as given, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the Contract. Work so done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply forthwith with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the Owner) from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his/her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his/her own expense. 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a Contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the Project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various Contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work.

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification, the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the Project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion and/or phase of the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner, he may request the Engineer to make final inspection of that unit or phase. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit or phase has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the Contract, he may recommend that the Owner accept it as being completed, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit or phase. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the Contract. 50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire Project, the Engineer and Owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the Contract is found to be completed in accordance with the Contract, Plans, and Specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the Engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. 50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the Contract, Plans, or Specifications or previously authorized as extra work, he shall notify the Engineer in writing of his/her intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the Contractor shall, within l0 calendar days, submit his/her written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations.

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

50-17 COST REDUCTION INCENTIVE. The provisions of this subsection will apply only to Contracts awarded to the lowest qualified, responsible Bidder pursuant to competitive bidding. On projects with original Contract amounts in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Contractor may submit to the Engineer, in writing, proposals for modifying the Plans, Specifications or other requirements of the Contract for the sole purpose of reducing the cost of construction. The cost reduction Proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the Project, including but not limited to service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, design and safety standards. This provision shall not apply unless the proposal submitted is specifically identified by the Contractor as being presented for consideration as a Value Engineering proposal. Not eligible for cost reduction proposals are changes in the basic design of a pavement type, runway and taxiway lighting, visual aids, hydraulic capacity of drainage facilities, or changes in grade or alignment that reduce the geometric standards of the Project. As a minimum, the following information shall be submitted by the Contractor with each proposal: a. A description of both existing Contract requirements for performing the work and the proposed changes, with a discussion of the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each; b. adopted;

An itemization of the Contract requirements that must be changed if the Proposal is

c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the work under the existing Contract and under the proposed changes; d.

A statement of the time by which a change order adopting the Proposal must be issued;

e. A statement of the effect adoption of the Proposal will have on the time for completion of the Contract; and f. The Contract items of work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable to them. The Contractor may withdraw, in whole or in part, any cost reduction proposal not accepted by the Engineer, within the period specified in the proposal. The provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal that may be submitted. The Contractor shall continue to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract until a change order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. If a change order has not been issued by the date upon which the Contractor's cost reduction proposal specifies that a decision should be made, or such other date as the Contractor may subsequently have requested in writing, such cost reduction proposal shall be deemed rejected. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and of the estimated net savings from the adoption of all or any part of such Proposal. In determining the estimated net savings, the Engineer may disregard the contract bid prices if, in the Engineer's judgement such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted.

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 50

The Owner may require the Contractor to share in the Owner's costs of investigating a cost reduction proposal submitted by the Contractor as a condition of considering such proposal. Where such a condition is imposed, the Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the Owner to deduct the cost of investigating a cost reduction proposal from amounts payable to the Contractor under the Contract. If the Contractor's cost reduction proposal is accepted in whole or in part, such acceptance will be by a contract change order which shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall incorporate the changes in the Plans and Specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted and shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer's approval is based. The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net savings shall be determined as the difference in costs between the original contract costs for the involved work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings agreed upon and shall provide for adjustment in the contract price that will divide the net savings equally between the Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor's 50% share of the net savings shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the work. Acceptance of the cost-reduction Proposal and performance of the cost-reduction work shall not extend the time of completion of the contract unless specifically provided for in the contract change order.

END OF SECTION 50

Gresham Smith and Partners

50 - 8

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF MATERIALS SECTION 60

SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the work shall conform to the requirements of the Contract, Plans, and Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the Contract but, in all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish Airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, b. Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirement of this subsection: EQUIPMENT NAME CITED FAA SPECIFICATIONS EFFECTIVE FAA AC OR APPROVAL LETTER FOR EQUIPMENT AND MANUFACTURER For the complete list of airport lighting equipment that is required for this Contract and is to be furnished and installed by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection see the technical specifications and project drawings. 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before, during or after incorporation into the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, AASHTO, Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods, which are current on the date of advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Owner. The testing organizations performing on site field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor’s representative at his/her request. Unless otherwise

Gresham Smith and Partners

60 - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF MATERIALS SECTION 60

designated, samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the Engineer. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation in the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor’s representative at his/her request. The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required tests. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to final payment, the Contractor shall submit a final report to the Engineer showing all test data reports, plus an analysis of all results showing ranges, averages, and corrective action taken on failing test. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with Contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by “brand name or equal” and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified “brand name,” the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a.

Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements;

b.

Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work.

and,

Should the Contractor propose to furnish an “or equal” material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as herein before described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed “or equal” is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The Engineer or his/her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his/her acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions shall exist:

Gresham Smith and Partners

60 - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF MATERIALS SECTION 60

a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which, when retested, does not meet the requirements of the Contract, Plans, or Specifications. 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. The Contractor shall furnish for the duration of the project one building for the use of the field engineers and inspectors, as a field office. This facility shall be an approved weatherproof building meeting the current FDOT specifications (for example, Class I Field Office or Type C Structure). This building shall be located conveniently near to the construction and shall be separate from any building used by the Contractor. A land line telephone and answering machine shall be provided. The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of the basic monthly charge and local calls only. Any Long Distance Tolls shall be the responsibility of the caller. The Contractor shall furnish FAX machine, photocopy machine, water, sanitary facilities, heat, air conditioning, and electricity. No direct payment will be made for this building or labor, materials, ground rental, or other expense in connection therewith. The cost hereof shall be included in the price bid for the various items of the contract. The Contractor and his/her superintendent shall provide all reasonable facilities to enable the Engineer to inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his/her entire expense, except as otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. The risk of loss of or damage to stored materials shall be at all times solely the Contractor’s. 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the Contract, Plans, or Specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall

Gresham Smith and Partners

60 - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

CONTROL OF MATERIALS SECTION 60

be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its used in the work. 60-08 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the Owner. Ownerfurnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished material is used. After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of such Owner-furnished material. The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-furnished materials.

END OF SECTION 60

Gresham Smith and Partners

60 - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

SECTION 70 LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-01 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his/her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by himself or his/her employees. 70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor and the Surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated on the Project Plans or described in the Contract documents Except as listed on the Plans or in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the Owner of a public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed on the Plans or in the Contract Documents. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract, Plans, or Specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For AIP Contracts, the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United Sates Government's (FAA's) agreement with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of Title 49 of the United States Code (USC) and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, FAA, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the Contract, Plans, or Specifications. No requirement of the USC, the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this Contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the Contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with the rights of either party to the Contract. 70-06 SANITARY, HEALTH, AND SAFETY PROVISIONS. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary condition such accommodations for the use of his/her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, state, and local laws, rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his/her health or safety. 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his/her own operations and those of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area shall be a maximum of 18 inches high. Unless otherwise specified, barricades shall be spaced not more than 25 feet apart. Barricades, warning signs, and markings shall be paid for under Section 40-05. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office). When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of the latest edition of AC 150/5340-1 Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his/her parked construction equipment that may be

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to the latest edition of AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to the latest edition of AC 150/5370-2, “Operational Safety on Airports During Construction Activity”. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 15/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the Engineer. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property, including new work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet (300 m) from the work or from any building road, or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his/her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300 m) of the airport property. No blasting will be permitted on this Project. 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his/her manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof by the Contractor, he shall restore, at his/her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers, and employees from all suits actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his/her Contract as may be considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money is due, his/her Surety may be held until such suit(s), action(s), or claim(s) for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he, the Owner and Engineer are adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE: 1. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as well provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: a. b. c. d.

e. f. g.

Claims under workers’ or workmen’s compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees; Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees; Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or (b) by any other person for any other reason; Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use of resulting there from; Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and, Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle.

The insurance required by this paragraph 70-12 shall include the specific coverage and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverage specified above, or required by law, whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days’ prior written notice has been given to Owner and Engineer by certified mail. All such insurance shall remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 50-10. In addition, Contractor shall maintain such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish Owner with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. 2. The comprehensive general liability insurance required above will include contractual liability insurance applicable to Contractor’s obligations under paragraphs 70-12.3, 70-12.4 for Indemnification of Owner and Engineer. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and their consultants, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and court and arbitration costs) arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of use resulting there from and (b) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law or Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party. 4. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 70-13 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers’ or workmen’s compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 5. COVERAGE: The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraphs 70-12.1, a., and 70-12.1.b, shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by law: A.

Workers’ Compensation, etc.: (1) State (2) Applicable Federal: (3) Employer’s Liability

B.

Statutory Statutory (e.g. Longshoreman’s) $100,000

Comprehensive General Liability: (1) Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $500,000 Single Combined Limit (2) The Contractor’s General Liability insurance shall provide coverage for the following: (1) Premises – Operations, (2) Independent Contractors, (3) Completed Operations

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

and Products Hazard, (4) Contractual Liability (5) Underground Hazard, (6) Broad Form Property Damage, (7) Where applicable, Explosion and Collapse Hazard.

C.

Comprehensive Automobile Liability: (1) Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $5,000,000 Single Combined Limit (2) The Contractor’s Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance shall provide coverage for owned, hired and non-owned vehicles. The Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, its officials and staff; and URS Corporation Southern, its staff and consultants shall be named as additional insured with right of notice in all policies.

6. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such Protective and Contractual Bodily Injury Liability Insurance and such Protective and Contractual Property Damage Liability Insurance as shall be required by any public bodies or utility companies whose property, facilities, or right-of-way may be affected by the Work to be done under this Contract. 7. Contractor will provide such additional information in respect of insurance provided by him as the Owner may reasonably request. Failure by Owner to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute an acceptance of such insurance purchased by Contractor as complying with the Contract Documents. 8. Certificates in triplicate from the insurance carrier stating the limits of liability and expiration date shall be filed with Owner before operations are begun. Certificates shall not merely name the types of policy provided but shall specifically refer to this Contract and shall contain a separate express statement of compliance with each of the requirements as set forth in this Article. The certificates shall, in addition to the information relative to the insurance required, contain the following: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j)

Inception and expiration dates of insurance policy. Limits of liability provided (Public Liability and Property Damage). Coverage provided, including special hazards if required. Name of insurance company. Policy Number. Additional interests covered. Statement that the Explosion, Collapse, and Underground exclusions do not apply. Certificate shall reflect self-insured retention applicable to any contract of insurance. Excess liability certified contracts must state underlying insurance requirements. Project number and nature of work.

No certificate will be accepted which exculpates the issuer or reduces any rights conferred on the Owner by the above certificates, nor will they be accepted unless the certificates bear a live signature of a direct representative of a company authorized to do business in Florida. No certificate will be accepted unless the person signing the certificate certifies, in a separate letter, his exact relationship with the insurance carrier or carriers indicated in the certificate. The Owner may, at his discretion, modify or waive any of the foregoing requirements.

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

No contract of insurance containing a “claims made” insuring agreement will be acceptable unless the Contractor offering such insurance to fulfill the requirements of this Contract agrees that each such contract of insurance shall be renewed for the entire existence of the Contractor, their successors or assigns; and that on termination of such coverage which is not replaced by a similar contract with the required limits of liability, a “tail policy” will be purchased with limits not less than those required by this Contract. 9. PERFORMANCE AND OTHER BONDS: a. Contractor shall furnish separate Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S. Treasure Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. b. If the surety on any Bond furnished by Contractor is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of this paragraph, Contractor shall within five (5) days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 70-13 THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY CLAUSE. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the Contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the Contract to create the public or any member thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the Contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract. 70-14 OPENING SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the Contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire Contract, such “phasing” of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his/her work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner. Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the Contract. Any

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his/her expense. The Contractor shall make his/her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the Contract work. The Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in the latest edition of AC 1505370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall refer to the approved safety plan to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his/her expense. During such period of suspension of work, the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established plantings, seedings, and soddings furnished under his/her Contract, and shall take adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-16 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate with the owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the Contractor shall control his/her operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the Plans. It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the Plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service.

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 8

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall, upon execution of the Contract, notify the Owners of all utility services or other facilities of his/her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided in hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his/her plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the Contractor shall again notify each such owner of his/her plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion, the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility Owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two days notice hereinabove provided shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use excavation methods acceptable to the Engineer within 3 feet (90 cm) of such outside limits at such points as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to his/her operations whether or not due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor, or his/her Surety. 70-15.1 FAA FACILITIES AND CABLE RUNS. The Contractor is hereby advised that the construction limits of the project include existing facilities and buried cable runs that are owned, operated and maintained by the FAA. The Contractor, during the prosecution of the project work, shall comply with the following: a. The Contractor shall permit FAA maintenance personnel the right of access to the project work site for purposes of inspecting and maintaining all existing FAA owned facilities.

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 9

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

b. The Contractor shall notify the above named FAA Airway Facilities Point-of-Contact seven (7) calendar days prior to commencement of construction activities in order to permit sufficient time to locate and mark existing buried cables and to schedule any required facility outages. c. If prosecution of the project work requires a facility outage, the Contractor shall contact the above named FAA Point-of-Contact a minimum of 48 hours prior to the time of the required outage. d. If prosecution of the project work results in damages to existing FAA equipment or cables, the Contractor shall repair the damaged item in conformance with FAA Airway Facilities’ standards to the satisfaction of the above named FAA Point-of-Contact. e. If the project work requires the cutting or splicing of FAA owned cables, the above named FAA Point-of-Contact shall be contacted a minimum of 48 hours prior to the time the cable work commences. The FAA reserves the right to have a FAA Airway Facilities representative on site to observe the splicing of the cables as a condition of acceptance. All cable splices are to be accomplished in accordance with FAA Airway Facilities’ specifications and require approval by the above named FAA Point-of-Contact as a condition of acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor is hereby advised that FAA Airway Facilities restricts the location of where splices may be installed. If a cable splice is required in a location that is not permitted by FAA Airway Facilities, the Contractor shall furnish and install a sufficient length of new cable that eliminates the need for any splice. 70-17 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-ofway upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. 70-18 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this Contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his/her authorized representatives, or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner. It is understood that in such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of final acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the work, nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his/her Surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his/her obligations under the Contract. A waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Contractor, without prejudice to the terms of the Contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud, or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-20 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter.

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 10

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

LEGAL REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC SECTION 70

70-21 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object, listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his/her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume his/her operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement). as provided in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. If appropriate, the contract modification shall include an extension of Contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. 70-22 IDENTIFICATION BADGES. The security identification badge program is used to control access into the secured areas by providing a means to easily identify authorized individuals. Contractor is responsible to ensure all employees, subcontractors, etc. that will be granted unescorted access to the secure areas have attended the SIDA course, provided by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, and personnel are properly badged. For information concerning the badging procedures, contractor is to contact the Operations Department of the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority. END OF SECTION 70

Gresham Smith and Partners

70 - 11

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 80

SECTION 80 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated, qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. Should the Contractor elect to assign his/her Contract, said assignment shall be concurred in by the Surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. In case of approval, the Contractor shall file copies of all subcontractors with the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work amounting to not less than 5 percent of the total Contract cost. Except for the furnishing and transportation of materials, no portions of the Contract shall be sublet, assigned, or otherwise disposed of except with written consent of the Owner. Consent to sublet, assign, or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Contract shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract. 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the Contract within 10 days of date set by the Engineer in the written Notice to Proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. Day count will begin on the date of Notice to Proceed whether Contractor begins working or not. 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit his/her progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide at Contractor’s cost, sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the Project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his/her operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. For AIP Contracts the Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the Notice to Proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his/her operations within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AIR

Gresham Smith and Partners

80 - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 80

OPERATIONS AREA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in the latest edition of AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. 80-04.1 OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORT DURING CONSTRUCTION. All Contractors’ operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project safety plan and the provisions set forth within the current version of Advisory Circular 150/5370-2. The safety plan included within the contract documents conveys minimum requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a plan that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the safety plan. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks of the safety plan measures to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the safety plan and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved safety plan unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the Contract, Plans, and Specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the Engineer, be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such persons or person, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the work, the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders.

Gresham Smith and Partners

80 - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 80

All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the Contract, Plans, and Specifications. When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality, or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct. No change will be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the Contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work. The Contractor shall submit with his/her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the Contract, Plans, or Specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the Airport. 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME.

Gresham Smith and Partners

80 - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 80

Should the Contract Time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his/her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The Engineer shall base his/her weekly statement of Contract Time charged on the following considerations: 1. No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor, shall not be charged against the Contract Time. 2. The Engineer will not make charges against the Contract Time prior to the effective date of the Notice to Proceed. 3. The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. 4. The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. 5. The Contractor will be allowed 1 week in which to file a written protest setting forth his/her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. The Contract Time (stated in the Proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. b. CONTRACT TIME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and nonwork days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the Contractor, shall be excluded.

Gresham Smith and Partners

80 - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 80

At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. c. When the CONTRACT TIME is a SPECIFIED COMPLETION DATE, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his/her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the Engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his/her request. Requests for extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount of inclement weather exceeded which could normally be expected during the contract period. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the Engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect, the same as though it were the original time for completion. 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments, as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his/her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages including but not limited to additional engineering services that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his/her contract. CONSTRUCTION TIME FRAME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

Phase Mobilization & Permits Base Bid Work Add Alternate #1

Contract Time Calendar Days 45 180 60

$950.00 $950.00

Maximum Calendar Days to Complete From “Notice to Proceed” 45 225 285

$ 1,000.00

285

Liquidated Damages per Calendar Day

(beyond base bid)

Total Project Completion

285

Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 DEFAULT AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Contractor shall be considered in default of his/her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate

Gresham Smith and Partners

80 - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 80

the contract and demand performance by the Surety for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a. Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the “Notice to Proceed,” or b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract, or c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable, or d.

Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or

e. Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so, or f. Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or g.

Allows any final judgment to stand against him unsatisfied for a period of 10 days, or

h.

Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or

i.

For any other cause whatsoever, fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner, or

k.

Failure to submit Project Schedule.

Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the Contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the Contract, to take the prosecution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 TERMINATION FOR NATIONAL EMERGENCIES. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense.

Gresham Smith and Partners

80 - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 80

When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the Contractor, be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 WORK AREA, STORAGE AREA AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport. No operating runway, taxiway, or Air Operations Area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his/her work in such a manner as to insure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 150 feet from the centerline of an active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time. No equipment shall be within 150 feet of an active runway at any time. Termination of the Contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his/her Surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed.

END OF SECTION 80

Gresham Smith and Partners

80 - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION 130

SECTION A CONTRACT WORKHOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT REQUIREMENTS (29 CFR PART 5)

A-1

Overtime Requirements.

No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. A-2

Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages.

In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph A-1 above, the contractor or any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph A-1 above, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph A-1 above. A-3

Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages.

The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph A-2 above. A-4

Subcontractors.

The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs A-1 through A-4 and also a clause requiring the subcontractor to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs A-1 through A-4. Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

A-5

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

Working Conditions.

No contractor or subcontractor may require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of any contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 1926) issued by the Department of Labor.

END OF SECTION A

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION B CLEAN AIR AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

B-1

General Requirements.

Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall at all times comply with all applicable state and federal air and water quality standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations, and directives as may be lawfully issued by a local, state, or federal agency having within its jurisdiction the protection of the environment in the area surrounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the contractor shall comply with directives given by the Project Engineer in implementation of the letter and intent of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10, Item P-156, Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion and Siltation Control. B-2

Contractors and Subcontractors Agree:

(a) Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, and regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 740-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. § 1251-1387). The Contractor agrees to report any violation to the Owner immediately upon discovery. The Owner assumes responsibility for notifying the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Federal Aviation Administration. (b) That any facility to be used in the performance of the contract or subcontract or to benefit from the contract is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities; (c) To comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq. and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports, and information, as well as all other requirements specified in Section 114 and Section 308 of the Acts, respectively, and all other regulations and guidelines issued thereunder; (d) That, as a condition for the award of this contract, the contractor or subcontractor will notify the awarding official of the receipt of any communication from the EPA indicating that a facility to be used for the performance of or benefit from the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities; (e) To include or cause to be included in any construction contract or subcontract which exceeds $150,000 the aforementioned criteria and requirements.

END OF SECTION B

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION C CONTRACTUAL REQUIREMENTS PURSUANT TO CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, TITLE VI (49 CFR PART 21) Title VI Solicitation Notice The Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, in accordance in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. Compliance with Nondiscrimination Requirements During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the “contractor”) agrees as follows: C-1 Compliance with Regulations: The contractor (hereinafter includes consultants) will comply with the Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts And Authorities, as they may be amended from time to time, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. C-2 Non-discrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, will not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor will not participate directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by the Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, including employment practices when the contract covers any activity, project, or program set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR part 21. C-3 Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations, either by competitive bidding, or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials, or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier will be notified by the contractor of the contractor’s obligations under this contract and the Nondiscrimination Acts And Authorities on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. C-4 Information and Reports: The contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Nondiscrimination Acts And Authorities and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish the information, the contractor will so certify to the sponsor or Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

the Federal Aviation Administration, as appropriate, and will set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. C-5 Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of a contractor’s noncompliance with the Non-discrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor will impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Aviation Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to: a. Withholding payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies; and/or b. Cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract, in whole or in part. C-6 Incorporation of Provisions: The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs one through six in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the Regulations and directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor will take action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such direction, the contractor may request the sponsor to enter into any litigation to protect the interests of the sponsor. In addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States. For Deeds Transferring United States Property The following clauses will be included in deeds effecting or recording the transfer of real property, structures, or improvements thereon, or granting interest therein from the United States pursuant to the provisions of the Airport Improvement Program grant assurances. NOW, THEREFORE, the Federal Aviation Administration as authorized by law and upon the condition that the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority will accept title to the lands and maintain the project constructed thereon in accordance with the policies and procedures prescribed by the Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation in accordance and in compliance with all requirements imposed by Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, U.S. Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the U.S. Department of Transportation pertaining to and effectuating the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252; 42 U.S.C. § 2000d to 2000d-4), does hereby remise, release, quitclaim and convey unto the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority all the right, title and interest of the U.S. Department of Transportation/Federal Aviation Administration in and to said lands described in the contract and made a part hereof.

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD said lands and interests therein unto Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority and its successors forever, subject, however, to the covenants, conditions, restrictions and reservations herein contained as follows, which will remain in effect for the period during which the real property or structures are used for a purpose for which Federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits and will be binding on the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, its successors and assigns. The Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, in consideration of the conveyance of said lands and interests in lands, does hereby covenant and agree as a covenant running with the land for itself, its successors and assigns, that (1) no person will on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination with regard to any facility located wholly or in part on, over, or under such lands hereby conveyed, and (2) that the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority will use the lands and interests in lands and interests in lands so conveyed, in compliance with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, U.S. Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Non-discrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the U.S. Department of Transportation, Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and as said Regulations and Acts may be amended[, and (3) that in the event of breach of any of the above-mentioned non-discrimination conditions, the Department will have a right to enter or re-enter said lands and facilities on said land, and that above described land and facilities will thereon revert to and vest in and become the absolute property of the Federal Aviation Administration and its assigns as such interest existed prior to this instruction. Transfer of Real Property Acquired or Improved Under The Activity, Facility, or Program The following clauses will be included in deeds, licenses, leases, permits, or similar instruments entered into by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Airport Improvement Program grant assurances. A. The (grantee, lessee, permittee, etc. as appropriate) for himself/herself, his/her heirs, personal representatives, successors in interest, and assigns, as a part of the consideration hereof, does hereby covenant and agree [in the case of deeds and leases add “as a covenant running with the land”] that: 1.

In the event facilities are constructed, maintained, or otherwise operated on the property described in this (deed, license, lease, permit, etc.) for a purpose for which a Federal Aviation Administration activity, facility, or program is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits, the (grantee, licensee, lessee, permittee, etc.) will maintain and operate such facilities and services in compliance with all

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

requirements imposed by the Nondiscrimination Acts and Regulations listed in the Pertinent List of Nondiscrimination Authorities (as may be amended) such that no person on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, will be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the use of said facilities. B. With respect to licenses, leases, permits, etc., in the event of breach of any of the above Nondiscrimination covenants, Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority will have the right to terminate the (lease, license, permit, etc.) and to enter, re-enter, and repossess said lands and facilities thereon, and hold the same as if the (lease, license, permit, etc.) had never been made or issued. C. With respect to a deed, in the event of breach of any of the above Nondiscrimination covenants, the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority will have the right to enter or re-enter the lands and facilities thereon, and the above described lands and facilities will there upon revert to and vest in and become the absolute property of the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority and its assigns. Construction/Use/Access to Real Property Acquired Under the Activity, Facility or Program The following clauses will be included in deeds, licenses, permits, or similar instruments/agreements entered into by Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Airport Improvement Program grant assurances. A.

The (grantee, licensee, permittee, etc., as appropriate) for himself/herself, his/her heirs, personal representatives, successors in interest, and assigns, as a part of the consideration hereof, does hereby covenant and agree (in the case of deeds and leases add, “as a covenant running with the land”) that (1) no person on the ground of race, color, or national origin, will be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the use of said facilities, (2) that in the construction of any improvements on, over, or under such land, and the furnishing of services thereon, no person on the ground of race, color, or national origin, will be excluded from participation in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination, (3) that the (grantee, licensee, lessee, permittee, etc.) will use the premises in compliance with all other requirements imposed by or pursuant to the List of discrimination Acts And Authorities. B. With respect to (licenses, leases, permits, etc.), in the event of breach of any of the above nondiscrimination covenants, Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority will have the right to terminate the (license, permit, etc., as appropriate) and to enter or re-enter and repossess said land and the facilities thereon, and hold the same as if said (license, permit, etc., as appropriate) had never been made or issued.

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

C. With respect to deeds, in the event of breach of any of the above nondiscrimination covenants, Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority will there upon revert to and vest in and become the absolute property of Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority and its assigns. Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the “contractor”) agrees to comply with the following non-discrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited to: • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.), as amended, (prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR part 27; • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of age); • Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 USC § 471, Section 47123), as amended, (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex); • The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987, (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope, coverage and applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms “programs or activities” to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not); • Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131 – 12189) as implemented by Department of Transportation regulations at 49 CFR parts 37 and 38; • The Federal Aviation Administration’s Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. § 47123) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex); • Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, which ensures nondiscrimination against minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations; • Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency, and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of limited English proficiency (LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs (70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100);

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 8

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

• Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating because of sex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq).

END OF SECTION C

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 9

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION D TERMINATION OF CONTRACT (49 CFR PART 18) D-1 The Sponsor may, by written notice, terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, either for the Sponsor's convenience or because of failure to fulfill the contract obligations. Upon receipt of such notice services shall be immediately discontinued (unless the notice directs otherwise) and all materials as may have been accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in progress, delivered to the Sponsor. D-2 If the termination is for the convenience of the Sponsor, an equitable adjustment in the contract price shall be made, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed services. D-3 If the termination is due to failure to fulfill the contractor's obligations, the Sponsor may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or otherwise. In such case, the contractor shall be liable to the Sponsor for any additional cost occasioned to the Sponsor thereby. D-4 If, after notice of termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the contractor had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been effected for the convenience of the Sponsor. In such event, adjustment in the contract price shall be made as provided in paragraph 2 of this clause. D-5 The rights and remedies of the sponsor provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract.

END OF SECTION D

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 10

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION E FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT (Federal Minimum Wage) (29 CFR PART 201)

All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the provisions of 29 CFR part 201, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), with the same force and effect as if given in full text. The FLSA sets minimum wage, overtime pay, recordkeeping, and child labor standards for full and part time workers. The contractor has full responsibility to monitor compliance to the referenced statute or regulation. The contractor must address any claims or disputes that arise from this requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor – Wage and Hour Division

END OF SECTION E

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 11

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION F OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 (29 CFR PART 1910)

All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910 with the same force and effect as if given in full text. Contractor must provide a work environment that is free from recognized hazards that may cause death or serious physical harm to the employee. The Contractor retains full responsibility to monitor its compliance and their subcontractor’s compliance with the applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (20 CFR Part 1910). Contractor must address any claims or disputes that pertain to a referenced requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor – Occupational Safety and Health Administration. END OF SECTION F

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 12

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION G NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS (41 CFR 60-1.8) G-1 A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted construction contract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. G-2 Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES G-3 A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. G-4 Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001.

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 13

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

NOTE TO THE CONTRACTOR: This Certification is not required here if completed, signed and furnished to the Owner with the Proposal.

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The federally assisted construction agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause, and that he will retain such certifications in his files. NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE CONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a contract or subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. Certification - The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief.

______________________________________________________________________________ Name and Title of Signer (Please Type)

__________________________________________ Signature

Date

NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. END OF SECTION G Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 14

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SECTION H REQUIREMENTS OF 21 CFR 1308 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE A.

Definitions:

(1) As used in this clause, "controlled substance" means a controlled substance in Schedules I through V of Section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 USC 812) and as further defined in regulation at 21 CFR 1308.11-1308.15. (2) "Conviction" means a finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body charged with the responsibility to determine violations of the Federal or State criminal drug statues. (3) "Criminal drug statutes" means a Federal or non-Federal criminal statute involving the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of any controlled substance. (4) "Drug-free workplace" means the site(s) for the performance of work done by the Contractor in connection with a specific contract at which employees of the Contractor are prohibited from engaging in the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance. (5) "Employee" means an employee of the Contractor directly engaged in the performance of work under a Government contract. (6) "Directly engaged" is defined to include all direct cost employees and any other Contractor employee who has other than a minimal impact or involvement in contract performance. (7) "Individual" means an Offeror/Contractor that has no more than one employee including the Offeror/Contractor. B. The Contractor, if other than an individual, shall within thirty (30) calendar days after award (unless a longer period is agreed to in writing for contracts of 30 calendar days or more performance duration), or as soon as possible for contracts of less than thirty (30) calendar days performance duration: (1) Publish a statement notifying its employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition; (2) about:

Establish an ongoing drug-free awareness program to inform such employees (a)

the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace,

(b)

the Contractor's policy of maintaining drug-free workplace,

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 15

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

(c) programs, and

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance

(d) the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace. (3) Provide all employees engaged in performance of this contract with a copy of a statement required by subparagraph (B1) of this clause; (4) Notify such employees in writing in the statement required by subparagraph (B1) of this clause that, as a condition of continued employment on this contract, the employee will: (a)

abide by the terms of the statement and

(b) notify the employer in writing of the employee's conviction under a criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) calendar days after such conviction; (5) Notify the Owner in writing within ten (10) calendar days after receiving notice under subparagraph (B4b) of this clause from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction. The notice shall include the position title of the employee; (6) Within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving notice under paragraph (B4b) of this clause of a conviction, take one of the following actions with respect to any employee who is convicted of a drug abuse violation occurring in the workplace: (a) take appropriate personnel action against such employee, up to and including termination, or (b) require such employee to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State, or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency, and (7) Make a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of subparagraph (B16) of this clause. C. The Contractor, if an individual, agrees by award of the contract or acceptance of a purchase order, not to engage in the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance in the performance of this contract. D. In addition to other remedies available to the Government, the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of paragraphs (B) and (C) of this clause may, pursuant to FAR 23.506, render the Contractor subject to suspension of contract payments, termination of the contract for default, and suspension or debarment. END OF SECTION H

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 16

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

General Decision Number: FL170270 05/19/2017

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

FL270

Superseded General Decision Number: FL20160270 State: Florida Construction Type: Building County: Sarasota County in Florida. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.20 for calendar year 2017 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.20 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2017. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number 0 1 2 3 4

Publication Date 01/06/2017 02/03/2017 02/10/2017 03/10/2017 05/19/2017

* ASBE0067-003 03/01/2017 Rates

Fringes

ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR........................$ 27.10 14.49 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0915-005 12/05/2016 Rates

Fringes

ELECTRICIAN (Includes Low Voltage Wiring) Building Electrical Contracts over $200,000. Excludes all Educational, Theme Park, and Hospital Facilities..................$ 25.09 37%+.2 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEV0074-001 01/01/2017 Rates ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 38.70

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 17

Fringes 31.585

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT FOOTNOTE: A. Employer contributions 8% of regular hourly vacation pay credit for employee who has worked more than 5 years; Employer contributions 6% of hourly rate to vacation pay credit for employee worked in business less than 5 years.

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130 rate to in business regular who has

Paid Holidays: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; The Friday after Thanksgiving Day; and Christmas Day. ---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0487-021 07/01/2016 Rates

Fringes

OPERATOR: Crane All Cranes 160 Ton Capacity and Over...........$ 33.05 9.20 All Cranes Over 15 Ton Capacity....................$ 32.05 9.20 OPERATOR: Forklift..............$ 23.25 9.20 OPERATOR: Mechanic..............$ 32.05 9.20 OPERATOR: Oiler.................$ 23.50 9.20 ---------------------------------------------------------------IRON0397-007 07/01/2014 Rates

Fringes

IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...........$ 25.99 13.59 ---------------------------------------------------------------IRON0402-001 10/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL...........$ 22.34 10.15 ---------------------------------------------------------------SUFL2014-034 08/16/2016 Rates

Fringes

CARPENTER........................$ 20.30

0.00

CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 14.85

0.60

IRONWORKER, REINFORCING..........$ 26.37

12.65

LABORER: Common or General, Including Cement Mason Tending...$ 12.83

0.00

LABORER:

Pipelayer..............$ 14.00

1.40

OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.......$ 22.07

8.80

OPERATOR:

Bulldozer.............$ 15.40

1.90

OPERATOR:

Grader/Blade..........$ 18.97

0.00

OPERATOR:

Loader................$ 14.00

1.40

OPERATOR:

Roller................$ 14.43

4.78

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 18

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

PAINTER: Brush, Roller and Spray............................$ 14.72

2.13

PIPEFITTER, Includes HVAC Pipe Installation................$ 20.59

7.49

PLUMBER..........................$ 21.14

8.11

ROOFER...........................$ 19.00

1.17

SHEET METAL WORKER, Includes HVAC Duct Installation...........$ 19.05

4.47

SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers)......................$ 21.86

7.94

TILE SETTER......................$ 18.01

0.00

TRUCK DRIVER:

2.12

Dump Truck........$ 13.22

TRUCK DRIVER: Lowboy Truck......$ 14.24 0.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================ Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate).

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 19

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based.

---------------------------------------------------------------WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 20

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * * * *

an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling

On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION

END OF GENERAL PROVISION SECTION 130

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 21

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

Gresham Smith and Partners

130 - 22

WAGE, LABOR, EMPLOYMENT, SAFETY AND GEN REQMTS SECTION 130

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 BID FORMS

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT SECTION 4 - BID FORMS INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAILING A SEALED REQUEST FOR BID IN RESPONSE TO A BID SOLICITATION

1.

These instructions apply to all offers made to the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority by prospective bidders on behalf of Solicitations issued by the Authority. They shall include, but not be limited to, Invitations to Bid, Requests for Bids, Requests for Quotes, and Requests for Qualifications. As such, the words "Bid" and "Proposal" are used interchangeably in reference to all offers submitted by prospective vendors.

2.

Each copy of each bid returned to the Authority must have the following information clearly marked on the face of a sealed opaque envelope: A. B. C. D.

Bidder's Name & Return Address Bid Number Opening Date of the Bid Title of the Bid: Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Airport Master Signage Plan - Phase 1B

GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT 3.

The Bidder shall submit each Bid, and any applicable attachments in one envelope or box, properly signed and completed. If Bids are submitted via air packets (i.e. UPS, Airborne, Fed-X, etc.), the Bid must be in a sealed envelope within the packet with the bid number on the envelope or it may be considered non-responsive or void.

4.

For proposals being submitted at the same time for different Bid Solicitations, each distinct Bid shall be placed in a separate envelope or box and each shall carry proper identification as outlined above.

5.

The responsibility for obtaining, completing and submitting this Bid to the Authority on or before the stated time and date will be solely and strictly the responsibility of the Bidder. The Authority will in no way be responsible for delays caused by the United States mail delivery or caused by any other occurrence. Bids received by the Authority after the time and date stipulated in the solicitation shall be considered non-responsive and shall be returned unopened to the Bidder. The Authority shall decide when the specific time has arrived after which bids will no longer be received.

6.

Submit six (6) copies of the complete bid, in a sealed envelope (box) that is clearly marked on the outside as noted above.

: Please submit bids via ONE of the following:

By Mail or FedEx to:

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority 6000 Airport Circle Sarasota, FL 34243 Attn: Engineering

Hand Deliver to:

SMAA Engineering Office 5900 Airport Auditorium Lane Sarasota, FL 34243 (adjacent to the Dan McClure Auditorium)

Gresham Smith and Partners

BF - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

LIST OF BID FORMS

This Section includes all of the forms required from the Bidder in order to submit a responsive and responsible bid. The forms can be used directly from this Request for Bid or duplicated. The forms that comprise the Bid are: FORMS REQUIRED WITH SUBMITTAL: Bid Price and Signature Page Work Performed by Subcontractors Bidder Qualification Questionnaire Public Entity Crime Statement Noncollusion Affidavit References Bid Bond DBE Bid Form #1 DBE Bid Form #2 DBE Bid Form #3

FORMS REQUIRED AFTER AWARDED: Contract Form or Agreement Performance and Payment Bond Bond Affidavit for each bond Certificate of Secretary DBE Awarded Prime Form #1 DBE Awarded Prime Form #2

Gresham Smith and Partners

BF - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT BID PRICE AND SIGNATURE PAGE

The Bidder shall be required to submit bids on the Base Bid, and all Additive Bids to be considered. Delivery date of completed project

__________________, 2018

1. TOTAL BASE BID:

$____________

____________________________________________________________Dollars and ___________Cents

2. TOTAL ADDITIVE ALTERNATE #1 BID

$____________

____________________________________________________________Dollars and ___________Cents

GRAND TOTAL BID: Sum of Total Base Bid and Total Each Alternate

$____________

____________________________________________________________Dollars and ___________Cents

Acknowledgment is hereby made of receipt by the bidder of the following Addenda or Amendments (identified by number) issued since the solicitation this bid:

THE UNDERSIGNED BIDDER CERTIFIES THAT THIS BID IS SUBMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND CONDITIONS GOVERNING THIS BID, AND THAT THE BIDDER WILL ACCEPT ANY AWARDS MADE TO HIM/HER AS A RESULT OF THIS BID. BIDDER: _____________________________________________________________________________________ (Company Name) BUSINESS: _____________________________________________________________________________________ (Mailing Address) TELEPHONE NO.: _____________________________________________________________________________________ AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: ____________________________________________________________________________________ (Signature) (Date) TITLE: _____________________________________________________________________________________ FEDERAL ID NO. (as used on Return Form 941) OF BIDDER: If none, Bidder's SOCIAL SECURITY NO.:

Gresham Smith and Partners

BF - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY SUBCONTRACTORS The BIDDER hereby states that he proposes, if awarded the Contract, to use the following subcontractors on this project: List below all proposed subcontractors and trade specialties and costs. (List only one subcontractor for each item.) Write on back or provide additional pages if additional space is needed. SUBCONTRACTORS INCLUDE: NAME OF FIRM, ADDRESS & PHONE NO.

CONTACT PERSON & CONTACT INFORMATION

TRADE SPECIALTY

COST OF SUBCONTRACTOR WORK

TOTAL: _______________

Gresham Smith and Partners

BF - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

BIDDER QUALIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE 1.

Name of Company:

2.

Address:

3.

Area Code & Phone Number:

4.

Is your Company a Corporation ______, Partnership ______, or individually owned ______? If incorporated, in what state _____________________________________________?

5.

Give names and titles of persons of authority in your organization. If partnership, list all partners.

6.

What types of services do you provide other than ____________________?

7.

How long has your organization been in business under your present name? __________ years. Former names, if any How long under former names? __________ years.

8.

Affiliated companies: (If parent company, list subsidiaries and divisions. If subsidiary or division, name of parent company, its principals and their addresses.)

9.

What are your craft labor affiliations? _________________________________________________

10.

What surety companies have furnished bonds for you in the past? __________________________

11.

What are your bond limits? ________________________________________________________

12.

Are there any judgments, suits or claims pending against your firm? __________ brief details on a separate sheet and attach.

13.

Are there any liens for labor or material filed on any of your work? __________ If so, submit brief details on a separate sheet and attach.

14.

Please furnish the following:

if so, submit

a. Copy of your last fiscal year financial statement (audited, if available). Please be advised Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority is a government entity and therefore subject to the public record law defined in Chapter 119, F.S. Section 119.07(3)(m), F.S. provides an exemption for sealed Bids or Proposals received pursuant to invitations to Bid or Requests for Proposals until such time as the agency provides notice of a decision or intended decision or within 10 days after bid or proposal opening, whichever is earlier. b.

Any other information you would like considered, including bank and trade references.

Gresham Smith and Partners

BF - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3)(a), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES

THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED IN THE PRESENCE OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICIAL AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTER OATHS. 1.

This sworn statement is to SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY By [print individual's name and title] for (name of entity submitting sworn statement) [print name of entity submitting sworn statement] whose business address is and (if applicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: )

2.

I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(g), Florida Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services to be provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation.

3.

I understand that "convicted" or conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(b), Florida Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, non-jury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere.

4.

I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes, means: 1.

A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime; or

2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 5.

I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(c), Florida Statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity.

Gresham Smith and Partners

BF - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT 6.

Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Indicate which statement applies.] ______ Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. ______ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. ______ The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of its officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list. [attach of copy of the final order]

I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 1 (ONE) ABOVE IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017, FLORIDA STATUTES FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM.

[signature]

Sworn to and subscribed before me this __________ day of ____________________, 2017.

Personally known OR Produced identification

Notary Public - State of My commission expires

(Type of identification)

(Printed, typed or stamped commissioned name of notary public) Form PUR 7068 (REV. 06/11/92)

Gresham Smith and Partners

BF - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF COUNTY OF

, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that [Name of Bidder Representative] he/she is

of [Name of Business]

[Sole Owner, a Partner, President, Secretary, etc.]

the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said Bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any Bidder or person, to put in a sham Bid, or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the Bid Price of affiant or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said Bid Price, or of that of any other Bidder, or to secure any advantage against Owner any person interested in the proposed Bid; and that all statements in said Proposal or Bid are true; and further, that such Bidder has not, directly or indirectly submitted this Bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or date relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.

[Signature of Bidder Representative]

Sworn to and subscribed before me this

day of

, 2017.

Personally known



Notary Public – State of:

OR Produced identification



My commission expires:

[Type of Identification] Notary Public]

Gresham Smith and Partners

[Printed, typed or stamped: Commissioned name of

BF - 8

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

REFERENCES State a minimum of 4 similar projects, preferably local to the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority (SMAA) that have been in existence for the past 24 months. These clients may be contacted for references.

1.

Customer Name: _____________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ Contact:

______________________________________Telephone: ________________

Date of Contact:

2.

_________________________

Customer Name: _____________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________ Contact:

______________________________________Telephone: _________________

Date of Contact:

3.

_________________________

Customer Name: _____________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________ Contact:

____________________________________Telephone: __________________

Date of Contact:

Gresham Smith and Partners

_________________________

BF - 9

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT 4.

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

Customer Name: _____________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________ Contact:

___________________________________Telephone: ____________________

Date of Contact: 5.

_________________________

Customer Name: _____________________________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________ Contact:

___________________________________Telephone: ____________________

Date of Contact:

Gresham Smith and Partners

_________________________

BF - 10

SEPTEMBER 2017

SECTION 4 – BID FORMS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY BID BOND (Not to be Filled out if a Certified or Cashier's Check is Submitted)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned Bidder

,

as Principal, and , as a Corporation Surety authorized under the laws of the State of to do business in the state of , and authorized to write this type of bond through a resident agent of the corporation located in the State of ,as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves and our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached bid $ for the improvement of airport facilities, Airport Master Signage Plan, Phase 1B—Gateway Enhancement Project for the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport, Sarasota, Florida, stipulated in said bid in accordance with the Contract documents consisting of the project plans and specifications, and all addenda or other revisions, provided therefore, is accepted and the Contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten (10) calendar days after notice of said award enter into a Contract in writing and furnish the required Payment and Performance Bonds and insurance with surety, or sureties, to be approved by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority this obligation shall be void. Otherwise, the same shall be in full force and virtue of law, and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority as stipulated for liquidated damages. Signed this

day of

, 2017.

Principal must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual Principal

This person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the principals name and title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the president or vice president, that person must, by affidavit as contained herein, show his authority to bind the corporation.

By Title

(Affix Surety's Corporate Seal) Surety Florida License No.

END OF BID BOND

Gresham Smith and Partners

BB - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY SCHEDULE OF COMMITTED DBE PARTICIPATION PROJECT:

CONTRACT: BIDDER:

TOTAL BID:

DBE CONTRACT GOAL: Name of DBE Sub-Contractor

Address of DBE Subcontractor

Type of Work Subcontracted

Value of DBE Subcontract

TOTAL DBE PARTICIPATION VALUE

TOTAL DBE PARTICIPATION AS A % OF BID The undersigned will enter into a formal agreement with the DBE Subcontractors listed above to perform the above described work conditioned upon the execution of a prime contract with the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority. The undersigned further confirms that they have reviewed the Florida UCP Directory available at http://www3b.dot.state.fl.us/EqualOpportunityOfficeBusinessDirectory/ and determined that each subcontractor listed above was a Florida certified DBE as of the execution date shown below. Name of Bidding Firm Authorized Signature and Date Printed Name & Title of Authorized Signer

DBE FORM 1

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY INTENT TO PERFORM AS A SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT:

CONTRACT:

PRIME CONTRACTOR: The undersigned hereby certifies that their firm is prepared to act as a Subcontractor to the above named Prime Contractor on the indicated project in the performance of the following described work:

at a bid price of

and agrees to enter into a contract with said Prime Contractor

if Prime Contractor is awarded the prime contract by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority.

The undersigned further confirms that their firm is a DBE certified by the Florida Unified Certification Program and in good standing as of the execution date shown below. Name of DBE Subcontracting Firm Authorized Signature and Date Printed Name & Title of Authorized Signer Telephone Number E-mail Address Note to Bidder: This Form 2 is to be completed separately for each DBE firm listed on DBE Form 1.

DBE FORM 2

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY DEMONSTRATION OF GOOD FAITH EFFORTS TO OBTAIN DBE PARTICIPATION This Form and the information that it requires to be submitted are only applicable if DBE FORM 1 does NOT demonstrate that the Bidder has obtained DBE participation commitments from DBE subcontractors sufficient to meet the established DBE Contract Goal. PROJECT:

CONTRACT:

PRIME CONTRACTOR: In order for a bid submission to be considered responsive to this Request for Bids, Bidder must demonstrate Good Faith Efforts to meet the DBE Contract Goal established by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority (SMAA) for this contract. The Bidder can meet the DBE requirements of this Request for Bids in either of two ways: 1.       The Bidder can meet the goal, documenting sufficient commitments for participation by DBE subcontracting firms using DBE FORM 1.

2.       If the Bidder is unable to meet the established DBE Contract Goal by obtaining sufficient commitments from DBE subcontracting firms, the Bidder must fully document that sufficient Good Faith Efforts were made to obtain those commitments.

If the Bidder intends to meet the DBE requirements of this Request for Bids using method 2. above, the Bidder must complete Attachment A to this DBE FORM 3 and include with its bid submittal complete documentation demonstrating that it took all necessary and reasonable actions to achieve DBE participation sufficient to meet the DBE Contract Goal and that the scope, intensity, and appropriateness of the actions taken could reasonably have been expected to have resulted in sufficient DBE participation. As outlined in the SMAA’s DBE Program, the sufficiency of the efforts made by the Bidder will initially be determined by SMAA’s DBE Liaison, with an opportunity for an appeal of a negative determination. The evaluation of the Bidder’s efforts will consider the quality, quantity, and intensity of the different kinds of efforts that the Bidder has made, as well as the performance of other bidders in meeting the DBE Contract Goal for this contract. The efforts employed by the Bidder should be those that one could reasonably expect a Bidder to take if the Bidder were actively and aggressively trying to obtain DBE participation sufficient to meet the DBE Contract Goal. The following is a list of some types of actions that a Bidder should consider taking to obtain DBE participation. It is not intended to be a mandatory checklist, nor is it intended to be exclusive or exhaustive:

1.       Soliciting through all reasonable and available means (e.g. attendance at pre-bid meetings, advertising, written notices, telephone or email contact) the interest of all certified DBEs who have the capability to perform the work of the contract. Bidder must solicit this interest within sufficient time to allow the DBEs to respond to the solicitation. The Bidder must determine with certainty if the DBEs are interested by taking appropriate steps to follow up initial solicitations.

DBE FORM 3

2.       Selecting appropriate portions of the work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood that the DBE goals will be achieved. This includes, where appropriate, breaking out contract work items into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the prime contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces. 3.       Providing interested DBEs with information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract in a timely manner to assist them in responding to a solicitation. 4.       Negotiating in good faith with interested DBEs. It is the Bidder's responsibility to make a portion of the work available to DBE subcontractors and suppliers and to select those portions of the work or material needs consistent with the available DBE subcontractors and suppliers, so as to facilitate DBE participation. Evidence of such negotiation includes the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of DBEs that were considered; a description of the information provided regarding the plans and specifications for the work selected for subcontracting; and evidence as to why agreements could not be reached for DBEs to perform the work. A Bidder using good business judgment would consider a number of factors in negotiating with subcontractors, including DBE subcontractors, and would take a firm's price and capabilities as well as contract goals into consideration. However, the fact that there may be some additional costs involved in finding and using DBEs is not in itself sufficient reason for a Bidder's failure to meet the DBE Contract Goal, as long as such costs are reasonable. Also, the ability or desire of a Bidder to perform the work of a contract with its own organization does not relieve the Bidder of the responsibility to make Good Faith Efforts. Bidders are not, however, required to accept higher quotes from DBEs if the price difference is excessive or unreasonable. 5. Not rejecting DBEs as being unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities. The subcontractor's standing within its industry, membership in specific groups, organizations, or associations and political or social affiliations (for example union vs. non-union employee status) are not legitimate causes for the rejection or non-solicitation of bids in the Bidder’s efforts to meet the DBE Contract Goal. 6.     Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance as required by the recipient or contractor.

7.      Making efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services.

8.       Effectively using the services of available minority/women community organizations; minority/women contractors' groups; local, state, and Federal minority/women business assistance offices; and other organizations as allowed on a case-by-case basis to provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of DBEs.

DBE FORM 3

CONTRACT FORM

THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the ______ day of ________________ in the year 2017 by and between THE SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY (hereinafter called OWNER) and . (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1.

WORK.

CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: The work consists of renovation of existing signs and construction of new site improvements to the main public vehicular entrance (“gateway”) to the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Campus mainly concentrated around the intersection of University Parkway and Airport Circle drive. Elements of the project will be implemented along the University Parkway right-of-way (ROW) and north of the intersection further into the airport property landscaped/turfed areas. The project scope includes three areas of work: 1. Overhead Directional Roadway Signs - sign panel replacement and painting of superstructure at two (2) existing overhead signs, construction of (1) new mast arm structure. 2. New Monumental Signage at Airport Circle entrance to Airport from University Parkway 3. New Video Display Feature (electronic messaging center) at Airport Circle loop road (packaged as Add Alternate #1). The project also requires site improvements such as: • Demolition of existing landscaping, planting and irrigation; installation of new landscaping, landscape lighting and irrigation within the project area on SRQ property. • Demolition of existing plant material inside the median approaching the intersection within the University Parkway ROW; replace with new palm trees. • New landscaping to support the video display feature. • Installation of fiber-optic cabling from Owner-provided connection point to video display equipment. The project shall be organized in a manner that considers normal airport operations, minimizes negative impacts on normal airport operations and vehicular traffic and requires frequent coordination with airport operations staff. This Contract shall include the Base Bid work and may include the Additive Alternates Bids shown in the Bid Schedule and as described in the Construction Drawings, depending on the amount of funding available.

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

C-1

The Project, for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part, is generally described as follows: SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AIRPORT MASTER SIGNAGE PLAN – PHASE 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT SARASOTA/BRADENTON, FLORIDA Article 2.

ARCHITECT.

The Project has been designed by Gresham Smith and Partners Two Harbour Place 302 Knights Run Avenue, Suite 900 Tampa, FL 33602-5979 Phone: 813.251.6838 who is hereinafter called ARCHITECT and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ARCHITECT in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. 3.1

CONTRACT TIME.

The Work will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 50-15 of the General Provisions as follows: Completion of Project: The entire project shall be completed within _285_ consecutive calendar days from the date of Notice-To-Proceed. Work Phase MOBILIZATION & PERMITS BASE BID WORK ADD ALTERNATE #1 WORK

maximum calendar days to complete work 45 180 60

contract days work to be performed 1 TO 45 46 TO 225 226 TO 285

TOTAL

285

285

3.2

Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Paragraph 80-07 of the General Provisions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amount as stipulated in Paragraph 80-08.1 of the General Provisions for each calendar day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Completion and readiness for Substantial and Final Completion.

3.3

CONTRACTOR understands and hereby expressly agrees that in addition to liquidated damages specified in Article 3.2 above, to pay the OWNER the actual costs to OWNER for any inspector or inspectors necessarily employed by OWNER on the Work and the actual costs to OWNER for the

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

C-2

ENGINEER's observation of construction and project representative services including all travel and subsistence expenses after the date specified for completion until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. 3.4 CONTRACTOR agrees that the sums to be paid the OWNER in accordance with Articles 3.2 and 3.3 above may be deducted from the sum due the CONTRACTOR for work performed. Article 4. 4.1

CONTRACT PRICE.

OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and in accordance with the lump sum bid prices submitted on October 26, 2017 which is the bid contract amount of $_ _.

Article 5.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES.

CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Special Conditions Section 2.10, General Requirements Section 01150 and Florida Statute 218.735 but in no case shall submit Applications for Payment more than once per month. Applications for Payment will be processed by ARCHITECT as provided in the General Provisions. 5.1

Progress Payments. OWNER will make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by ARCHITECT, within accordance to Florida Statute 218.735 after receipt of an application for payment that has been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. The last Friday of every month that work is performed shall be the ending date for establishing the quantity of units completed for submission in the application for payment. 5.1.1

Progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ARCHITECT shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with Florida Statute 218.735. 90% of Work completed as determined by ARCHITECT. 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER.

5.1.2

With each application for payment, the Contractor shall submit his DBE expenditures for the month as well as a total-to-date. The expenditure report shall include the name, date and amounts paid to each DBE subcontractor.

5.1.3

With each application for payment, the Contractor shall submit an updated CPM schedule delineating activities completed and those remain to be completed. Additionally, he needs to identify any logic changes made since submission of his first (baseline) CPM schedule. Detailed Bar Chart, Network Diagram and Standard Report for all activities are required and shall be submitted on both hard (paper) copies as well as the electronic files on 3-1/2" diskette(s) or CD ROM.

5.1.4

The Contractor is advised that the certified payroll for his organization as well as all of his subcontractors must be current within 14 days of the requested Application for Payment.

5.1.5

The Contractor shall submit a manual set(s) for each item of equipment installed as part of the Contract work when submitting a pay request for payment of the item(s) requiring manual set(s). The set(s) shall include operation, maintenance, and parts manuals.

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

C-3

5.1.6

5.2

Contractor's failure to submit an acceptable DBE expenditure report, CPM schedule update, parts/operational/maintenance manual set(s), or not meeting the requirements for the certified payroll submission schedule, as outlined in 5.1.2, 5.1.3 and 5.1.4, and 5.1.5 above, will result in withholding of his progress payment by the Owner until these requirements are satisfied.

Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Section 50 of the General Provisions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ARCHITECT.

Article 6.

CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS.

In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1

CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work.

6.2

CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including the General Provisions and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.

6.3

CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.

6.4

CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.

6.5

CONTRACTOR has given ARCHITECT written notice of all conflicts, error or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ARCHITECT is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.

Article 7.

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the following: 7.1

This Agreement (pages C-1 to C-7, inclusive).

7.2

Certificate of Secretary (Page CS-1).

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

C-4

7.3

Performance, Payment and other Bonds, consisting of 5 pages (PB-1 thru PB-2, PF-1 thru PF-2, and BA-1).

7.4

Certificate of Owner’s Attorney (Page CA-1).

7.5

DBE Awarded Prime Forms #1 & Form #2

7.6

General Terms and Conditions and Supplementary Conditions.

7.7

General Provisions

7.8

Technical Specifications as listed in table of contents of the Project Manual.

7.9

Drawings with each sheet bearing the following general title: SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

7.10

Summary to Minutes of Pre-Bid Conference.

7.11

CONTRACTOR's Bid: a. b.

7.12

Bid Form (pages BF-1 thru BF-10, BB-1, inclusive) DBE Bid Forms #1, #2 & #3

The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents.

There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented.

Article 8.

MISCELLANEOUS.

8.1

Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 10 of the General Provisions will have the meanings indicated in the General Provisions.

8.2

No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents.

8.3

OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.

8.4

The contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

C-5

CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. The Contractor hereby agrees to adhere to and include the above clause in all subcontracts entered into as a result of this prime contract. 8.5

The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 30 days from the receipt of each payment the prime contractor receives from the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority. The prime contractor agrees further to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors.

8.6

This Contract is intended by the parties as a first expression of their Contract and as a complete and exclusive statement of its terms. No course of prior dealings between the parties and no usage of trade shall be relevant or admissible to supplement, explain, or vary any of the terms of this Contract. No other representations, understandings or contracts have been made or relied upon in the making of this Contract other than those specifically set forth herein.

8.7

VENUE AND JURISDICTION. If any party to this Agreement commences an action to enforce this Agreement or any provision hereof, or other performance thereof, then the prevailing party shall be entitled to an award by the Court of attorneys' fees and expert fees. In the event either party files any legal proceeding arising out of this Agreement or other performance thereof, the parties agree that either Sarasota or Manatee County shall be the proper venue and the legal proceeding must be brought only in the Circuit Court in and for Sarasota or Manatee County, Florida.

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

C-6

Article 9. OTHER PROVISIONS. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed five copies of this Agreement. Two counterparts each have been delivered to OWNER, and one counterpart each has been delivered to CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, and FAA. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ARCHITECT on their behalf.

This Agreement will be effective on

.

OWNER

CONTRACTOR

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY

Contractor Name

By:

By: (Corporate Seal)

Attest:

Attest:

Address for giving notices:

Address for giving notices:

Approved by Attorney for Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority As to Form and Legality

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

C-7

CERTIFICATE OF OWNER’S ATTORNEY

I, the undersigned, , the duly authorized representative of Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, do hereby certify as follows:

and

acting

legal

I have examined the foregoing Contract Agreement(s) and Surety Bonds and the manner of execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has been duly executed by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority thereto acting through its duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority; and that the foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding obligations upon the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority in accordance with terms, conditions and provisions thereof. Dated at

, this

day of

, 2017.

Signature:

Title:

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

CA - 1

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that , as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority as obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of $ for the payment of which Contractor and Surety bond themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated , 2017, entered into a Contract with Owner for Airport Master Signage Plan, Phase 1B – Gateway Enhancement Project for the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport, Sarasota, Florida, in accordance with all of the Contract Documents consisting of the project plans and specifications, and all addenda or other revisions prepared by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, which Contract is be reference made a part hereof and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, the conditions of the above obligation is such that if the said Contractor shall well and faithfully perform the things agreed by him to be done and performed according to the terms of said Contract, and shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by the said Contractor, or subcontractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, we agreeing and assenting that this undertaking shall be for the benefit of any subcontractor, material supplier, or laborer having a just claim, as well as for the obligee herein, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the same shall remain in full force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall in no event exceed the amount of this obligation as herein stated. The said Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no modifications, omissions, or additions, in or to the terms of said Contract or on or to the plans and specifications therefor shall in any way affect the obligation of said Surety or its Bond. All provisions of this Bond Shall comply with F.S. 255.05. The said Surety shall inform the Owner thirty (30) days prior to expiration of this bond, by giving notice by registered mail Signed and sealed this

day of

2017.

Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual Principal The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the principals name, his own and his title. Where a person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit as contained herein, show his authority to bind the corporation.

By Title

(Contractor's corporate seal)

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

PB - 1

(Affix Surety's corporate seal) Surety

By ________________________________, 2017 Countersigned:

Florida Resident Agent

Florida License Number (Attach “BOND AFFIDAVIT” on copy of form bound in these specifications)

END OF PAYMENT BOND

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

PB - 2

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that , as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority as obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of ($ ) for the payment of which Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated 2017, entered into a Contract with Owner for Airport Master Signage Plan, Phase 1B -- Gateway Enhancement Project , for the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport, Sarasota, Florida, in accordance with all of the Contract Documents consisting of the Plans and Specifications, and all addenda or other revisions prepared by the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority which Contract is by reference made a part hereof and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of the above obligation is such that if the said Contractor shall well and faithfully perform the things agreed by him to be done and performed according to the terms of said Contract, and shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by the said Contractor, or subcontractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, we agreeing and assenting that this undertaking shall be for the benefit of any subcontractor, material men, or laborer having a just claim, as well as for the Obligee herein, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the same shall remain in full force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall in no event exceed the amount of this obligation as herein stated. The said Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no modifications, omissions, or additions, in or to the terms of said contract or on or to the plans and specifications therefor shall in any way affect the obligation of said Surety or its Bond. The said Surety further stipulates and agrees that in the event of a default or deficiency on the part of the Contractor amounting to a breach of the Contract, the Owner may, by giving notice by registered mail to Contractor and Surety, require that such default or deficiencies be remedied within ten (10) days from the date of such notice. Failure so to remedy or to take proper steps to remedy such defaults or deficiencies within said period shall be cause for the Owner to require that Surety take over and prosecute the work under the Contract and to take over all obligations pertaining thereto. In the event the work under the Contract is taken over by the Surety in a manner satisfactory to the Owner, the Owner will pay to the Surety henceforth all amounts due and to become due under the Contract, including amendments, less the balance of the Contract price previously paid to the Contractor and less liquidated damages, if assessed. The Owner shall not be liable for any monies not due on the Contract and shall not be made a party to any dispute between Contractor and Surety. If the Surety does not take over the work in a satisfactory manner within ten (10) days after the notice of default or does not proceed with completing the work in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall have full power and authority, without impairing the obligation of the Contract or the Contract Bond, to take over the completion of the work; to appropriate or use any or all material and equipment that may be suitable; to enter into agreements and provisions thereof; or to use such other methods as may be required for completion of the Contract. The Contractor and his Surety shall be liable for all costs incurred by the Owner in completing the work and for all liquidated damages in conformity with the terms of the Contract. If the sum of such liquidated damages and the expense so incurred by the Owner is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if it had been completed by the Contractor or his Surety, the Contractor or his Surety shall be entitled to receive the difference; and if the sum of such expense and such liquidated damages exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the Contract, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. Notice to the Contractor shall be deemed to have been served when delivered to the man in charge of any office used by the Contractor, his representative at or near the work, or by registered mail addressed to the Contractor at his last known place of business.

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

PF - 1

The said Surety further stipulates and agrees that this bond is also given and made as a guarantee insuring the Owner against loss resulting from costs of repairing, replacing, or reconstructing any portion of the work performed or equipment furnished under the Contract, because of failure to perform as specified or from being defective in any manner whatsoever. This bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one year after the date of written recommendation and of acceptance by the Owner. The said Surety shall inform the Owner thirty (30) days prior to expiration of this bond, by giving notice by registered mail. Signed and sealed this

day of

, 2017.

Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual Principal The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the principals name, his own name, and his title. Where a person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit as contained herein, show his authority to bind the corporation.

By Title

(Contractor's corporate seal)

(Affix Surety's corporate seal) Surety

By , 2017 Countersigned:

Florida Resident Agent

Florida License Number

(Attach "BOND AFFIDAVIT' on copy of form bound in these specifications)

END OF PERFORMANCE BOND

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

PF - 2

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY BOND AFFIDAVIT

State of County of Before me, the undersigned authority, personally appeared , who, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is a duly authorized (resident) (nonresident) insurance agent, properly licensed under the laws of the State of and the State of Florida, to represent of (company name), a company authorized to make corporate surety bonds under the laws of the State of Florida. Said further certifies that as Attorney-in-fact for the said hehas signed the attached bond in the sum of (U.S. $ ) on behalf of covering Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority, Airport Master Signage Plan , Phase 1B– Gateway Enhancement Project, for the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport, Sarasota, Florida. Said further certifies that the premium on the said bond is _______________________ which will be paid in full direct to him as Attorney-in-fact, and included in his regular accounts to the said , and that he will receive his regular commission of percent as Attorney-infact for the execution of said Bond and that his commission will not be divided with anyone except as follows: percent to (company name), who is duly authorized resident insurance agent and properly licensed under the laws of the State of Florida. Countersigned:

Florida Resident Agent and Attorney-in-Fact Sworn to and subscribed before me this

day of

, 2017.

Florida License Number

ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Notary Public, State of My Commission Expires

END OF BOND AFFIDAVIT

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017

BA - 1

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

AS TO RESOLUTION ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON

_____________________, I, ____________________________, Herby certify that I am the duly authorized Secretary of _______________ charged with keeping the records and the seal of said Corporation, and that the following is a true and correct copy of a resolution adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly held on ________________________, which resolution is now in full force and effect.

RESOLVED, that _______________________________________________, (President, Vice President) of ________________________________________, Is hereby authorized to execute contracts, performance bonds and labor and materials bonds on behalf of the Corporation.

WITNESS my hand as Secretary, and the seal of the Corporation this _______ day of ___________, 2017.

________________________ Secretary Sworn to before me this ____day of ______________,2017 “NOTARY PUBLIC”

Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority Gateway Enhancement Project 42151.01

SEPTEMBER 2017 CS - 1

Firm Name

BIDDER:

CONTRACT:

PROJECT:

Prime or Sub Bidder (P) or (S) Address, City, State, Zip

Phone

Email

Primary Trade

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY BIDDERS LIST COLLECTION FORM

Gender (M/F)

Annual Gross Receipts

# of Years in Business

DBE -AWARDED PRIME FORM 1

Certified UCP‐DBE (Y/N)

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY DBE PARTICIPATION REPORT Project: Contract: Reporting Prime Contractor: Original Contract Amount: Committed DBE %: Committed DBE Amount: Period Covered by Report

DBE Subcontractor

through

Description of Work

I hereby certify that the information provided on this form is true and correct. Authorized Signature & Date Printed Name & Title of Authorized Signer

Total Amount Committed to Subcontractor

Earnings this Period

Earnings To-Date

Total Value of Work Completed To-Date by Prime Contractor Total DBE Earnings To-Date DBE % of Work Completed To-Date

Note: Prior to inclusion of any subcontractor on this form, the reporting prime contractor must confirm the DBE status of the subcontractor by consulting the current Florida UCP Directory on-line at: http://www3b.dot.state.fl.us/EqualOpportunityOfficeBusinessDirectory/

DBE-AWARDED PRIME FORM 2

SECTION 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 01 - General Requirements

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 01 0300 AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES (CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

1.2

INTRODUCTION: A.

This project will NOT include Contractor operations within active Air Operations Areas (AOA). The Airport will conduct normal aircraft operations during the course of this project, subject to certain restrictions called out in this section or elsewhere in the specifications. Therefore, to provide for the security and safety of Airport users and the Contractor’s forces, as well as to minimize interruptions to aircraft operations, the Contractor shall limit his work within the areas designated and conduct his operations as specified.

B.

Any fines or assessments levied against the Sponsor as a result of intrusions in the AOA or secured areas or other violations by the Contractor’s personnel or those of his subcontractors and material suppliers will be passed on to the Contractor. Additionally, the Contractor will be subject to a fine of $5,000.00 for the first intrusion into an active movement area including interference with air carrier operations on the ramp. This fine shall double to $10,000.00 in the event of a second incident.

SAFETY PLANNING: The Contractor shall integrate and maintain requirements of airport operational safety into each of his planning and work schedules. The Contractor’s Safety Officer shall continuously monitor all planning schedules and work underway for compliance to AC 1 50/5370-2E; they shall maintain vigilance to detect areas needing attention due to oversight or altered construction activities. Airport operational safety during construction will be on the agenda at the pre-construction conference and each coordination and progress meeting.

1.3

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor has the responsibility for maintaining control of the access gates or any other entrance to the AOA. The Contractor may utilize a gate guard or install an automatic operated gate controller with limited access with numeric keypad. The Contractor’s method of maintaining security shall be set forth in his Security Plan. Copies of the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Construction Rules, ID Badging Requirements and Airport Familiarization and Driver Training Program are attached herein as Appendices 01 0300 A, 01 0300 B, and 01 0300 C respectively. Requirements set forth in these appendices shall be strictly adhered to.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300 - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

BARRICADES: Barricades shall be of material and construction suitable for the work.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

3.2

WORK AREA: A.

The work shall be confined to the construction area. The access roads and parking areas shall be kept clear and usable at all times.

B.

The contractor shall provide a plan, for Owner approval, outlining their work and how the contractor will maintain safety, security and area use during construction.

ACCESS TO THE WORK AREA: A.

3.3

BARRICADE INSTALLATION: A.

3.4

3.5

Vehicular access to the work site shall be controlled by the contractor. Only authorized vehicles shall be granted access. Coordinate vehicle registration with the OWNER.

Install barricades and warning signs as needed to warn personnel of the work in progress. Maintain barricades and markings until the work in the area is completed.

CELLULAR PHONES: A.

The contractor shall maintain at its sole expense at least one (1) digital cellular telephone on site. The project manager and/or supervisor shall carry an operable cellular telephone at all times during the construction period.

B.

The project manager, or his/her designee, shall be on call during the construction period for emergencies and must be able to report within 1 hour to the airport.

PAYMENT: Except as otherwise specified in Item 01 2900, no measurement or payment shall be made for this item of work and it will be considered as incidental cost to the prosecution of the work.

END OF SECTION 01 0300

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300 - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

APPENDIX 01 0300A AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES -

(CONSTRUCTION RULES)

SECURITY 1.

Every person and every vehicle must have an approved aircraft operations area (AOA) access identification or be under continuous escort by someone with approved AOA access identification. (Ref. SRQ Management Directive 04-002.01) Escorts must always remain with the persons they are escorting; if the escort leaves, everybody leaves. The prime contractor on a project shall be responsible for authorizing badges. All individuals, including sub-contractors, must pass a Security Threat Assessment done at the airport prior to being issued an ID badge. SIDA access badge applicants must clear a fingerprint based criminal history records check.

2.

Persons requiring ID badges must attend an Airport security and safety training session (approx. 60 min. long) prior to the badge being issued (TSR 1542.213). The training is computer-based, in English, and the students attending must understand English in order to pass. All ID applications, deposit receipts, and Signature Authorization letters must be submitted to the Operations Department by 9:00am the day of the safety/security training. Persons requiring ID badges with access to certain secured areas will be required to undergo a fingerprint based criminal history records check (TSR 1542.209). The fingerprints are taken electronically; hands must be clean, cool, and dry to fingerprint properly. The fingerprinting process takes approximately 10 minutes per person. The person being fingerprinted must present two forms of ID. At least one of the two forms of ID must have been issued by a government authority, and at least one must include a photo. The ID (Fingerprinting and Badging) Office is open 8am – 4pm weekdays. To avoid delays, please call ahead for an appointment (941-359-2770 X4268).

3.

Gates must remain closed unless an authorized guard is posted at the gate.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300A - 1

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

OPERATIONS 1.

48 hour notice must be given to Airport Operations (359-5200) prior to any closure on a movement area.

2.

24 hour notice must be given to Airport Operations prior to any activity which may violate FAR 77, require the issuance of a NOTAM, or close sections of the perimeter road. All cranes, backhoes, bucket-loaders, etc. will be lowered when not in use.

3.

For all operations inside the Airport perimeter fence: a.

No one may enter an aircraft movement area without clearance from the control tower.

b.

Contact with the Airport Communications Center (AIRCOM) must be maintained at all times by radio or by telephone (359-2770 X4260)

4.

All vehicles operating in an aircraft movement area, within 125 feet of an active runway, or within 75 feet of an active taxiway must be “marked with an approved orange and white checkered flag (3’x3’), a yellow rotating beacon or yellow strobe light." All vehicles operating at night must have a yellow rotating beacon or yellow strobe light (Ref. Section 329, SRQ Airport Certification Manual).

5.

NO dirt piles near the end of any runway or in any safety area.

6.

NO holes near the end of any runway or in any safety area. Any open holes must be covered and/or lighted and barricaded.

7.

The storage, stockpile, or locating of any equipment, materials, property, or substances within the Airport perimeter fence must have prior approval from Airport Operations.

8.

All work areas must be left clean at the end of the work day. Before crews may leave, all work areas must be inspected by Airport Operations to insure that all materials are secure and that no loose debris can be blown onto aircraft movement areas.

9.

The name and after-hours telephone number of a construction supervisor shall be provided to Airport Operations.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300A - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SAFETY 1.

Airport emergency (fire, police, medical) telephone number: 359-5911.

2.

All fuel (hazardous chemical) spills must be contained, cleaned up, and reported to the Airport Fire Department immediately.

3.

All hazardous materials shall be properly identified and stored in an approved area. Material Safety Data Sheets must be provided to the Airport Fire Department within 24 hours of storage.

4.

The access road from gate 43W to the Airport fire station and the road from the fire station to the taxiway, must remain open at all times.

5.

Alligators and snakes have been spotted in and around the Airport's retention ponds.

6.

The airport was a military base during WWII; it is possible lost/abandoned munitions may be uncovered. If this occurs, contact the Airport Police Department immediately.

VEHICLES: Temporarily assigned vehicles of the Airport, tenants and contractors, when possible, shall be identified by company paint, designs, or insignias. Temporarily assigned vehicles, operating in the AOA, bearing no company paint, designs, or insignias shall be required to display on the roof of each vehicle a red, uniquely numbered magnetic cap bearing the Airport logo. The magnetic cap will be issued by Airport Operations after a deposit ($50.00) for each magnetic cap issued is paid. All temporarily assigned vehicles will be required to be registered with and approved by Airport Operations.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300A - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

APPENDIX 01 0300B AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES -

(ID BADGE PROCEDURES)

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION The Transportation Security Regulations (TSRs, located in Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations) regarding airport security requires the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport (SRQ) Security Plan to include a personnel identification system [TSR 1542.201(b)(3)]. The Federal requirements apply to all airports with airline service. The requirements call for certain control functions designed to prevent the entry of unauthorized persons onto the Aircraft Operations Area (AOA). The SRQ Identification (ID) Badge Program is designed to control access into the restricted areas by providing a means to easily identify authorized individuals. This operational plan describes the regulations, responsibilities and procedures with which the ID Badge Program will be operated.

1-1

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 2 TRANSPORTATION SECURITY REGULATION 1542.205 (Security of the SIDA) TSR 1542.205, titled Security of the security identification display area (SIDA) requires airport operators to identify a Security Identification Display Area (SIDA) on their airport. In the SIDA, all personnel must at all times display on their outermost garment an airport-approved form of identification, unless under airport-approved escort [TSR 1542.211(a)(2)]. TSR 1542.213(b) requires that any and all persons to be granted unescorted access to the SIDA with airport-issued identification media must first successfully complete a training course administered by the airport operator. This training course is administered by Airport Operations and lasts approximately one hour. The course material covers information required by Federal Regulation, for safe operations in the security critical areas of the Airport. Those personnel requesting the following types of ID Badges must first successfully complete the TSR 1542.213(b) course: Red (All Areas), and Green (Air Carrier). Contact Airport Operations at 359-5200 for training session times and to sign up personnel. Persons who can provide documentation that they have taken a SIDA [TSR 1542.213(b)] training at another airport may not need to take the training at SRQ. However, prior to an ID being issued, they shall be briefed on SRQ ID badge types and the methods for summoning Airport Police. The SRQ SIDA is shown in green on the color-coded airport map at the end of this publication.

2-1

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 3 ID BADGE RULES OF USAGE

3.1

DEFINITIONS

All persons with access to any secured area of the Airport must completely read and understand the following rules and regulations regarding the Airport ID Badge Program. Each person must certify understanding and willingness to follow these regulations, responsibilities and procedures by signature on the ID application. a.

Escort: An alternative to having an ID Badge while in a secured area. Persons who wish to access a secured area and do not have an authorized ID Badge, will require an escort from someone who does have an authorized ID Badge, with “escort authority”, for the secured area. Any person providing an escort must be able to control the movement of the escorted party.

b.

ID Badge: The plastic photo-identification card used by the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport to identify persons in secured areas of the Airport.

c.

Secured Area: An area where aircraft operate, a sector of the Airport Terminal, the SIDA or a region of the Airport within the perimeter fence to which access must be controlled. The corresponding ID Badge displays the color code of the area it permits access to.

d.

Security Identification Display Area (SIDA): As defined by Transportation Security Regulation 1542.3, the SIDA is "a portion of an airport, specified in the airport security program, in which security measures specified in this part are carried out."

e.

Tenant: All airlines, concessionaires, service companies, contractors, or fixed base operators that have a contractual agreement with the Airport. All tenants will be responsible for notifying the Operations Department of their employees, customers, contractors, or any other individuals associated with the tenant who will need access to a secured area. The tenant must sign and approve the application forms of any such individual requesting an ID Badge. Tenants will be responsible for reporting all un-authorized access onto any secured area of the Airport to the Airport Communications, Airport Operations or Police Department.

3.2

ID BADGE REGULATIONS

All individuals authorized access to any of the secured areas of the Airport will be identified by an Airport authorized ID Badge. All airport ID Badge holders must read, understand and comply with the following ID Badge Regulations.

3.2.1 While anywhere in the SIDA, ID Badges must be continuously displayed on the outer garment of the upper portion of the body and kept visible at all times [TSR 1542.211(a)(2)]. 3-1

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

3.2.2 At no time is the ID Badge to be used by anyone other than the person it was issued to. This action will be considered cause to immediately revoke unescorted access to the SIDA [TSR 1542.211(a)(2)]. 3.2.3 Airlines' identification cards or badges will be honored for working, uniformed airline flight crews (or mechanics) only on their air carrier apron and in the immediate proximity of their assigned company aircraft. 3.2.4 FAA Form 110A is recognized as authorizing FAA Aviation Safety Inspectors unescorted access to those portions of the secured area necessary to the conduct of their assigned duties. 3.2.5 While anywhere in the SIDA, it is the responsibility of each individual to challenge persons not displaying an Airport-approved ID Badge. If the person does not have authorization to be in the SIDA, Airport Police must be notified immediately. To challenge someone is to ask them to show their ID Badge and demonstrate that they are authorized to be in the SIDA. If you feel threatened by any person in the SIDA who does not have or display an ID Badge, do not confront them instead, notify Airport Police immediately at 359-5911. 3.2.6 All Airport ID Badges remain the property of the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority. You must return the ID Badge upon request, transfer, termination of employment, or otherwise leaving the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport. You will be charged a penalty for failing to return an ID Badge. 3.2.7 You must return your ID Badge if it is damaged, altered or mutilated in any way. You will be responsible for immediately notifying the tenant or the Operations Department of a lost or stolen ID Badge. You then must promptly follow up the notification with a written report explaining the loss, or stolen ID Badge to the tenant and Airport Operations [TSR 1542.211(a)(3)(vi)]. You will be charged a penalty fee for losing an ID Badge.

3.2.8 The Airport reserves the right to revoke any individual's access to any secured area where such action is determined to be in the best interest of the Airport.

3-2

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

3.2.9 Failure to comply with any of these regulations, responsibilities and procedures could result in the loss of unescorted access to Airport secured areas. 3.2.10 Pedestrians with unescorted access to the SIDA must access the SIDA through approved pedestrian doorways in the terminal building. 3.2.11 Gate cards for the automatic vehicle gates which provide access to secured areas are only to be used by persons with unescorted privileges in their authorized vehicles and only to the authorized secured areas. When accessing any secured area through a vehicle gate you must remain at the gate until it has completely closed. Further, the vehicle you are driving must be identified and registered with the Airport. 3.2.12 Law Enforcement, Fire Department, and other Public Safety personnel assigned to the Airport must be issued an appropriate SMAA ID Badge if granted unescorted access to secured areas.

3.3

ID BADGE ACCOUNTABILITY

The tenant and the Airport are jointly responsible for the control, accountability, and issuance of ID Badges. The Airport Operations Department maintains a master list of ID Badges issued and status of each ID Badge in a computer data base. The Operations Department shall provide this information to the tenant periodically to account for all the ID Badges issued under the tenant's authority. Any discrepancies shall be reported in writing to the Airport Operations Department. 3.3.1 All unaccounted for unexpired ID Badges reported lost, stolen, or otherwise not properly returned are deactivated and placed on a list by name and ID badge number. Airport Operations distributes the list regularly to each tenant responsible for maintaining a controlled perimeter access point. The Airport Police Department must be notified immediately if any person attempts to gain access through one of these points with a deactivated ID Badge.

3.3.2 The Airport Operations Department maintains a list of ID Badges issued. This list is available to verify an ID Badge when questions arise about the authenticity of an ID Badge. Reports of incidents regarding unauthorized access by individuals onto the secured areas of the Airport are reported to the Operations Department, who make a permanent record of the incident.

3-3

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

3.4

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

TYPES OF ID BADGES

The attached map shows, by color, the SIDA and other secured areas of the Airport and the corresponding color. 3.4.1

Red - All Areas

Persons who require access to all areas of the Airport, both airside and landside, including unescorted access to the SIDA. Issued only to persons with appropriate training and authorization from the Airport. Issued only to personnel who have successfully completed training in compliance with TSR 1542.213(b), AND only with the approval of Airport Operations. A Criminal History Records Check (CHRC) is also required (see 4.1.1). 3.4.2

Green - Air Carrier

Persons who require unescorted access to the SIDA. Issued to SMAA employees, airlines, airline service contractors and any others with a defined need. Issued only to personnel who have successfully completed training in compliance with TSR 1542.213(b). . A Criminal History Records Check (CHRC) is also required (see 4.1.1).

3.4.3

Yellow - General Aviation

Personnel who require access to the general aviation ramps. Issued to those with a need for access to the ramp and hanger areas of the fixed base operators or general aviation areas. Issued only to persons who have successfully completed the General Aviation training course. 3.4.4

Temporary

Issued to individuals who are currently authorized unescorted access to secured areas. These ID Badges are to be used as a temporary means of identifying tenant employees. These persons will have unescorted access to the secured areas and all the privileges associated with their airport issued ID Badge. These ID Badges will be issued only upon request, and only with approval of Airport Operations, on a day-to-day basis. When not in specific use by an individual, Temporary ID Badges will remain secured in the Airport Operations Office.

3.4.5

Orange - Terminal

3.4.6

Personnel who require identification only and are not authorized access to any secured area. Access to the interior of the terminal building (excluding the concourse) and employee and public parking lots. Should personnel require access to the concourse, a CHRC is required. In this case, the orange badge will be designated by “concourse access”.Blue - Contractor

Issued to airfield contractors or others who require access to the AOA but not the SIDA. Persons desiring a blue badge may be required to take the SIDA class or an airfield safety class.

3-4

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

3.5

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

ID BADGE

The ID badges are 3 3/8" wide, 2 1/8" tall and are made of PVC. The IDs are issued with a removable clothing clip. 3.5.1

ID Badge - Front

The color code of the ID Badge indicates each zone of access. The badge has the Airport's FAA identifier (SRQ) next to the photo of the individual. The ID Badge number is located on the front and back of the badge. The individual's common or first name and last name are clearly shown at the bottom of the ID Badge. The title of the employee is printed with the name of the company beneath the photo. The expiration date (MM/YY) that varies depending on the type of clearance is printed to the left of the photo. Badges expire on the first day of the month or when a contract is complete. 3.5.2

ID Badge - Back

The following block statement is printed on the back of all ID Badges; "For security purposes this badge must be displayed on the outermost garment above the waist at all times while in the designated areas. This badge is the property of the SMAA. This badge must be returned to SMAA upon termination of employment or work assignment at SRQ. If found, please deposit in any mail box, return postage guaranteed. SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT, 6000 Airport Circle, Sarasota, FL 34243." In addition, the ID badge holder’s driving privileges and restrictions are listed in the center of the badge.

3-5

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

SECTION 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

4.1

TENANT RESPONSIBILITIES

The tenant is responsible for observing all ID Badge regulations. The tenant is also responsible for following all procedures regarding issuance, usage and accountability of all ID Badges issued under a tenant's authority. The tenant will brief all persons issued ID Badges under the tenant's authority of each person's responsibilities and all Airport regulations associated with the ID Badge.

4.1.1

Criminal History Records Check (SIDA Access)

The Transportation Security Administration has determined that persons who have access to the SIDA are in a position where their actions can have a critical impact on the safety and security of the traveling public. Therefore, it is necessary that all tenants who operate in the SIDA establish procedures assuring that all employees authorized unescorted access to the SIDA have their criminal history checked. The TSA has mandated a requirement of a ten-year fingerprint-based criminal history record check (CHRC) for all individuals seeking authorization or seeking authority to authorize others to have unescorted access to the SIDA on or after December 6, 2001 (TSR 1542.209). All individuals who currently have authorization or authority to authorize others to have unescorted access to the SIDA must have a CHRC completed by December 6, 2002. The following is a list of the steps required for completion prior to an individual receiving a SIDA ID badge or authorization to approve others to receive a SIDA badge. a.

Each individual must complete an SRQ ID Badge Application Form;

b.

Present appropriate forms of identification per SD 1542-04-08G.

c.

Notification that the individual will be subjected a criminal history records check; and

d.

Any convictions or found not guilty by reason of insanity during the previous ten year period of crimes listed in the TSA, "Disqualifying Crimes" (Appendix C), will preclude granting access rights to the SIDA.

e.

Complete and sign the SRQ CHRC form;

f.

The fee for processing the fingerprints is $29.00 per CHRC which is the responsibility of the employer and may be paid by corporate check, cashier's check, or money order made payable to "Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority". Air Carriers and certain other companies may have an account set-up with the TSA to cover the cost of CHRCs. In that case the company’s SON number shall be provided to Airport Operations for direct billing 4-1

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

g.

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

The fingerprints are taken electronically at the Airport Operations Office and the results are usually available within 2 business days.

Successfully clear a Security Threat Assessment (STA) An individual may be granted access without the SRQ CHRC if they have been continuously employed in a position requiring unescorted SIDA access at another airport and the access was granted as a result of a CHRC [TSR 1542.209(m)(2)]. A 30-day gap in SIDA access requires a resubmittal of fingerprints at an additional $29 cost and successfully complete a STA Records of the CHRC/background check must be maintained for up to 180 days after the individual's access rights have been terminated [TSR 1542.209(k)(5)]. The completed I.D. applications must be signed by the applicant and the employer's authorized signer and submitted to Airport Operations for review and approval before an I.D. is issued. The objective of the CHRC is to assure that permitting employees' unrestricted, unescorted access to the SIDA is appropriate. a.

Tenant Employees The CHRC applies to all employees who must have unrestricted, unescorted access to the SIDA. This includes employees of the Airport, airlines, concessionaires, service companies and contractors working at the Airport. All employees granted SIDA access prior to December 6, 2001 must undergo a CHRC prior to December 6, 2002.

b.

Air Carrier Employees In lieu of the SRQ CHRC form, air carriers may submit a letter (on company letterhead) stating that a fingerprint based CHRC, in accordance with TSR 1544.229, has been completed and is on-file with the air carrier [TSR 1542.209(n)].

4.1.2

Employment Background Check (Non-SIDA Access) The non-SIDA five-year employment history verification applies for any individual requesting access to the non-SIDA secure areas of the airport. All badge holders must successfully complete a STA. The background check may be done, to the extent allowable by law, through references from former employers, schools, and authentic prior employment histories. The background check must be thorough enough to verify representations made by the employee relating to employment in the past five years. It is not necessary to contact references other than the employment verification, except for periods of unemployment

This employment background check does not apply to any individual who does not require unescorted access to the SIDA or other secured areas of the airport. 4.1.3 Tenant Authorized Signature Tenants who wish to have employees or other persons access secured areas of the Airport will be responsible for submitting and maintaining a current letter authorizing a principal representative(s) of the tenant to review and approve all tenant applications and background checks for ID Badges. A CHRC is also required for this person. The signature letter must be an original using no signature stamps nor photocopies and be on official company letterhead. The letter will be kept on file with 4-2

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

Airport Operations. Only applications containing current authorized signatures will be accepted. The purpose of the authorized signature is to assure that someone of responsibility on the tenant's management staff will ensure that the applicant requires access to secured areas and certifies that all other requirements have been completed. Appendix "A" contains a sample tenant representative signature authorization letter.

4.2

INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES

Every person issued an ID Badge is individually responsible for the proper use and accountability of that ID Badge. Each person will be asked to read the ID Badge Regulations included with their ID Badge application, and sign that they understand these regulations. Failure to comply with the rules and regulations could result in the loss of SIDA and/or secured area access privileges. a.

Wearing the ID Badge in the SIDA While in the SIDA, ID Badges must be displayed on the outer garment on the upper portion of the body and kept visible at all times. Never is the ID Badge to be used by anyone other than the person it is issued to. This action will be considered cause for Airport Operations or the Airport Police Department to immediately confiscate the ID Badge and unescorted SIDA access privileges will be denied.

b.

Wearing the ID Badge in Secured Areas other than the SIDA While in secured areas of the Airport not classified as SIDA, the Airport encourages all ID Badge holders to wear their ID Badge. All ID Badge holders must be able to produce their ID Badge if challenged.

c.

Contractors of both the Airport and the tenants are required to wear the ID Badge at all times while in any secured area of the Airport, including the SIDA.

d.

Challenging While in a secured area, it is the responsibility of all ID Badge holders to challenge persons not displaying an appropriately colored ID Badge. If the person does not have authorization to be in the area, the Airport Police Department must be notified immediately. To challenge someone is to ask them to show their ID Badge to demonstrate that they are authorized to be in the secured area. If you feel threatened by any person in any secured area who does not have or display an ID Badge, notify the Airport Police Department at 359-5911.

e.

Transfer or Termination All Airport ID Badges remain the property of the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority. ID Badges must be returned upon transfer or termination of employment or otherwise leaving the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport. A penalty fee will be charged for all ID Badges not returned to Airport Operations.

f.

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed ID Badges All lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed ID Badges must be promptly reported in writing to the tenant and Airport Operations. ID Badges that have been damaged in any respect shall be submitted to Airport Operations. If the damage is irreparable, Airport Operations will consider the ID Badge destroyed and dispose of the ID Badge. If an individual reports an ID Badge destroyed, but cannot produce the ID Badge, the ID Badge will be considered lost. Individuals will be charged a penalty fee for lost, stolen or unreturned ID Badges. Individuals will also be charged a fee to reissue lost, stolen or destroyed ID Badges.

4-3

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

SECTION 5 PROCEDURES The Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Operations Department is the administrator of the ID Badge Program. Airport Operations will only issue ID Badges to persons who have properly completed the required application and understand their responsibilities. The Airport Operations Office is located on the first floor of the terminal, in the ticket wing, across from the up escalator.

5.1

APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS

Before an ID Badge may be issued, appropriate application forms must be completed. The individual must complete all appropriate sections, answer all questions and sign the application. The identity of the individual must be verified through two forms of identification, one of which must bear the individual's photograph. The application is then signed by the tenant representative authorized to review and approve applications. Under no circumstances will an ID Badge be issued without approval from the tenant. It must then be submitted to the Operations Department for further review and approval.

5.1.1

The Application Forms

All forms discussed in this section are in the Appendices or enclosed. a.

Security Access Application This form gathers demographic information about the applicant necessary to maintain a record of ID Badge holders, as well as identifying information such as race, sex, height, etc. The applicant's signature and social security number are always required on this form. Any application lacking these or are incomplete or illegible will be returned to the tenant for resubmittal.

b.

Request for FBI Criminal History Records Check This form lists information required by TSR 1542.209(e) and must be completed prior to a CHRC.

c.

Non-SIDA Employment Verification Form The applicant and the tenant authorized signer must complete the Employment Verification Form for all applicants requiring unescorted access to non-SIDA secure areas of the Airport. This form certifies that the tenant has completed a five year employment background on the named employee. Air Carrier Employees. In lieu of the SRQ CHRC form, air carriers may submit a letter (on company letterhead) stating that a fingerprint based CHRC, in accordance with TSR 1544.229, has been completed and is on-file with the air carrier [TSR 1542.209(n)] However, the individual’s fingerprints must have been submitted within the last 30 days or the individual must have had continuous SIDA access elsewhere or resubmittal is required at an additional cost of $29. All Badge holders. Must successfully complete a Security Threat Assessment.

5-1

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

5.2

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

ISSUING AN ID BADGE

The Security Access Application is required for both first-time and reissue requests. The applicant must be present when the first ID Badge is issued. In the interest of sometimes unpredictable work load and time restraints, it is requested that, whenever possible, application forms be submitted at least three days prior to the issuance of an ID Badge. This three day turnaround time enables Airport Operations to review the application and enter the data. Before issuing an ID Badge, all applicants must present two forms of identification one of which must bear the individual's photograph. This may include a current driver's license or another form of identification issued by the state. Providing all the above Application Requirements are met, a photo of the applicant is taken, and the ID Badge is issued. Green or Red badges will not be issued until the CHRC has been completed. No badge will be issued without the individual successfully completing a Security Threat Assessment.

5.3

REISSUING AN ID BADGE

All ID Badges have an expiration date. Individuals who will require continued access to the secured areas of the Airport beyond the expiration date of their ID Badge will need to request to have their ID Badge reissued. There is a fee for each reissued ID Badge. Every month, Airport Operations generates a list of all ID Badges, grouped by tenant, due to expire in the following month. Each tenant is provided a list of their ID Badges due to expire. It is the tenant's responsibility to determine which of these listed ID Badges require reissue and which require return. Those that require return must be returned to Airport Operations on or prior to the expiration date. For those that require reissue, the following procedures apply: a.

The tenant's authorized signer completes the Security Access Application. Any changes from the current ID Badge, for example, name or job title change, etc., must be disclosed in writing on this application.

b.

The completed, correct application is submitted to Airport Operations at least one (1) day, but not more than three (3) days, prior to the ID Badge expiration date. If the application is not completed as directed in section 5.1.1, paragraphs 2 and 3, it will be returned to the tenant for resubmittal.

c.

Provided the application adheres to all requirements, Airport Operations reissues the ID Badge. The individual need not be present when the ID Badge is reissued unless a new photo is requested. Requests for new photos will be honored, however, requests must be disclosed on the application at the time of submittal to provide for any special arrangements to be made.

d.

On or about the expiration date, the individual may exchange the old ID Badge for the reissued ID Badge at Airport Operations, located between the ticket counters and baggage claim on the first floor of the terminal. Reissued ID Badges will not be distributed until the old ID Badge is returned.

5-2

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

5.3.1

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

ID Badge Reissue Fee

As stated in section 5.2, paragraph one, a fee will be assessed for each reissued ID Badge. This reissue fee is designed to help fund costs associated with the ID Badge Program. With the exception of tenant pilot ID Badge reissues, the tenant will be billed for ID Badges reissued under the tenant's authority in the form of a monthly invoice. Tenant pilots, however, are individually responsible for the reissue fee (Civil Air Patrol pilots are exempt from the fee). Tenant pilots must present a receipt to Airport Operations, certifying the fee has been paid, along with the completed Security Access Application. Payment of the reissue fee must be submitted to Airport Operations, located on the first floor of the terminal, Monday - Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. (except holidays). Payment and reissue application by mail is an available option discussed in the following section. 5.3.2

ID Badge Reissue Application By Mail

Airport Operations will accept ID Badge reissue applications by mail. It is requested that the appropriate form(s), as detailed in section 5.1.1, paragraphs 2 and 3, and, if required, payment be received by Airport Operations at least three (3) days, not to exceed five (5) days, prior to the expiration date. Reissue requests not meeting requirements detailed in section 5.1.1, paragraphs 2 and 3, will be returned for resubmittal. Tenant pilot reissue requests lacking the appropriate reissue fee will be returned for resubmittal. Payment for the tenant pilot reissue fee, check or money order, must be made payable to the Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority. Forward reissue requests to the following address: Airport Operations Sarasota Bradenton International Airport 6000 Airport Circle Sarasota, FL 34243-2105 5.3.4

Lost ID Badges

Lost IDs must be reported to Airport Operations immediately. "A replacement (ID) may only be issued if an individual declares in writing that the (ID) has been lost, stolen, or destroyed" [TSR 1542.211(a)(3)(vi)]. There is a $35.00 charge to replace a lost ID. If the missing ID is found, $25.00 will be refunded.

5-3

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

SECTION 6 FEES, PENALTY CHARGES, AND DEPOSITS The following is a schedule of fees, penalty charges, and deposits associated with the ID Badge Program. The dollar amounts contained in this schedule are subject to change when deemed necessary by Airport Operations. All dollar amounts quoted are per single ID Badge. ITEM

AMOUNT

PAYER

REFUNDABLE

First ID Badge

$00.00

N/A

N/A

Contractor Badges

$25.00

Company

Yes when ID is returned

Reissued ID Badge tenant employee

$10.00 reissue fee

tenant

No

Reissued ID Badge tenant pilot

$10.00 reissue fee

pilot

No

Lost ID Badge

$10.00 reissue fee

individual

No

Non-returned ID

$25.00 penalty charge

individual

Yes-if ID is recovered & returned

total

$35.00

Stolen ID Badge

$10.00 reissue fee

individual

No

Non-returned ID

$25.00 penalty charge

total

$35.00

Destroyed ID Badge

$10.00 reissue fee

individual

No

Criminal History Records Check

$29.00

company

No

Yes-if ID is recovered & returned

6-1

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

SECTION 7 CHANGES TO THIS PUBLICATION The Airport Operations Department reserves the right to alter, omit or supplement any part of the ID Badge Procedures contained herein when such alterations, omissions or supplements are deemed necessary to maintain and/or augment the security of the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport and/or the integrity of the ID Badge Program. Any such alterations, omissions, or supplements may or may not be preceded by advance notice. Advance notice, when necessary, will be in the form of either revised pages to this publication or appendices to this publication.

7-1

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TICKET LOBBY RENOVATION

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01030

SECTION 8 QUESTIONS REGARDING ANYTHING IN THIS PUBLICATION Any questions or comments regarding the rules, regulations, procedures and information contained in this publication should be directed to Airport Operations, (941) 359-5200

8-1

PLEASE USE THIS FORMAT ON YOUR COMPANY LETTERHEAD (DATE) Airport Operations Department Sarasota Bradenton International Airport 6000 Airport Circle Sarasota, FL 34243 RE: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE FOR (insert company name here) To:

Airport Operations:

The person(s) listed below is a principal representative of (COMPANY NAME), and will review and approve all requests from (COMPANY NAME) FOR Sarasota Bradenton International Airport ID Badges. No other signatures may be honored. A 5-year employment history and a fingerprint-based criminal records check (CHRC), as required by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA), has been completed on (NAME OF THE AUTHORIZED PERSON(s)), who clearly understands the requirements of the ID Badge Program and will assure that CHRC’s will be completed for all applicants when required. SIDA training is also required and will be completed as necessary. You will be notified in writing of any changes to this authorization letter. Sincerely,

____________________ Name _____________________ Title

Authorized Signature(s): _________________________ _________________________ (PRINTED OR TYPED NAME)

(PRINTED OR TYPED NAME)

_________________________ _________________________ (TITLE)

(TITLE)

_________________________ _________________________ (SIGNATURE)

(SIGNATURE)

APPENDIX B SRQ CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORDS CHECK FORM (SIDA) 5 YEAR EMPLOYMENT BACKGROUND CHECK FORM (NON-SIDA)

TRANSPORTATION SECURITY ADMINISTRATION'S DISQUALIFYING CRIMES

APPENDIX "C"

1.

Forgery of certificates, false making of aircraft, and other aircraft registration violations, 49 U.S.C. 46306;

2.

Interference with air navigation, 49 U.S.C. 46308;

3.

Improper transportation of a hazardous material, 49 U.S.C. 46312;

4.

Aircraft piracy, 49 U.S.C. 46502;

5.

Interference with flight crew members or flight attendants, 49 U.S.C. 46504;

6.

Commission of certain crimes aboard aircraft in flight, 49 U.S.C. 46505;

7.

Carrying a weapon or explosive aboard an aircraft, 49 U.S.C. 46505;

8.

Conveying false information and threats, 49 U.S.C. 49 46507;

9.

Aircraft piracy outside the special aircraft jurisdiction of the United States, 49 U.S.C. 46502(b);

10.

Lighting violations involving transporting controlled substances, 49 U.S.C. 46315;

11.

Unlawful entry into an aircraft or airport area that serves air carriers or foreign air carriers contrary to established security requirements, 49 U.S.C. 46314;

12.

Destruction of an aircraft or aircraft facility, 18 U.S.C. 32;

13.

Murder;

14.

Assault with intent to murder;

15.

Espionage;

16.

Sedition;

17.

Kidnapping or hostage taking;

18.

Treason;

19.

Rape or aggravated sexual abuse;

20.

Unlawful possession, use, sale, distribution, or manufacture of an explosive or weapon;

21.

Extortion;

22.

Armed robbery or felony unarmed robbery;

23.

Distribution of, or intent to distribute, a controlled substance;

24.

Felony arson;

25.

A Felony involving a threat:

26.

A Felony involving a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.

27.

Willful destruction of property; Importation or manufacture of a controlled substance; Burglary; Theft; Dishonesty, fraud, or misrepresentation; Possession or distribution of stolen property; Aggravated assault; Bribery; and Illegal possession of a controlled substance punishable by a maximum term of imprisonment of more than 1 year, or any other crime classified as a felony that the Administrator determines indicates a propensity for lacing contraband aboard an aircraft in return for money; or

Conspiracy or attempt to commit any of the aforementioned criminal acts.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

APPENDIX 01030-C

SARASOTA MANATEE AIRPORT AUTHORITY AIRPORT FAMILIARIZATION AND DRIVER TRAINING PROGRAM

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 1

JULY 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................... 3

SECTION 2

AIRPORT RULES AND REGULATIONS ............................................. 4

SECTION 3

DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................ 5

SECTION 4

VEHICLE OPERATING RULES ......................................................... 10

General………………………………………………………………………… .... 10 Licensing and Registration ...................................................................................... 10 4.2.1 Temporary Licensing and Registration ....................................................... 10 4.3 Rules of Operation ............................................................................................... 10 4.3.1 Florida Uniform Traffic Control Law ........................................................... 11 4.4 Accident or Incident Reports and Aid ....................................................................... 11 4.5 Required Radio Equipment ..................................................................................... 12 4.6 Required Lighting Equipment ................................................................................ 12 4.7 Parking …………….. ............................................................................................... 12 4.7.1 Restricted Parking Access ............................................................................. 12 4.7.2 Public Parking Access ................................................................................... 13 4.8 Repair of Vehicles….. ............................................................................................... 13 4.9 Vehicle Identification in Restricted Areas ................................................................. 14 4.10 Vehicle Gates …………………………………………………………………..14 4.11 Vehicle and Driver Violations in Restricted Areas ................................................... 14 4.11.1 Vehicle Violations ......................................................................................... 14 4.11.2 Driver Violations ........................................................................................... 15 4.1 4.2

SECTION 5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4

Areas of Operation ........................................................................................... 16 Vehicle Operating Tips .................................................................................... 16 Jet Blast/Prop Wash ......................................................................................... 17 Runway/Taxiway Incursions ........................................................................... 17

SECTION 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5

VEHICLE OPERATIONS: NON-MOVEMENT AREAS ………….16

VEHICLE OPERATIONS: MOVEMENT AREAS ............................. 18

Areas of Operations ......................................................................................... 18 Vehicle Operations .......................................................................................... 18 Communications .............................................................................................. 18 Light Gun Signals ............................................................................................ 19 Tower Closed Procedures ................................................................................. 20

APPENDIX 1:

NON-MOVEMENT AREAS…………………….…………...21

APPENDIX 2:

GLOSSARY OF TERMINOLOGY……………………....……22

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 2

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION On December 20, 1983, while making an instrument landing in one mile visibility and light snow, a DC-9 collided with a snow sweeper on Joe Foss Field in Sioux Falls, SD. Although the pilot, crew and passengers escaped injury, the driver of the vehicle was killed and the sweeper demolished. On March 8, 1984, the pilot of a 737 executed an emergency go-around at Greater Cincinnati International Airport. The plane had just touched down when the pilot saw several pieces of snow removal equipment on the runway 1,000 feet ahead. The plane missed the equipment by 10 feet. On December 19, 1983, a 747 struck a pickup at night on the runway at Anchorage International Airport. The plane was substantially damaged. The pickup was demolished and the driver seriously injured. Isolated Incidents? Hardly, from 1975 through 1984, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) recorded 162 accidents involving aircraft and ground vehicles on airport property. These accidents resulted in 75 fatalities and 34 injuries. Were they avoidable? In all cases, yes. A review of the NTSB reports reveals the cause of some of these accidents: Driver of vehicle did not expect aircraft to be using runway and did not look before entering runway. Vehicle collided with landing aircraft. Aircraft taxiing in from landing struck a van parked along the edge of the taxiway. Ground service tug failed to yield right of way and collided with a taxiing aircraft. Driver of van backed into taxiing aircraft at night. Food truck struck taxiing aircraft at night. The common link in all these accidents was human error. Pilot, controller, or vehicle operator: none of them meant to make a mistake, to be careless or do anything wrong. But they did, and sometimes it cost them their lives. Runway incursions (defined as, any occurrence at an aerodrome involving the incorrect presence of an aircraft, vehicle or person on the protected area of a surface designated for the landing and take off of aircraft) are occurring at an alarming rate at airports across the country. Air Carrier or General Aviation, controlled or uncontrolled, no airport is immune. The majority of incursions are committed by aircraft, at both controlled and uncontrolled fields. In 1985, 420 Air Traffic Control operational errors were reported at airports with towers. Twenty-five percent (104) of these were "surface errors", controller induced runway incursions. Records have just recently begun being kept on vehicle-operator induced incursions where the vehicle operator failed to obey the instructions of the controller and went onto an active runway. Add to these the number of pilot induced incursions and the numbers take on frightening dimensions. Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 3

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

What can be done to stop these incursions? An improved runway and taxiway signage system has been implemented by the FAA. The Sarasota Bradenton International Airport has the new sign system in place. Improved air traffic control procedures have further reduced the number of incursions. Driver training is now required by the FAA. Federal Aviation Regulation 139.329 (e) states that each airport operator shall "ensure that each employee, tenant or contractor who operates a ground vehicle, on any portion of the airport which has access to the movement area, is familiar and complies with the airport's rules and procedures for the operation of ground vehicles." The purpose of this program at Sarasota Bradenton is the airport management's effort to prevent the problem of vehicle incursions and to encourage safety.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 4

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 2 AIRPORT RULES AND REGULATIONS All state and local laws which apply to the operation of vehicles on the roads and streets outside the airport are also applicable to vehicles operating on the Air Operations Area (AOA). Additionally, the following is an extract of the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport Rules and Regulations containing those rules and definitions which apply to vehicle operations.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 5

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 3 DEFINITIONS Unless specifically defined otherwise herein, or unless a different meaning is apparent from the context, the terms used in these Rules and Regulations shall have the following definitions: 3.1 AGREEMENT - A written lease, license, permit, or other form of authorization by the Authority to conduct a specific activity on the Airport. This may include specific authorization for an airline, a Fixed Base Operator, ground transportation, commercial or business activities, aircraft hangar or tie- down, and other privileges such as driving a motor vehicle in Restricted Areas. 3.2 AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) - The AOA is a portion of the Airport, specified in the Transportation Security Administration’s (TSA) Airport Security Program (ASP), in which security measures specified in this part are carried out. This area includes aircraft movement areas, aircraft parking areas, loading ramps, and safety areas, for use by aircraft regulated under TSA parts 1544 or 1546, and any adjacent areas (such as general aviation areas) that are not separated by adequate security systems, measures, or procedures. This area does not include the secured area. 3.3 AIRCRAFT - Any apparatus now known or hereafter invented, used or designed for navigation or flight in air. 3.3.1 Private Aircraft - Aircraft privately-owned and non-commercially operated by the owner or owners; or an aircraft used by the owner in connection with an owner's business, comparable to an owner's business use of his private automobile; or an aircraft owned and operated by a company or corporation for the free transportation of its or other personnel and/or products. 3.3.2 Club Aircraft - A non-commercial aircraft owned and operated by a non-profit partnership or non-profit Florida corporation, each member of which is a bona fide owner of an interest in the aircraft or holds a share in the partnership or corporation; and said partnership or corporation does not derive greater revenue from the use of its aircraft than the amount required for the operation, maintenance, and replacement of its aircraft. Flying Clubs and their aircraft are subject to the Minimum Standards for Aeronautical Activities and any other standards promulgated by the Authority for Club Aircraft. 3.3.3 Commercial Aircraft - Aircraft used for commercial purposes including but not limited to any of the following: a. to carry passengers or cargo for hire. b. for rental or charter. c. for student instruction and its related activities. d. for aerial advertising and crop dusting.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 6

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

3.4 AIR CARRIER - Any person who operates directly by lease or other arrangements any commercial aircraft for the purpose of transporting passengers, mail, express freight or cargo, and is in compliance with all of the federal regulations covering or pertaining to the operation of same. 3.5 AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT AREA - That portion of the AOA consisting of the hardsurfaced, usable taxiways or runways that is open to aircraft movement, as designated by a letter of agreement between the Authority and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). 3.6 AIRPORT - The Sarasota Bradenton International Airport (SRQ), located in Sarasota and Manatee Counties, Florida, including any real property, the fee simple title to which is vested in the Authority, except for any property or facilities that are under the guidance, supervision, regulation, or control of the University of South Florida or New College. 3.7 AIRPORT RESCUE FIRE FIGHTERS (ARFF) - The ARFF Department provides daily aircraft fire protection and Airport medical services, 24 hours per day, for the purpose of meeting the requirements per FAR Part 139. 3.8 AIRPORT SECURITY PROGRAM (ASP) - Regulations detailing proper security procedures as required and approved by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA). 3.9 APRON - An area intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers or cargo, refueling, and parking. 3.10 AUTHORITY - The Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority (SMAA), a special district created by the Legislature of the State of Florida, pursuant to Chapter 91-358, Laws of Florida, as amended, which owns and operates the Airport. The term shall also mean the President, CEO or his designated representative, when the context so permits. 3.11 COMMERCIAL - Relating to or connected with the purchase, sale, lease, or exchange of goods or services. 3.12 COMMERCIAL OPERATOR - The owner or operator of a commercial aircraft or vehicle. 3.13 CORPORATE HANGAR TENANT - An Airport tenant who leases land from the Authority and either constructs or leases aeronautical facilities from the Authority exclusively for the transport of such Corporate Hangar Tenant, its officers, employees, agents, and their cargo or baggage; and not for the purpose of providing aeronautical services to the general public. 3.14 DRIVER - Any person who drives or is in actual physical control of a vehicle on a roadway, parking lot, ramp area, taxiway; or who is exercising control of a vehicle or steering a vehicle being towed by another motor vehicle. 3.15 FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION (FAA)

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 7

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

3.15.1 Air Traffic Control (ATC), "Control Tower" (ATCT), "Controller" (ATC)A service operated by the FAA to promote the safe, orderly, and expeditious flow of air traffic including the flow of aircraft and vehicles on the ground within Aircraft Movement Areas. "Control Tower" refers to the FAA Air Traffic Control facility located at the Airport (ATCT). "Controller" refers to the FAA employee conducting such services (ATC). 3.15.2 Federal Aviation Regulations - Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding aeronautics and space. 3.16 FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO) - Any person who has entered into a written agreement with the Authority for the use of any building, shop, or hangar or for the site upon which such a building may be erected; and who, by further agreement, guarantees to serve the public with multiple aeronautical services required under the agreement and the Authority's Minimum Standards for Aeronautical Activities. Only FBOs are allowed to sell and dispense aviation fuels and oil to the public. 3.17 FOREIGN OBJECT DEBRIS (FOD) - Shall mean any material found on runways, taxiways, and aprons that can cause damage to aircraft. 3.18 ID BADGE - Shall mean the identification media issued by the Authority for controlled access or identification purposes. 3.19 INCURSION - Any occurrence at an aerodrome involving the incorrect presence of an aircraft, vehicle or person on the protected area of a surface designated for the landing and takeoff of aircraft 3.20 INSTRUCTOR - Any person giving or offering to give instruction in the operation, construction, repair or maintenance of aircraft, aircraft power plants, or aircraft accessories. 3.21 NON-MOVEMENT AREA - Those portions of the AOA which are not controlled by the Control Tower and communication with Control Tower is not required. 3.22 NOTICE TO AIRMEN (NOTAM) - A notice issued by the Authority or the FAA containing information concerning the establishment, condition, or change of any aeronautical facility, service, procedure, or hazard, and the timely knowledge which is essential to personnel concerned with flight operations. 3.23 PERSON - Any individual, firm, co-partnership, corporation, company, or association, including any trustee, receiver, or similar representative thereof. 3.24 POLICE OFFICER - Any law enforcement officer authorized to direct or regulate traffic, make arrests for violations of the law and who is authorized to enforce these Rules and Regulations. Police Officers include but are not limited to Airport Police Officers, Florida Highway Patrol Officers, Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriffs, and Municipal Police Officers.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 8

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

3.25 REFUELING TRUCK - Any vehicle used for the transporting, handling, or dispensing of fuel, oils and lubricants for aircraft. 3.26 RESTRICTED AREA - All areas of the Airport to which access is prohibited without security clearance pursuant to the Airport Security Program (ASP). 3.27 RULES AND REGULATIONS - All procedures, rules and regulations as amended from time to time by the Authority. 3.28 RUNWAY - A defined rectangular area, on a land airport prepared, for the landing and takeoff of aircraft along its length. Runways are numbered in relation to their magnetic direction, rounded off to the nearest 10 degrees. 3.29 RUNWAY SAFETY AREA - An area 500 feet in width, the center portion of which is the usable runway and which extends 200 feet beyond the end of the runway. 3.30 SECURED AREA - Means those portions of the Airport designated in the Airport Security Plan (ASP) to which access is restricted and controlled where aircraft operators enplane and deplane passengers and sort and load baggage. 3.31 SECURITY IDENTIFICATION DISPLAY AREA (SIDA) - Means that portion of the Airport where the Airport-issued or Airport-approved identification media shall be displayed on the outermost garment at or above the waist at all times. 3.32 SERVICE ROAD - Shall refer to the designated roadway network on the airfield side of the facility. That network includes both painted and unpainted traffic lanes around the airfield perimeter, passenger terminal, cargo facility and maintenance areas. 3.33 STERILE AREA - Means those portions of the Airport’s terminal complex between the entrances to aircraft and the TSA controlled security checkpoints for the screening of persons and property. 3.34 TAXIWAY - That portion of the movement area used for surface maneuvering of aircraft to transition on the Air Operations Area. 3.35 TAXIWAY SAFETY AREA - An area 200 feet in width, the center portion of which is the usable taxiway. 3.36 TENANT - Any person who has an agreement with the Authority to conduct a specific activity on the Airport. 3.37 TRANSPORTATION SECURITY REGULATIONS (TSRs) - Those parts of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding aviation security and enforced by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) and/or the Department of Homeland Security.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 9

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

3.38 VEHICLE - Any device in, upon, or by which any person, property, or object is or may be transported or drawn on land, whether on wheels, runners, treads, motorized, pedaled, towed, pushed, or rolled. 3.38.1 Emergency Vehicle - Vehicles of any police or fire department (based on or off Airport), ambulances, or any vehicle carrying an Airport official or Airport employee while in response to an official emergency call. 3.38.2 Refueling Vehicle - Any vehicle used for transporting, handling or dispensing fuel, oils, and lubricants. 3.38.3 Commercial Vehicle - Any vehicle for compensation or hire or courtesy vehicles provided at no charge by hotels, motels, rental car companies, etc. for the convenience of their patrons.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 10

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 4 VEHICLE OPERATING RULES 4.1 GENERAL All state and local laws which apply to the operation of vehicles on roads and streets outside the Airport also apply to vehicles operating on the Airport. Additionally, the following apply to vehicle operations within the Airport boundary. 4.2 LICENSING AND REGISTRATION No vehicle shall be driven on the Airport without the driver possessing a valid operator's License. No vehicle shall be driven within the Restricted Area without a demonstrated operational need. No vehicle shall be driven in a Restricted Area unless the vehicle is registered with the Authority or the driver has otherwise obtained permission from the Authority for the operation of such vehicle within the Restricted Area. The Authority shall issue identification badges and vehicle permits which shall be used to restrict vehicle operations to certain portions or segments of the AOA and the Secured/SIDA areas. Such restrictions shall prohibit vehicle operation outside these designated areas. If a vehicle is not in compliance with the foregoing rules, the Authority may remove the vehicle at the owner’s expense. 4.2.1 Temporary Licensing and Registration Vehicles may be temporarily authorized by SMAA or FBOs to access the designated restricted areas. Such temporary access shall be limited to vehicles authorized by the SMAA or FBOs for their customers and business guests using a temporary parking permit approved by the Authority. Such vehicles shall be escorted at all times by a badged individual while on the designated restricted areas. The escorting individual or FBO shall be responsible and liable for any violation or property damage that occurs during the escort. 4.3 RULES OF OPERATION No vehicle shall be operated upon any public street or road on the Airport in excess of the speed limits prescribed by Florida State Statutes, County and City Ordinances, and the Authority. No vehicle shall be operated at a speed greater than is posted or is reasonable and proper having regard for the traffic and the use of the street or road, or so as to endanger the life or to injure the property of another person. No vehicle shall be operated on the Airport in a reckless manner.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 11

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

a.

Speed limits within the Restricted Area shall not exceed twenty-five (25) miles per hour on the perimeter road and fifteen (15) miles per hour on ramp, apron, or in aircraft parking and hangar areas.

b.

No vehicle shall be driven under a passenger loading bridge, except as required by the bridge operator during normal operations.

c.

The driver of any vehicle shall yield to the movement of any aircraft and shall pass at a safe distance from the wing or tail section of any parked aircraft.

d.

Unless crossing a runway, no vehicle shall be driven within the safety area of a runway nor shall the vehicle cross any runway without being cleared by the FAA Control Tower. The driver of any unescorted vehicle shall have a thorough understanding of the Air Traffic Control Tower light gun signals whether or not the vehicle is radio equipped.

e.

No person shall operate on the Airport a vehicle which is carrying more passengers or cargo than it was designed to carry.

f.

No person shall operate a vehicle in a manner that allows the escape of sparks or the propagation of flames on the Airport.

g.

No person shall operate a vehicle or other equipment on Airport property while under the influence of alcohol or any drug that impairs, or may impair, the operator’s abilities. 4.3.1 Florida Uniform Traffic Control Law The driver of any ground vehicle shall comply with applicable provisions of the Uniform Traffic Control Law.

Florida

4.4 ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT REPORTS AND AID The driver of a vehicle or pilot of any aircraft involved in an accident or incident on the Airport resulting in injury to, or death of, any person or damage to any vehicle, aircraft, or other property which is driven, piloted, or attended by any person shall immediately stop such vehicle or aircraft at the scene of the accident and by the quickest means of communication available give notice to the Authority and, if necessary, to the FAA in accordance with federal regulations. The driver or pilot shall also give his name, address, name of insurance company or agent, insurance policy number (if available), and the registration number of the vehicle or aircraft; and shall, upon request, exhibit a license or permit to drive or pilot to any person injured in such accident or to the driver or occupant of, or person attending, any vehicle or other property damaged in the accident. The driver or pilot shall give such information and, upon request, exhibit such license or permit to any police officer or Airport staff at the scene of the accident who is investigating the accident, and shall render to any person injured in the accident reasonable assistance. Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 12

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

4.5 REQUIRED RADIO EQUIPMENT All vehicles authorized to operate on any part of the Aircraft Movement Area shall be equipped with two-way radios for contact with the Control Tower, except when such vehicle is accompanied by an authorized escort which is so equipped. Vehicles equipped with two-way radios shall not be permitted access to the Airport without prior permission from the Authority. The driver of any vehicle operating on an Aircraft Movement Area shall follow the communication procedures described in the Airport’s FAA approved Airport Certification Manual (ACM). The driver of any vehicle shall not be required to establish or maintain contact with the Control Tower while driving outside of the Aircraft Movement Area. 4.6 REQUIRED LIGHTING EQUIPMENT Vehicles operating between sunset and sunrise shall be equipped with working headlights and taillights. Trailers or carts shall be equipped with lighting if required by Florida law in addition to reflectors on all sides. Vehicles operating on the aircraft movement areas between sunset and sunrise shall be equipped with an amber flashing or rotating beacon 4.7 PARKING 4.7.1 Restricted Parking Areas The following rules and regulations shall apply within a Restricted Area: a.

No vehicle shall be parked without prior authorization from the Authority.

b.

No vehicle shall be parked in a manner so as to obstruct roadways, impede aircraft movement, or in aircraft parking areas.

c.

The Authority may tow or move any vehicle that is parked on Airport property and is in violation of the Rules and Regulations at the owner's expense and without liability to the Authority for damage that may result from towing or moving.

d.

Hangar and tie-down tenants may park their vehicles, if properly permitted, within assigned hangars.

e.

No person shall park a private vehicle anywhere on the Airport for more than 30 days unless the vehicle is in a public parking lot or inside a hangar.

4.7.2 Public Parking Areas The following rules and regulations shall apply within areas designated for parking by the general public:

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 13

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

a.

No vehicle shall be parked on the Airport for loading, unloading, or any other purpose except in areas specifically established for that purpose. In any case, vehicles shall be parked in a manner prescribed by signs, lines, or other means. The driver of any vehicle shall not abandon such vehicle on the Airport.

b.

No driver of any vehicle shall remove a parked vehicle from an area requiring payment for parking without paying the required parking fee.

c.

The Authority may tow or otherwise move any vehicle which is parked on the Airport and is in violation of the Rule and Regulations at the owner's expense and without liability to the Authority for damage that may result from such towing or moving.

d.

No vehicle shall be parked in such a manner as to occupy more than one marked space, nor shall any vehicle be parked in a space marked “reserved” or “restricted” without authorization.

e.

Commercial vehicles shall only park in those areas specifically reserved and marked for such vehicles or in the public parking lot.

f.

All terminal tenant employees shall park their vehicles in the parking area provided and designated for terminal tenant employees.

g.

No person shall park a private vehicle anywhere on the Airport for more than 30 days unless the vehicle is in a public parking lot or inside a hangar.

h.

No person shall park a vehicle in any manner so as to block or obstruct fire hydrants and the approaches thereto, gates or emergency exits or building entrances or exits.

i.

Employee owned or operated vehicles parked on Airport property lots shall prominently display an employee parking hangtag, even when a vehicle cover is utilized

4.8 REPAIR OF VEHICLES Vehicles on the Airport shall only be cleaned in designated wash areas or repaired in designated shop areas except in cases where minor repairs are necessary to remove such vehicles from the Airport. No person shall move, interfere, or tamper with any vehicle, or put in motion the engine, or take or use any vehicle part, instrument, or tool thereof without permission of the owner. 4.9 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION IN RESTRICTED AREAS Only vehicles bearing an Airport issued permit affixed to the rear bumper or window of the vehicle, an Airport issued temporary "top hat" displayed on the vehicle's roof, or an SMAA or

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 14

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

FBO issued temporary permit displayed on the dashboard of the vehicle shall be permitted access to Restricted Areas of the Airport. The following vehicles shall be exempt from this requirement: a.

Authorized Aircraft Support and Service Vehicles painted in the official company colors, bearing the company logo, and otherwise easily recognizable as an aircraft service vehicle.

b.

Authorized Contractor and Vendor Vehicles bearing the company name and logo.

c.

Authority, Federal, Police, Fire or Other Emergency Vehicles bearing agency markings and/or government license plates.

4.10 VEHICLE GATES Vehicles entering or exiting the AOA or Secured/SIDA areas through a gate are required to wait until the gate has closed behind them prior to departing unless an authorized guard is present. 4.11 VEHICLE AND DRIVER VIOLATIONS IN RESTRICTED AREAS If a vehicle operator/driver or owner receives a written citation for violation of any provisions of this section 3 related to the condition of a vehicle, and if the citation is not revoked, the Authority shall apply the following progressive enforcement actions: 4.11.1 Vehicle Violations First offense: upon receipt of the written citation, the vehicle owner shall be required to have the vehicle/equipment properly repaired at the owner’s cost within fourteen (14) days from the date of the violation.* Second offense: within 12 months of first offense. Upon receipt of the written citation, the vehicle owner shall be required to have the vehicle/equipment properly repaired within fourteen (14) days and then inspected and approved by the Airport Operations at the owner’s cost.* Third offense: within 12 months of second offense. The vehicle/equipment shall be denied entry into the Restricted Area and shall be permanently removed from the owner’s vehicle/equipment inventory at SRQ.*

4.11.2 Driver Violations First offense: upon receipt of written citation and a letter to the driver’s employer/vehicle owner, the driver shall retake the SMAA driver training class before returning to work.*

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 15

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

Second offense: within 12 months of the first offense. Upon receipt of written citation and a letter to the driver’s employer/vehicle owner, the driver and his supervisor shall retake the driver training class. Driving privileges of the violator will be suspended until satisfactory completion of training, unless the citation is otherwise rescinded.* Third offense: within 12 months of the second offense. Driving privileges of the violator may, upon determination by the Manager, Airport Operations, be permanently revoked.* *

The Manager, Airport Operations, reserves the right, based on the severity of the violation, to enforce and/or suspend, in whole or in part, corrective action as deemed necessary.

The driver or owner of the vehicle/equipment will have seven (7) calendar days from the date of the violation to submit a written appeal, with an explanation for reconsideration of the issuance of the citation, to: Manager, Airport Operations Sarasota Manatee Airport Authority 6000 Airport Circle Sarasota, FL 34243-2105

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 16

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 5 VEHICLE OPERATIONS: NON-MOVEMENT AREAS 5.1 AREAS OF OPERATION Non-movement areas are those portions of the AOA which are not controlled by the FAA Air Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) and communication with ATCT is not required (See Appendix 1). Non-movement areas include: The air carrier ramp, FBO ramps, T-hangar Taxilanes, Perimeter road (for authorized personnel and vehicles only), Taxiways E, J, G, Portions of Taxiways F and H. 5.2 VEHICLE OPERATING TIPS 5.2.1 - A pilot's view of ground areas immediately in front and adjacent to the sides of the aircraft is limited and any area behind the wings is nonexistent. When possible, approach aircraft from a direction where a pilot can see you. 5.2.2 - Always dim or lower the beams of headlights on vehicles when approaching oncoming aircraft or vehicles. 5.2.3 - Do not back vehicles unless absolutely necessary. If backing is necessary, use a spotter whenever within 20 feet of an aircraft or when rear vision is obstructed. 5.2.4 - Vehicles operating in and around the terminal building shall operate within the established vehicular roadways, other than emergency vehicles proceeding in response to an incident or vehicles needing to perform specific job related duties. 5.2.5 - RIGHT OF WAY: vehicles and aircraft shall have right of way in order of priority as listed below from the greatest to the least: 1.

Emergency vehicles operating during emergency conditions.

2.

Any aircraft moving under its own power or being towed (pushed).

3.

Emergency vehicles.

4.

Maintenance and construction vehicles within a designated construction area.

5.

Refueling trucks.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 17

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

6.

Vehicles operating in support of air carrier operations.

7.

Maintenance, administrative, and construction vehicles.

5.2.6- SPEED LIMITS: 25 mph - Perimeter road 15 mph - Terminal and all FBO ramps 5 mph - In vicinity of aircraft The maximum number of baggage carts which can be pulled is 4. 5.3 JET BLAST/PROP WASH Be aware of the possibility of jet blast/prop wash when positioned behind an aircraft. An operating rotating beacon (or flashing anti-collision lights) on an aircraft always indicates that the engines are running or about to be started. An aircraft just starting to move will generate considerable more jet blast or prop wash than one that is idling (see chart). Consequently an object that may be in a safe position for idle thrust may be subject to a mishap when breakaway thrust is applied. Other situations to be aware of include when an aircraft is turning or using reverse thrust to back-up. DISTANCE AT WHICH ENGINE EXHAUST IS 25 MPH Aircraft Type B-747, B-767 B-757, A-300 L-1011 all re-engined B-707 & DC-8

Type of Thrust

B-727

DC-8

DC-10 &

Take-off Thrust

550 ft.

700 ft.

2100 ft.

1752 ft.

Breakaway Thrust

200 ft.

400 ft.

850 ft.

1250 ft.

Idle Thrust

150 ft.

100 ft.

350 ft.

620 ft.

5.4 RUNWAY/TAXIWAY INCURSIONS Any occurrence at an aerodrome involving the incorrect presence of an aircraft, vehicle or person on the protected area of a surface designated for the movement of aircraft.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 18

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

SECTION 6 VEHICLE OPERATIONS: MOVEMENT AREAS 6.1 AREAS OF OPERATIONS The movement areas are those portions of the AOA for which the ATCT exercises control (see Appendix 1.) The movement areas include: 1. Runways 2. Taxiways A, B, C, D, and a portion of Taxiway F at the Taxiway D intersection 3. All safety areas associated with the runways and taxiways. 6.2 VEHICLE OPERATIONS No vehicles shall enter a movement area without prior clearance from ATCT. Vehicles operating on the movement area shall be in continuous two-way radio communications with ATCT or be under escort by a properly authorized and equipped vehicle. The installation of two-way radios shall not be construed as license to operate any vehicle on the movement area without authorization. Any person operating a vehicle on a movement area shall be required to know and comply with the Air Traffic Control Light Gun Signals in case of radio failure. Persons operating vehicles on movement areas without authorization shall be subject to arrest for trespassing. 6.3 COMMUNICATIONS Proper radio terminology shall always be used for communications. (See Appendix 2) Access to a movement area should be accomplished by proceeding to a designated starting point off the movement area and establishing contact with ATC Ground Control using the following information: Name of the facility being called. Vehicle identity.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 19

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

Once initial contact has been established, the vehicle operator shall state his intentions with the following information: Vehicle identity Location Request All transmissions from ATCT shall be read back before acting. clarification if uncertain of the Tower's instructions.

Never hesitate to ask for

When instructed by ATCT to "Hold short of (Runway, Taxiway, etc.)" the operator of a vehicle should stop so as no part of the vehicle extends beyond the holding line and shall await further ATC clearance to proceed. When instructed by ATCT to "Exit (clear) the Runway (Taxiway)" the operator of a vehicle exiting via a taxiway should proceed to a point beyond a holding line. If exiting from a runway to a safety area, the operator should proceed to a point no less than 125' from the runway's edge. If exiting from a taxiway to a safety area, the operator should proceed to a point no less than 100' from the taxiway's edge. Vehicle operators should then await further ATC clearance to proceed. If communications should happen to fail while a vehicle is in the aircraft movement area, the Control Tower will have two methods of contacting the vehicle. First, the Tower will raise and lower the runway and/or taxiway lighting to get the attention of the vehicle. Secondly, the Tower will use light gun signals to give instructions. Drivers will be fully familiar with the following light signals (reference AC90-67A) when operating on the Airport when the Control Tower is operating. If a driver is on a movement area and suspects a radio failure, he/she will leave the movement area by the shortest route (without crossing any runways or taxiways) and wait until an escort vehicle arrives or point the vehicle toward ATCT and flash the headlights until ATC responds with a light gun signal. Proceed as directed by the signal. 6.4 LIGHT GUN SIGNALS Color and Type of Signal

Movement of Vehicles, Equipment and Personnel

Steady Green

Cleared to cross, proceed or go

Steady Red

STOP

Flashing Red

Clear the taxiway/runway

Flashing White

Return to starting point on Airport

Alternating Red & Green

Exercise extreme caution

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 20

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

6.5 TOWER CLOSED PROCEDURES The Control Tower at the Sarasota Bradenton International Airport is open between the hours of 6:00 am and 12:00 midnight. After these hours, aircraft using the Airport and vehicles entering movement areas will communicate on the Common Traffic Advisory Frequency (CTAF), which at this Airport is 120.1 mhz. Before entering/crossing any taxiway or runway, a vehicle will announce on the CTAF: 1. "Sarasota Traffic..." 2. Vehicle Identification (Airport 4, CFR 9, Jones Tug, etc.) 3. Intentions (crossing 14-32 at mid-field, entering Taxiway Bravo, crossing 22 at the approach end, etc.) A vehicle will also announce when it is clear of the runway/taxiway. An escort vehicle will make announcements for those vehicles without radios. Vehicles must have headlights and a flashing beacon light or be escorted by a vehicle so equipped. Aircraft have right-of-way and drivers will exercise extreme caution and vigilance while on any movement area.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 21

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

APPENDIX 1: NON-MOVEMENT AREAS

Non-Movement Areas Depicted in Yellow

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 22

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT

AIRPORT PROJECT PROCEDURES SECTION 01 0300

APPENDIX 2: GLOSSERY OF TERMINOLOGY ACKNOWLEDGE - Let me know that you have received my message; ADVISE INTENTIONS - Tell me what you plan to do. AFFIRMATIVE – Yes FINAL – Commonly used to mean that and aircraft is on the final approach course or is a aligned with a landing area. HOLD – Stay in place; where you are currently located. HOW DO YOU HEAR ME? – A question relating to the quality of the transmission or to determine how well the transmission is being received. IMMEDIATELY – Used by ATC when such action compliance is required to avoid an imminent situation. NEGATIVE – “No” or “permission not granted,” or “that is not correct.” OVER – My transmission is ended; I expect a response. PROCEED – Authorization to begin/continue on authorized routes. READ BACK – Repeat my message back to me., stand it, and will comply with it. ROGER – I have received all of your last transmission. It should not be sued to answer a question requiring a yes or a no answer. (See Affirmative, Negative.) SAY AGAIN – Used to request a repeat of the last transmission. Usually specifies transmission or portion thereof not understood or received; e.g. “Say again all after ARRAM VOR.” SPEAK SLOWER – Used in verbal communications as a request to reduce speech rate. STAND BY – Means the controller or pilot must pause for a few seconds, usually to attend to other duties of a higher priority. Also means to wait as in “stand by for clearance.” If a delay is lengthy, the caller should reestablish contact. UNABLE – Indicates inability to comply with a specific instruction, request, or clearance. VERIFY – Request confirmation of information; e.g., “verify assigned altitude.” WITHOUT DELAY – With a sense of urgency, proceed with approved instructions in a rapid manner.

Gresham Smith and Partners

01 0300C - 23

SEPTEMBER 2017

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ALTERNATES Section 01 2300 – Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

1.2

Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for Alternates. DEFINITIONS

A.

1.3

Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. PROCEDURES

A.

Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.

B.

Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated revisions to alternates.

C.

Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.

D.

Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. 1. Descriptions of Alternates in this Section are only summaries of Work fully described elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ALTERNATES Section 01 2300 – Page 2 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A.

Add Alternate #1: Add Video Display Feature 1. Base Bid: No Video Display Feature; include Hoffman cabinet to house landscape lighting controls at location indicated in drawings. 2. Alternate: Include the Video Display Feature with all components of work as described in and identified on the following project documents: a. Drawing Sheets: 1) Specific items identified on G100; G101; L202; L300; S201; S501; S601; A201; AG301 & E201. 2) Entire sheets as follows: S202; S701; A302; A402; A511; T100 & T201 b.

Project Manual: 1) Entire Specification Sections as follows: 27 0010 & 27 4100.

END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Section 01 2500 – Page 1 of 4

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for substitution requests submitted after execution of the Contract.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 6000: Requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 2. Individual product specification sections may have specific requirements or limitations for substitutions.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

1.3

Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. ACTION SUBMITTALS

A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Substitution Requests: Submit requests electronically. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided at the end of this Section. Other forms are not acceptable. 2. Substitution requests will not be considered when indicated on Shop Drawings or Product Data submittals. 3. Substitution requests will only be considered if submitted by Contractor; requests by subcontractors or suppliers will not be considered. 4. Additional studies, investigations, submittals, redesign, or analysis by the Architect and its consultants necessitated by requested substitution shall be provided by Contractor without change to Contract Sum or Contract Time. 5. Only one request for substitution for each product will be considered. If substitution is not acceptable to Architect and Owner, provide specified product. 6. Architect will determine the acceptability of all substitutions.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Section 01 2500 – Page 2 of 4 7.

8.

Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination information, including list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from applicable code organization. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within five <5> working days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within fifteen <15> working days of receipt of request, or seven <7> days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Section 01 2500 – Page 3 of 4 1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

1.5

Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. PROCEDURES

A.

1.6

Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. SUBSTITUTIONS

A.

Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than fifteen <15> working days before time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B.

Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Section 01 2500 – Page 4 of 4

Prepared by:

MW

Checked by:

ISSUE

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Section 01 2501 – Page 1 of 3 Instructions: This form is for Contractor's requests for Substitutions after the Contract for construction has been executed. No other form is acceptable. Refer to Section 01 2500 for requirements governing submission, review, and acceptance of requests for Substitutions.

DATE OF CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST: 1.

We request consideration to use: ........................................................................................................................................................... (Proposed Substitution) Instead of the following specified item: ............ Section

2.

............ Page

......................... Paragraph

.................................................................................... Description

Reason for Request: Attach detailed explanations for all reasons that apply.  Specified product is not acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.  Specified product has been discontinued by manufacturer.  Specification permits substitution requests based on equivalency.  Specified product cannot be provided within Contract Time because of circumstances beyond control of Contractor.  Inherent problems with compatibility or coordination with other work of contract. By making a request on this basis, Contractor affirmatively states that the proposed Substitution will solve the compatibility or coordination problem.  Contractor has had successful experience with proposed product.  Substantial advantage is offered Owner as cost savings, time savings, energy conservation, sustainability advantages, or other valuable considerations.  Other. [Explain in detail in the transmittal or in a separate document.]

3.

Attached are the following supporting data:  Product Data  Test Reports

 Samples

 Drawings

 ICC-ES Evaluation Report

4.

Attach comparison data of proposed substitution with specified item. Indicate name, brand, catalog numbers, manufacturer, and list significant variations from specified product.

5.

Proposed change to Contract Sum:  None

6.

 Deduct: $ ........................

 Add: $ ............................

Contractor has investigated the proposed substitution and certifies the following: a. Function, appearance, and quality of proposed substitution is equal or superior to the specified item, except as stated in comparison data.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Section 01 2501 – Page 2 of 3 b. Proposed substitution will have no adverse effects on other installers, construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. c. Proposed substitution does not adversely affect dimensions or clearances for functioning and maintenance. d. Contractor will modify other parts of the Work as necessary to make all parts of the Work complete and functional without additional costs beyond the proposed change to Contract Sum stated above. e. Cost data stated herein are complete and Contractor waives any further claims for additional costs incurred by Architect’s recommendation and Owner’s acceptance of substitution. f.

If accepted, Contractor will provide submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300.

CONTRACTOR’S SIGNATURE Contractor Name: Name and Title of Person Signing: Signature: Date: ARCHITECT’S RECOMMENDATION 

Approve Substitution: Provide submittals per Specification Sections 01 2500 and 01 3300.



Approve Substitution As Noted: Provide submittals per Specification Sections 01 2500 and 01 3300.



Reject Substitution: Provide specified products.



Substitution Proposal received too late: Provide specified products.

Signed by:

Date:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Section 01 2501 – Page 3 of 3 OWNER’S ACTION 

Substitution Approved: Prepare Change Order.



Substitution Approved As Noted: Prepare Change Order.



Substitution Rejected: Provide specified products.

Signed by: END

Date:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Section 01 2600 – Page 1 of 3

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Minor changes in the Work. 2. Change Orders. 3. Construction Change Directives.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2500: Substitution requests made after Contract award.

C.

The Architect shall not be responsible for changes from requirements in the Contract Documents directed by the Owner or made by the Contractor without the Architect’s approval, including product substitutions.

1.2

MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A.

1.3

Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work that do not involve adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time, on form "Architect's Supplemental Instructions". PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A.

Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 10 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit quotation estimating cost adjustments to Contract Sum and Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, supply survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Section 01 2600 – Page 2 of 3 B.

1.4

Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Submit proposed change request within 10 days after becoming aware of unforeseen conditions. 2. Include statement outlining reasons for the change and effect of the change on the Work. Provide complete description of the proposed change. Indicate effect of proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 3. Include list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, supply survey data to substantiate quantities. 4. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 5. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 6. Include updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates effect of the change, including changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 7. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 if proposed change requires Substitutions of products or systems from those specified. 8. Proposal Request Form: AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A.

1.5

Format and Data Required: 1. Change Orders shall be prepared and submitted on Owner’s approved form and will be processed in accordance with requirements of General Provisions and, as applicable, Funding Agency requirements. 2. Architect will transmit Certificate for Change to Owner and Agency for approval. 3. When Owner and Agency approval is received, Change Order will be included under next partial Application for Payment CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A.

Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B.

Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Section 01 2600 – Page 3 of 3 1.

After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 1 of 14

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for preparing and processing Applications for Payment.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2600: Administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

1.3

Schedule of Values: A statement supplied by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A.

Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the Schedule of Values. 1. Coordinate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

B.

Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents and schedules in project drawings as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange Schedule of Values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 2 of 14 3.

4.

5. 6.

7.

8.

1.4

Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest onehundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. Provide breakdown of Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of Contract Sum. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. Provide separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If required, include evidence of insurance. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.

APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A.

Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B.

Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 3 of 14 C.

Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 AIA Document G702/CMa and AIA Document G703, as appropriate for Applications for Payment.

D.

Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.

E.

Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

F.

Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner.

G.

Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final).

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 4 of 14 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). List of Contractor's staff assignments. List of Contractor's principal consultants. Copies of building permits. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. Initial progress report. Report of preconstruction conference. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. Performance and payment bonds. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.

H.

Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

I.

Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including the following items. 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" submitted on Owner approved form. 5. "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens" submitted on Owner approved form. 6. "Consent of Surety to Final Payment" submitted on Owner approved form and as applicable. 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 5 of 14 PART 4 - PAYMENT RELATED FORMS 4.1

Payment Related Forms include: A.

Partial Waiver of Claims

B.

Affidavit of Payment

C.

Final Contractor’s Affidavit

D.

Final Waiver of Claims

E.

Consent of Surety for Final Payment

F.

Change Order

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 6 of 14 PARTIAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS To All Whom It May Concern: WHEREAS, the undersigned has been employed by (A) _______________________ to furnish labor and materials for (B) ____________________________________________ work, under a contract (C) _________________________________________________________ for the improvement of the premises described as (D) __________________________________ in the

(City-Village) of

County of

, State of ______________________________________________ of which is the Owner. NOW, THEREFORE, this

day of

, 2018,

for and in consideration of the sum of (E) __________________________________________ Dollars paid simultaneously herewith, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged by the undersigned, the undersigned does hereby waive and release to the extent only of the aforesaid amount, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the owner, by virtue of said contract, on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures, apparatus or machinery furnished by the undersigned to or for the above-described premises and against the payment bond, but only to the extent of the payment aforesaid.

(SEAL) (Affix corporate seal here) (SEAL)

(F) (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership)

(Signature of Authorized Representative)

Title:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 7 of 14

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PARTIAL WAIVER (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)

Name person or firm with whom you agreed to furnish either labor, or services, or materials, or both. Fill in nature and extent of work; strike the word labor or the word materials if not in your contract. If you have more than one contract on the same premises, describe the contract by a number if available, date and extent of work. Furnish an accurate enough description of the improvement and location of the premises so that it can be distinguished from any other property. Amount shown should be the amount actually received on that date. If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 8 of 14 AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT

To All Whom It May Concern: WHEREAS, the undersigned has been employed by to furnish labor and materials for _______________________________________________ work, under a contract _________________________________________________________ for the improvement of the property described ______________________________________ in the of

of , State of

County

of which __________________________

is the Owner. NOW, THEREFORE, this

day of

, 2018.

The undersigned, as the Contractor for the above-named Contract pursuant to the Conditions of the Contract hereby certifies that, except as listed below he has paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for all materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contract referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in any way be held responsible. EXCEPTIONS: (If non, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) ATTACHMENTS: 1. 2. 1.

Consent of Surety to Final Payment. (Whenever Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required.) Waiver of Claims from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers. Final Contractor’s Affidavit.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 9 of 14

(SEAL) Contractor (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership)

(SEAL) (Signature of Authorized Representative) (Affix corporate seal here)

Title

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 10 of 14 FINAL CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT

To All Whom It May Concern: WHEREAS, the undersigned has been employed by ___________________________ to furnish labor and materials for ______________________________work, under a contract ________________________________________for the improvement of the property described as _________________________________in the _______________ of County of ______________________, State of

of which __________________________

is the Owner. NOW, THEREFORE, this

day of

, 2018,

The undersigned, as the Contractor for the above-named Contract pursuant to the conditions of the contract hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below; EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.)

(SEAL) CONTRACTOR (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership) (SEAL) (Signature of Authorized Representative) (Affix corporate seal here)

TITLE

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 11 of 14 FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS To All Whom It May Concern: WHEREAS, the undersigned has been employed by (A) to furnish labor and materials for (B) work, under a contract (C) for the improvement of the premises described as (D) in the

(City-Village) of

County of

, State of

of which

___________________________________________________ is the Owner. NOW, THEREFORE, this

day of

, 2018.

for and in consideration of the sum of (E) __________________________________________ Dollars paid simultaneously herewith, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged by the undersigned, the undersigned does hereby waive and release any rights, with respect to and on said above-described premises, and the improvements thereon, and on the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner, on account of labor, services, material, fixtures, apparatus or machinery heretofore or which may hereafter be furnished by the undersigned to or for the above described premises by virtue of said contract. (F) (SEAL) (Name of sole ownership, corporation or partnership) (SEAL) (Signature of Authorized Representative) (Affix corporate

Title:

INSTRUCTIONS FOR FINAL WAIVER (A) Person or firm with whom you agreed to furnish either labor, or services, or material, or both. (B) Fill in nature and extend of work; strike the word labor or the work materials if not in your contract. (C) If you have more than one contract on the same premises, describe the contract by number if available, date and extent of work. (D) Furnish an accurate enough description of the improvement and location of the premises so that it can be distinguished from any other property. (E) Amount shown should be the amount actually received and equal to total amount of contract as adjusted. (F) If waiver is for a corporation, corporate name should be used, corporate seal affixed and title of officer signing waiver should be set forth; if waiver is for a partnership, the partnership name should be used, partner should sign and designate himself as partner.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 12 of 14 CONSENT OF SURETY FOR FINAL PAYMENT Project Name Location Project No. Type of Contract Amount of Contract

Contract No.

In accordance with the provisions of the above-named contract between the Owner and the Contractor, the following named surety:

on the Payment Bond of the following named Contractor:

hereby approves of final payment to the Contractor, and further agrees that said final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company named herein of any of its obligations to the following named Owner: as set forth in said Surety company's bond:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand and seal this

day of

2018.

(Name of Surety Company)

(Signature of Authorized Representative) (Affix corporate seal here)

TITLE

IF SIGNED BY ATTORNEY-IN-FACT POWER OF ATTORNEY MUST BE ATTACHED.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 13 of 14 CHANGE ORDER NO.: ============================================================================ PROJECT: DATE OF ISSUANCE: OWNER: (Name, Address) CONTRACTOR:

OWNER's Project No.: ENGINEER:

CONTRACT FOR: ENGINEER's Project No.: ENGINEER's File No.: ============================================================================ You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents: DESCRIPTION: PURPOSE OF CHANGE ORDER: ============================================================================ CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIME: Original Contract Price

Original Contract Time

$ ___ calendar days ============================================================================ Previous Change Orders No. to No. Net change from Previous Change Orders $ ============================================================================ Contract Price prior to Change Order Contract Time Prior to Change Order $ ___ calendar days ============================================================================ Net Increase (decrease) in Change Order Net Increase (decrease) of Change Order $ ___ calendar days ============================================================================ Contract Price w/all approved C.O. Contract Time w/all approved C.O. $ ___ calendar days ============================================================================ RECOMMENDED BY: ENGINEER

FDOT

APPROVED BY: OWNER

APPROVED BY: CONTRACTOR

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01 2900 – Page 14 of 14

END OF SECTION ©2014 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

Prepared by:

MW

Checked by:

ISSUE

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 1 of 9

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information/Interpretation (RFIs). 4. Project Web site. 5. Project meetings.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7700: Procedures for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

1.2

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Subcontract List: Prepare written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to supply products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Sections covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

B.

Key Personnel Names: Within 10 working days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary jobsite office and distribute during OAC kickoff meeting. Keep list current at all times and distribute updates to OAC team..

1.3

GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A.

Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 2 of 9 1. B.

1.4

Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various Specification sections and Drawing notes to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

B.

Coordinate selection of products specified in different Specification sections for compatibility. Compatibility among Contractor's options is not assured by listed manufacturers or products in the Specifications or Drawings, but must be provided by the Contractor.

C.

Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities.

D.

Coordinate construction operations for efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations for Work specified in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Lay out Work to provide required headroom and width in egress paths.

E.

Coordination of installation location and sequence between elements of the Work is a basic Contract requirement. Locations of concealed elements shown on Drawings that connect to exposed elements are intended only as diagrams; final locations are the responsibility of the Contractor within Contract requirements.

F.

Locations of access panels that may be shown on Drawings are intended only diagrammatically. Locate access panels to provide convenient and direct location to concealed controls and equipment as required.

G.

Coordinate horizontal and vertical space requirements, support sizes and locations, and installation of Work indicated diagrammatically on Drawings, including concealed spaces.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 3 of 9 Route concealed pipes, ducts, conduit, and similar items in orderly manner with long dimensions parallel to column grid lines where possible. H.

Coordinate locations of concealed framing, blocking, and other supports with manufacturer requirements for support and anchorage.

I.

Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for subsequent Work, for maintenance, for repairs, and to permit removal and replacement.

J.

Coordinate equipment locations and utility supplies to such locations with manufacturer product information for operational clearances and for maintenance access.

K.

In finished areas, except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

L.

Coordinate enclosure of Work with required inspections and tests to minimize need for uncovering Work for those purposes.

M.

Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion.

N.

Preparation of coordination drawings for work of different trades is Contractor’s option. Such drawings will not be reviewed by the Architect.

O.

Detailed shop drawings for digital display board equipment must be submitted to Architect for final coordination of mounting and structural accommodation, as well as coordination with structural steel and framing shop drawings. Such drawings will be reviewed by the Architect for coordinating potential revisions to Architectural and Structural drawings that may be required.

1.5

REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR INTERPRETATION (RFIs) A.

RFIs will be accepted and processed by the Architect only on Contract Documents prepared by the Architect or its consultants that are sealed and have been issued for construction. 1. Requests for information or interpretation of preliminary drawings or specifications shall be made by normal correspondences, not by RFI. Architect’s responses to such requests do not constitute Contract requirements for the Work.

B.

Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 4 of 9 C.

Submission of an RFI constitutes representation that the Contractor requires additional information about the Contract Documents after having made careful study and comparison of the Contract Documents, field conditions, other Owner-provided information, Contractor-prepared coordination drawings, and prior project correspondence or documentation.

D.

If upon evaluation of the RFI the Architect finds that the requested information is contained in the Contract Documents or by other documents or methods as outlined in paragraph above, the Owner has the option to obtain reimbursement from the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary in answering such requests.

E.

RFI Submission: RFIs shall be submitted in electronic form using the Architect’s InfoExchange internet site or e-mail. Paper RFIs, e-mail, faxes, and other media are not acceptable and will be returned without action. 1. At the beginning of the Project, the Architect will set up accounts for Contractor’s authorized personnel, including log-in information and passwords. Users will be able to change passwords after logging in for the first time. 2. Complete the form provided by the InfoExchange software in full. Forms with boxes that are blank will not be processed. 3. In the box marked “Question”, insert the text of the request together with Contractor’s suggested resolution and other pertinent information. 4. Sketches, diagrams, product data sheets, and other supplementary information may be attached to the form as PDF electronic files, but the actual text of the request must be entered into the form. Forms that have “See attached document” or language of similar import in the Question box will be not be processed. 5. Web Address: http://infox.gspnet.com/userweb/login/login.aspx.

F.

Content of the RFI: Include detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 5 of 9 13.

Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

G.

Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow at least five (5) working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include request for additional information or clarification, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information or clarification from Contractor. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 2600. a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the RFI response.

H.

On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within 5 working days if Contractor disagrees with response.

I.

RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by RFI number. Submit copies of log at Owner-Architect-Contractor meetings. 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 6 of 9 1.6

PROJECT WEB SITE A.

1.7

Use Architect's Project Web site for purposes of hosting and managing project communication and documentation until Final Completion. Project Web site shall include the following functions: 1. Project directory. 2. Project correspondence. 3. Meeting minutes. 4. Contract modifications forms and logs. 5. RFI forms and logs. 6. Task and issue management. 7. Photo documentation. 8. Schedule and calendar management. 9. Submittals forms and logs. 10. Payment application forms. 11. Drawing and specification document hosting, viewing, and updating. 12. Online document collaboration. 13. Reminder and tracking functions. 14. Archiving functions. PROJECT MEETINGS

A.

General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Architect will record significant discussions and agreements achieved and distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Contractor, within three (3) working days of the meeting.

B.

Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but not later than fifteen (15) working days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Record and distribute meeting minutes. 4. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 7 of 9 a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. C.

Tentative construction schedule. Phasing. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. Designation of key personnel and their duties. Lines of communications. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. Procedures for RFIs. Procedures for testing and inspecting. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. Distribution of the Contract Documents. Submittal procedures.

Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration. a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. l. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer recommendations. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Space and access limitations. r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. t. Installation procedures. u. Coordination with other work. v. Required performance results. w. Protection of adjacent work. x. Protection of construction and personnel.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 8 of 9 3. 4. 5.

D.

Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Section 01 3100 – Page 9 of 9 4.

Minutes: The Architect shall record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Contractor shall revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 1 of 11

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Submittals schedule. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.

B.

Related Sections: 1. Section 01 2900: Submission of Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Section 01 7823: Submission of operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Section 01 7839: Submission of record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as action submittals.

B.

Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as informational submittals. The Architect may designate portions of Action Submittals as Informational Submittals at its discretion.

C.

Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.

1.3

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. No submittals will be reviewed until the initial submittal schedule is received.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 2 of 11 3.

4.

5.

Initial Submittal: Submit within fourteen (14) days of date established for commencement of work. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. Format: Arrange the following information in tabular format. a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action, informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing. h. Scheduled dates for installation. i. Activity or event number.

B.

Review Initiation Date: Date submittal is received in the Architect’s office, or the next working day when received after 2 pm local time.

C.

Review Completion Date: Date submittal leaves the Architect’s office.

1.4

SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.

Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of individual drawing files (not Construction Documents) of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Architect will supply Contractor one set of digital data drawing files requested in writing by Contractor for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project record drawings. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings. b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in AutoCAD (.dwg); Architect's standard software application and CAD or BIM file conventions for the project. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106, Digital Data Licensing Agreement.

B.

Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 3 of 11 2. 3. 4.

Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect has authority to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C.

Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. Submittals received after 2 pm local time shall be deemed to be received on the following working day. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow at least ten (10) working days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination or the size and complexity of the submittal. 2. Resubmittal Review: Allow at least seven (7) working days for review of each resubmittal. 3. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's] consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow at least fifteen (15) working days for initial review of each submittal. 4. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow at least ten (10) working days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect, before being returned to Contractor.

D.

Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each paper copy submittal item for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Contractor. d. Name and address of subcontractor or supplier. e. Name of manufacturer. f. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06 1000.01).

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 4 of 11

g. h. i.

Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 06 1000.01.A). Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. Other necessary identification.

E.

Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect.

F.

Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

G.

Transmittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit submittals for each specification section with a separate transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review received from sources other than Contractor. 1. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to Architect, containing the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. g. Category and type of submittal. h. Submittal purpose and description. i. Specification Section number and title. j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. Locations where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Indication of full or partial submittal. o. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q. Other necessary identification. r. Remarks. 2. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata: a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name.

H.

Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.

I.

Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 5 of 11 by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. J.

Resubmittals: 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" by Architect.

K.

Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

L.

Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.

Transmit submittals for each specification section separately and as one group, regardless of the number of installers or suppliers, unless otherwise permitted in writing by Architect.

B.

General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Submit electronic files for action and informational documents per the following requirements. The Architect will mark comments and apply its review stamp electronically before returning the files to the Contractor. Contractor is responsible for printing or otherwise distributing reviewed copies of submittals. 1. File Format: Portable document format [PDF] vector or scanned files; no other format is acceptable. Files must include legible stamps and notations from Contractor’s review indicating Contractor’s approval as required by the General Conditions. 2. Certifications: Where project-specific certifications are required by individual Specification sections, Contractor shall scan the certification for submission and place the certification with original signature in the project Record Documents. 3. Submittal Method: The Architect will provide access to Newforma document management software without cost to Contractor. Contractor shall use the standard transmittal forms provided by the Architect. Using e-mail or other proprietary software is not acceptable.

C.

Paper Copies of Shop Drawings: When requested by Architect or when requested by Contractor and acceptable to Architect, Shop Drawings may be submitted for review. At the Architect’s

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 6 of 11 option, it may mark and return paper copies or scan copies to PDF files and return them electronically. 1. The Architect’s review periods stated elsewhere in this Section do not include the time required for returning reviewed paper Shop Drawings by post or courier service. 2. Submit a minimum of three (3) paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise directed by Architect. Architect will return one electronic PDF file or a minimum of (2) paper copies. D.

Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: Portable document format (.pdf) vector or scanned files. Files must include legible stamps and notations from Contractor’s review indicating Contractor’s approval.

E.

Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data unless submittal based upon Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 7 of 11

2.

g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 18 by 24 but not larger than 34 by 44 inches.

F.

Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. 3. Electronic Submittals: For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for qualitycontrol comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit four (4 )sets of Samples. Architect will retain two (2) Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project record sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least four (4) sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

G.

Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3100.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 8 of 11 H.

Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3200.

I.

Applications for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 2900.

J.

Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 4000.

K.

Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7700.

L.

Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7823.

M.

Subcontract List: Prepare written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to supply products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Sections covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Submit subcontract list in PDF electronic file.

N.

Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

O.

Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American Welding Society (AWS) forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

P.

Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

Q.

Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

R.

Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

S.

Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents..

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 9 of 11 T.

Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents..

U.

Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

V.

Research Reports: Submit written evidence from ICC Evaluation Service that product complies with building code in effect for Project. 1. Date of evaluation. 2. Time period when report is in effect. 3. Product and manufacturers' names. 4. Description of product. 5. Test procedures and results. 6. Limitations of use.

W.

Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."

X.

Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

Y.

Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

Z.

Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

AA. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 10 of 11 2.2

DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A.

Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit written request for additional information to Architect.

B.

Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit three paper copies of certification, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional licensed in the state in which the project is located, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by design professional. 1. Certify that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 2. Where necessary for manufacturer warranties, the Professional Engineer shall be employed by or acceptable to the manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A.

Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with Contractor’s approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B.

Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."

C.

Contractor’s Approval Stamp: Wording shall clearly indicate the following information. Submittals with review stamps that do not meet these requirements will be rejected without review. 1. The submittal was reviewed for compliance with Contract requirements. 2. The submittal is marked as “Approved” or “Approved As Noted” per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract. 3. Reviewer identification. 4. Review date.

3.2

ARCHITECT'S ACTION A.

General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear acceptable Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 3300 – Page 11 of 11 B.

Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows: 1. Approved: Where submittal is marked "Approved", the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the Contract Documents. 2. Approved as Noted: Where submittal is marked "Approved As Noted", the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with both Architect's notations and corrections on the submittal and the Contract Documents. 3. Revise and Resubmit: Where the submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit", do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity for the product submitted. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to Architect's notations and corrections. 4. Rejected: Where submittal is marked "Rejected", do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal. Prepare new submittal that complies with the Contract Documents.

C.

Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it is non-responsive to requirements. Architect has authority to designation portions of action submittals as informational.

D.

Partial submittals prepared for portion of the Work will be reviewed only when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.

E.

Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review.

F.

Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 1 of 9

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B.

Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other qualityassurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B.

Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C.

Mock-Ups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mock-ups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mock-ups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1. Integrated Exterior Mock-Ups: Mock-ups of the exterior envelope erected as part of work on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies. May become part of completed work in place when approved.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 2 of 9 D.

Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

E.

Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

F.

Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

G.

Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H.

Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trades.

I.

Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed minimum five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.3

CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A.

Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B.

Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.4

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Shop Drawings: For integrated exterior mock-ups provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of mock-up construction. 1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 3 of 9 2. 1.5

Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities.

B.

Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of recent report on inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

C.

Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form. 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

1.6

REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A.

Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 4 of 9 B.

Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C.

Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D.

Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.7

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B.

Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

C.

Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 5 of 9 1.

Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

D.

Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.

E.

Threshold Inspector Qualifications: Registered Engineer experienced in structural engineering certified as required by current legislation, and acceptable to local authorities having jurisdiction.

F.

Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: Authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

G.

Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

H.

Mock-Ups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mock-ups, build mock-ups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mock-ups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect seven (7) working days in advance of dates and times when mock-ups will be constructed. 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mock-up construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mock-ups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven (7) working days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 6. Maintain mock-ups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

I.

Integrated Exterior Mock-ups: Construct integrated exterior mock-up according to approved Shop Drawings and Submittals and where indicated on Drawings. Coordinate installation of

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 6 of 9 exterior envelope materials and products for which mock-ups are required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials. 1. Place mock-ups where directed by Architect. 2. Construct mock-ups using same products, equipment, methods, and work force proposed for final construction and in conformance with relevant Drawings. 3. Alter or remove and reconstruct mock-ups that do not conform to requirements for the Work as necessary to demonstrate conformance. 4. Approved mock-ups may become part of completed Work if in acceptable condition at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8

QUALITY CONTROL A.

Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will supply Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.

B.

Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C.

Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 7 of 9 D.

Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

E.

Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

F.

Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

G.

Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.

H.

Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with minimum delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 8 of 9 1.9

SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A.

Special Tests and Inspections: Engage qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner and as follows: 1. Structural Tests and Inspections: See Division 01 Section 01 4533 "Structural Tests and Inspections" for responsibilities of Owner, Contractor and Testing Agency.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A.

Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B.

Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

3.2

REPAIR AND PROTECTION A.

General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution."

B.

Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C.

Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 4000 – Page 9 of 9 ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Section 01 4533 – Page 1 of 7

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SECTION INCLUDES A.

This section addresses the Structural Testing and Inspection requirements as required by the Florida Building Code. 1. Testing and inspection for non-structural items, such as bracing and anchorage of nonstructural components and systems, are specified in other sections.

B.

Certificate of Compliance: A certificate prepared and submitted by the manufacturer, stating that materials and products meet specified standards or that work was done in compliance with approved construction documents.

1.2

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A.

Structural Contract Drawings including amendments and specifications.

B.

Field use structural shop drawings.

C.

Material Test Reports.

D.

General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-01 sections, apply to this section.

E.

Geotechnical investigation and report entitled SRQ AIRPORT – ENTRY SIGNS, as prepared by Terracon, dated July 3, 2017.

1.3

QUALIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: The testing agency used to perform structural tests and inspections shall be an independent testing agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician – Grade I. Testing agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician – Grade II. 3. Personnel performing structural steel inspection and testing shall comply with the requirements of the “Quality Control and Quality Assurance” chapter of AISC 360-10 and AISC 341-10.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Section 01 4533 – Page 2 of 7 B.

1.4

The Testing Agency shall provide to the Owner insurance certificates for all applicable coverages, general liability, automobile coverage, workmen's compensation and any other appropriate coverage. OBLIGATIONS

A.

Owner: 1. Owner will employ and pay costs for services of the Testing Agency. 2. The Owner will arrange for all necessary Contract Documents, including two complete sets of documents for the project, including all drawings and specifications, the geotechnical report and materials test reports, and two copies of all changes, revisions, addenda, etc.

B.

Preconstruction Conference: 1. Scheduled by Contractor before beginning of construction by Contractor. 2. Location: To be determined by the Owner. 3. Attendees: a. Architect b. Engineer c. Owner's Representative d. Contractor e. Testing Agency f. Geotechnical Engineer 4. Purpose: a. General discussion of project testing and inspection scope. b. Define communication procedures between Architect, Contractor, Testing Agency, and Owner.

C.

Contractor: 1. The Contractor shall cooperate with, provide casual labor for, and assist the Testing Agency in performance of its inspection duties as specified herein. The Testing Agency shall have free access to the project at all times. The Contractor shall provide access to and means to perform inspection and testing. 2. The Contractor shall advise the Testing Agency, in advance, of construction scheduled and planned operations in order to assure timely and appropriate observation and inspection of items specified herein. The minimum notice given the Testing Agency shall be 24 hours before the time of the inspection. Further, the scheduled inspection time for reinforcing steel shall be not less than 24 hours before the scheduled concrete placement. The Contractor is to notify the Testing Agency a minimum of 24 hours before the placement of any structural concrete. 3. Failure to notify the Testing Agency of construction and/or operations may result in the Contractor having to remove work for the purpose of inspection at the Contractor's expense.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Section 01 4533 – Page 3 of 7 4. 5.

6. 7.

8.

9.

10. 11.

Premature notification for inspection may result in an additional inspection at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall supply in a timely manner to the Testing Agency, copies of all reviewed and accepted submittals (excluding calculations) for the structural elements of the project. Contractor shall provide an appropriate field-cure box for concrete cylinders and a storage area for the box so cylinders are not disturbed. Structural Testing and Inspections do not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to comply with the Contract Documents, any statutory or contractual obligations, nor its responsibilities to carry out its quality control inspections and testing. The Contractor has the sole responsibility for any deviations from the Contract Documents and the costs of rectifying those deviations. The Contractor may correct work that is in non-compliance with the official Contract Documents or the Contractor may submit to the Architect a request for acceptance of the deviation. Construction performed without an inspection and that is unable to be inspected may require testing or removal as determined by the Architect/Engineer and at the Contractor’s expense. Additional testing and inspection required by work that is in non-compliance with Contract Documents shall be at Contractor’s expense. Additional testing and inspecting performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements shall be at Contractor’s expense.

D.

Geotechnical Engineer 1. Verify bearing strata of shallow and deep foundations meets the requirements and assumptions of geotechnical report. 2. The Geotechnical Engineer is an advisor to the Owner and Architect and does not have authority to accept or approve Work required by the Contract Documents, nor to alter requirements of the Contract Documents.

E.

Testing Agency: 1. Before starting with the work, the Testing Agency shall become familiar with the specific components and systems that require inspection and testing. The Testing Agency is responsible for a thorough knowledge of the intent and content of the Contract Documents and accepted submittals relating to inspection responsibilities, appropriate portions of the governing codes and the exercise of good judgment. 2. The Testing Agency shall not make design decisions or interpretations of the Contract Documents. The Testing Agency shall cooperate with the Contractor but shall not direct the Contractor's work nor be responsible for construction means and methods. 3. The testing Agency shall write and sign a report each day an inspection is made. The report shall consist of the following:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Section 01 4533 – Page 4 of 7 a.

4.

5.

6. 7.

1.5

Identify name and location of project, name of Inspector; permit number, date, working conditions including weather and temperature, and type and location of work being performed. b. A detailed report of each inspection and/or test. Note changes in work sequence or materials and any unusual circumstances affecting the performance of the work. Place emphasis on those areas where deficiencies occur. c. Construction performed without inspection and not capable of being inspected or tested in place. The report will be supplemented with the following, when applicable: a. Documentation of changes made in the field. b. Photographs. It is the duty of the Testing Agency to immediately notify the Contractor in person, and the Architect/Engineer by telephone of any non-conformance items. Bring any deficiencies (non-conformance item) observed to the attention of the Contractor for immediate correction. If the discrepancies are not corrected in a timely manner, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the registered design professional of record. Shop Drawings: Review in order to allow inspection of details and other information that is extension and clarification of Contract Documents. Maintain up-to-date list on non-conformance items, with the date of the occurrence of the item and date of resolution of the non-conformance item.

DESCRIPTION OF THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM A.

Refer to drawings for description of structural system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS [not used] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS A.

Steel Construction: Provide the following inspections and testing: 1. All full penetration field welds shall be 100 percent tested by ultrasonic inspection 2. Provide inspection and testing in accordance with the quality assurance plan requirements of AISC 341.

B.

Concrete Construction: Monitor preparation of concrete operations, placement of concrete, and curing for conformance with specifications. Provide the following inspections and testing: 1. Inspection of 100% of reinforcing and embedded items including size, spacing, location, splices and clearances.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Section 01 4533 – Page 5 of 7 2. 3. 4. 5.

6.

7.

8. 9. 10.

11.

12.

13.

Inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of concrete member being formed. Verify use of required mix design. Report shall also include quantity of water and admixtures, added to concrete batches after departure of concrete trucks from batch plant. Concrete Tests: Obtain test samples according to ASTM C 172 at point of placement. Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete shall be performed according to the following requirements: a. Testing Frequency: 1) Provide one strength test at each Pylon foundation, Video Display foundation, Pylon Wall and Video Display slab-on-grade, but a maximum of one test per truck load. 2) Provide two strength tests each at Monumental wall foundation and Monumental wall. 3) Provide one strength test for each drilled pier, but maximum one test per truck load. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each concrete load at point of delivery if not pumped, point of placement if pumped and one for each compressive strength test specimen taken at the middle of the load at the point of discharge. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample. Take samples at point of discharge at the same time the cylinders are made. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. Unit Weight: Fresh unit weight of normal weight structural concrete, one test for each composite sample. Compression Test Specimens: Comply with ACI 318, Chapter 5 and ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and cure one set of six standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. a. Laboratory cure one set of six cylinders. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39. a. Test two cured specimens at 7 days, two at 28 days, and the remainder at Contractor's and/or Engineer's discretion. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. Test results shall be reported in writing, electronically, to Architect/Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressivestrength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Section 01 4533 – Page 6 of 7

14.

15.

16. 17.

Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency will conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders according to ACI 301 and complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Engineer, at no less than 29 days if the specified compressive strengths are not met at 28 days. The tests will not be used as the sole basis for acceptance. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. Inspection for maintenance of specified curing temperatures and techniques.

C.

Soils: Provide inspection as follows: 1. Soil Compaction in accordance with to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable for: a. Spread and continuous footings: At subgrade and at each compacted fill type and backfill layer, at least one test for every layer but in no case fewer than two tests. b. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, provide a minimum of 2 tests. 2. Obtain samples of each type of fill from the borrow site. 3. Determine particle size, liquid limit, plastic limit, plasticity index and maximum density of each type of soil. 4. Observe proof rolling. 5. Verify foundation bearing capacity. 6. Verify quantities of material removed and quantities of material placed where Unit Prices are involved.

D.

Deep Foundations: 1. Observe drilling operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element. 2. Verify placement locations and plumbness, confirm element diameters, lengths and bearing strata. 3. Record concrete volumes.

END OF SECTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Section 01 4533 – Page 7 of 7 ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

DC

CHECKED BY:

AS

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 6000 – Page 1 of 7

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project. 2. Product delivery, storage, and handling. 3. Manufacturer standard warranties on products and special warranties 4. Comparable products.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2500: Requests for Substitutions. 2. Section 01 3300: Requirements for product submittals.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through Submittal process to have qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B.

Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 6000 – Page 2 of 7 1.3

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within fifteen (15) days of receipt of request, or (7) seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 01 3300. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of comparable product request within time allocated.

B.

Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 3300. Provide information sufficient to show compliance with specified requirements.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Except as otherwise specifically noted, products shall be new and first (merchantable) quality.

B.

Source Limitations: Supply all products of a given type from a single manufacturer unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect. 1. Do not change source or proprietary brands for Products during progress of Work without prior permission of Architect.

C.

Where possible, provide standard, domestically produced products likely to be available at later date.

D.

Products of a single type shall be of identical manufacture from a single manufacturer. Duplicate items shall be interchangeable. Where appearance or performance characteristics may vary between manufacturing lots, supply all items of type from a single lot.

E.

Do not use damaged products in the Work.

F.

Use products with limited shelf life within period indicated by manufacturer. Remove from Project site products whose expiration date has passed.

G.

Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not permanently attach or imprint manufacturer or producer nameplates or trademarks on surfaces of products exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces or, where required for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not conspicuous.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 6000 – Page 3 of 7 2.

1.5

Equipment Nameplates: Provide permanent nameplates on each item of service connected or power operated equipment. Indicate manufacturer name, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, speed, ratings, and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates on accessible surfaces which, in occupied spaces, are not conspicuous.

PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer recommendations.

B.

Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule deliveries to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate deliveries with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C.

Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer recommendations for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.6

EXTRA MATERIALS A.

Supply extra materials from same manufacturing lots as installed products.

B.

Store extra materials in original packaging with intact labels. Mark packages with locations of installed products.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 6000 – Page 4 of 7 C. 1.7

Store extra materials in building where directed by Owner. PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A.

Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer Warranty: Written warranty supplied by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B.

Special Warranties: Prepare written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

C.

Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 7700.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A.

General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

B.

Product Selection Procedures:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 6000 – Page 5 of 7 1.

2.

3.

Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.

C.

Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

D.

Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

E.

Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation for indicated use and effect.

F.

Compatibility: Where more than one choice is available for Contractor's selection of products, select products that are compatible with other choices, including previously selected or installed products. 1. Total compatibility among Contractor's options is not assured by limitations within Contract Documents, but must be provided by the Contractor. 2. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of all product selections, and the Owner and Architect will rely on the Contractor's skill, judgment, and integrity for such selections.

G.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: The Architect specifically disclaims any warranty as to availability of proprietary products mentioned in the Contract Documents, accuracy of proprietary designations, or safety of manufacture, fabrication, handling, installation, or any other use of specified products.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 6000 – Page 6 of 7 1.

2.

2.2

Contractor shall use all precautions necessary to avoid deleterious exposure to harmful substances, and to prevent contamination or pollution of the Project or the general environment. Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing as soon as possible regarding objections to use of any product. Include statement of reasons for objections, and recommendations for alternative products or procedures with equivalent quality and function. Transmittal of submittals constitutes waiver of objections to specified products.

COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A.

Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY: CHECKED BY:

MW

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 6000 – Page 7 of 7 ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 1 of 10 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

1.2

Section Includes: 1. Construction layout. 2. Installation of the Work. 3. Cutting and patching. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting. 6. Protection of installed construction. DEFINITIONS

A.

Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work.

B.

Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work.

1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Land Surveyor Qualifications: Legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and experienced in providing land-surveying services for commercial construction projects of similar size and complexity.

B.

Cutting and Patching: 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 2 of 10

4.

C.

reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS A.

In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

B.

Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

EXISTING CONDITIONS DISCLAIMER: The Owner and Architect specifically disclaim any warranty as to existence and locations of underground and other concealed utilities and construction indicated on Drawings as existing. The Architect prepared Drawings on the basis of information provided by Owner and did not verify the accuracy of that information. Contractor is therefore advised that actual conditions may differ from those depicted on Drawings or in other Contract Documents. 1. Notify Architect of existing conditions that are outside Contractor's responsibility that would hinder proper or timely execution, or adversely affect performance of finished Work.

B.

Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 3 of 10 1.

2.

Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. Supply location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

C.

Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where appropriate, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

D.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

E.

Inspect products immediately before installation. Do not install defective or damaged products.

3.2

PREPARATION A.

Existing Utility Information: Supply information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Field Measurements: Measure in-place and existing construction as needed for fabrication and execution of the Work. No changes to Contract Sum or Contract Time will be allowed for differences between Drawing dimensions and field measurements.

C.

Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings, including requirements for operation, maintenance access, and other required clearances.

3.3

CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A.

Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly.

B.

Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 4 of 10 C.

Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

D.

Record Log: Maintain log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect.

3.4

FIELD ENGINEERING A.

Identification: Existing survey will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.

B.

Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

C.

Benchmarks: Establish and maintain minimum two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.

3.5

INSTALLATION A.

Project structures have been designed for strength, stability, and safety in completed form. Until completed, provide temporary bracing and supports needed for strength, stability, and safety of construction in progress and for protection of persons and property.

B.

General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 5 of 10 2. 3. 4.

Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces.

C.

Comply with manufacturer instructions and recommendations for installing products.

D.

Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

E.

Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

F.

Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

G.

Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H.

Attachments: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for thermal expansion and contraction, deflection, and normal building movements. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Supply setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I.

Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J.

Isolate products from incompatible materials as needed to prevent deterioration.

K.

Coordinate enclosure of the Work with required inspections and tests so as to minimize need for uncovering Work for those purposes.

L.

Install products at time and under conditions that will ensure best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 6 of 10 1. 2.

M.

3.6

Do not install products during weather conditions that adversely affect installation or performance of completed Work. Do not install products sensitive to exterior weather conditions such as extreme temperatures or moisture without the facility being enclosed or the products being sufficiently protected.

Tolerances: Where specific tolerances are not stipulated by Contract Documents or manufacturer recommendations, comply with applicable industry standards. 1. Tolerances are noncumulative unless otherwise stated. CUTTING AND PATCHING

A.

Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch to restore surfaces to original condition.

B.

Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

C.

Specific cutting and patching requirements applicable to individual units of Work may be specified in other Specification sections.

D.

Requirements of this Section apply to all Work of Contract.

E.

Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

F.

Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

G.

Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services or systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services or systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.

H.

Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 7 of 10 3. 4. 5.

6.

Concrete: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

I.

Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.

J.

Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7

PROGRESS CLEANING A.

General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 8 of 10 3.

Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

B.

Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C.

Clean spills, misapplications, and other accidents immediately as they occur.

D.

Do not remove or obscure UL labels, third-party certification labels, or other required labeling.

E.

Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

F.

Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

G.

Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

H.

Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

I.

Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419.

J.

During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

K.

Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

L.

Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.8

STARTING AND ADJUSTING A.

Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 9 of 10 B.

Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C.

Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

3.9

PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A.

Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B.

Comply with manufacturer instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.10

DAMAGE CORRECTIONS

A.

Provide new conforming Work to replace damaged work that cannot be repaired or refinished in place. Damage includes soiling or staining that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned. 1. Remove interior gypsum products exposed to water during construction period. Remove entire gypsum board panels; do not cut and patch gypsum board. 2. Remove insulation, acoustic ceiling components, and other moisture-sensitive products exposed to water during construction period. 3. Remove metal stud framing components exposed to water during construction period that have visible rust.

B.

If there is evidence of water intrusion into partially completed areas, remove portions of gypsum board and other construction at shafts, plenums, and other concealed areas to check for moisture damage and for mold and mildew growth. Examine concealed areas in presence of Architect. 1. Remove components in entirety that exhibit water damage, mold, or mildew. 2. Remove gypsum board in whole panels. 3. Do not install replacement Work until concealed areas are completely dried and causes of water intrusion have been remedied. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY: CHECKED BY:

MW

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXECUTION Section 01 7300 – Page 10 of 10

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Section 01 7419 – Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition waste. 2. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 4119 "Selective Structure Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

B.

Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.

C.

Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D.

Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

1.3

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

1.4

General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste and Form CWM-8 for demolition waste. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons (tonnes).

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Section 01 7419 – Page 2 of 6 4. 5. 6. 7.

Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes). Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes). Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons (tonnes). Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste.

B.

Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

C.

Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D.

Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

E.

Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

1.5

WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A.

General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.

B.

Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of waste generated by the Work. Use Form CWM-1 for construction waste and Form CWM-2 for demolition waste. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.

C.

Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use Form CWM-3 for construction waste and Form CWM-4 for demolition waste. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. 2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Section 01 7419 – Page 3 of 6 5. 6.

1.6

Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed.

PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A.

General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

B.

Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three (3) days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.

C.

Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.

1.7

SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A.

Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area as designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

B.

Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.

C.

Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type.

D.

Plant Materials.

E.

Sign Lettering.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Section 01 7419 – Page 4 of 6 1.8

RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A.

General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B.

Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor.

C.

Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.

D.

Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.

1.9

RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A.

Asphalt Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility.

B.

Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 4-inch (100-mm) size.

C.

Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.

D.

Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size.

E.

Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Section 01 7419 – Page 5 of 6 1.10

RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

A.

Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

B.

Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.

1.11

DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A.

General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Waste containers must be secured and covered to prevent waste material from spilling or becoming airborne until container can be transferred from site for waste disposal.

B.

Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

C.

Disposal: Dispose of waste materials off Owner’ property.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used

END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Section 01 7419 – Page 6 of 6

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01 7700 – Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7300: Progress cleaning of Project. 2. Section 01 7823: Requirements for operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Section 01 7839: Submission of record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Contractor's Punch List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

B.

Certified Punch List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.

1.3

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

1.4

MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.5

Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A.

Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01 7700 – Page 2 of 6 B.

Submittals Before Substantial Completion: Complete the following minimum ten (10) working days before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.

C.

Procedures Before Substantial Completion: Complete the following minimum ten (10) working days before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 3. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used before Substantial Completion. 4. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 5. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 6. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mock-ups, construction tools, and similar elements. 7. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

D.

Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion minimum ten (10) working days before date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01 7700 – Page 3 of 6 list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.6

FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A.

Submittals Before Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit final Application for Payment per Section 01 2900. 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

B.

Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance minimum 10 days before date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.7

LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A.

Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01 7700 – Page 4 of 6 b. 1.8

PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.

SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A.

Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B.

Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

C.

Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS A.

Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

FINAL CLEANING A.

General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01 7700 – Page 5 of 6 B.

Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer recommendations.

C.

Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: 1. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 3. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. 4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. 5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 6. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. 7. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. 8. Remove labels that are not permanent. 9. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. 10. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. 11. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

D.

Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419.

3.2

REPAIR OF THE WORK A.

Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B.

Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01 7700 – Page 6 of 6 a.

3. 4.

Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01 7823 – Page 1 of 7 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

1.2

Section Includes: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Product maintenance manuals. 4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. DEFINITIONS

A.

System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B.

Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

1.3

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.

B.

Format: 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.

C.

Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least thirty (30) working days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Owner will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.

D.

Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least fifteen (15) working days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01 7823 – Page 2 of 7 1.

Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within fifteen (15) working days of receipt of Architect's comments and before commencing demonstration and training.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A.

Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents.

B.

List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.

C.

List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.

D.

Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.

E.

Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."

2.2

REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.

Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents.

B.

Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01 7823 – Page 3 of 7 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Name and address of Project. Name and address of Owner. Date of submittal. Name and contact information for Contractor. Name and contact information for Architect. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C.

Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

D.

Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.

2.3

OPERATION MANUALS A.

Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01 7823 – Page 4 of 7 B.

Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C.

Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D.

Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

E.

Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification.

2.4

PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.

Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B.

Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

C.

Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01 7823 – Page 5 of 7 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Product name and model number. Manufacturer's name. Color, pattern, and texture. Material and chemical composition. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D.

Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions.

E.

Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

F.

Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

2.5

SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.

Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.

B.

Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

C.

Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

D.

Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01 7823 – Page 6 of 7 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Test and inspection instructions. Troubleshooting guide. Precautions against improper maintenance. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.

E.

Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.

F.

Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G.

Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

MANUAL PREPARATION A.

Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

B.

Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

C.

Manufacturer Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Section 01 7823 – Page 7 of 7 1.

Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

D.

Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 01 7839.

E.

Comply with Section 01 7700 for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01 7839 – Page 1 of 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

1.2

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one (1) of file prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and three (3) sets of prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.

B.

Record Specifications: Submit three (3) paper copies or annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C.

Record Product Data: Submit three (3) paper copies of each submittal or annotated PDF copy of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01 7839 – Page 2 of 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

RECORD DRAWINGS A.

Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. At Contractor’s option, record information may be recorded electronically on PDF files of Contract Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01 7839 – Page 3 of 5 B.

Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will supply Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.

C.

Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor.

2.2

RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A.

Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment provided, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01 7839 – Page 4 of 5 B.

2.3

Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic files of marked-up paper copy of Specifications. RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A.

Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer recommendations for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.

B.

Format: Submit record Product Data as paper copy or scanned PDF electronic files of markedup paper copy of Product Data. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A.

Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B.

Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01 7839 – Page 5 of 5 PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 02 - Existing Conditions

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Section 02 4119 – Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 5639: temporary protection of existing trees and plants that are affected by selective demolition. 2. Section 01 7300: Cutting and patching procedures. 3. Section 31 1000: Site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements not part of selective demolition.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

B.

Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach items from existing construction in manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse.

C.

Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. Provide new fasteners and anchorage devices needed for reinstallation.

D.

Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

E.

Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

1.3

MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A.

Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

B.

Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or intrinsic value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage such items in manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Section 02 4119 – Page 2 of 6 1.4

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and landscape protection. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

B.

Pre-demolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.

1.5

FIELD CONDITIONS A.

Disclaimer: Drawings are based partially on information supplied by the Owner that has not been verified by the Architect or its consultants. The Architect therefore disclaims any warranty of correctness or completeness and Contractor is cautioned to carefully examine existing conditions before starting demolition operations. 1. Locations and sizes of some existing construction elements may vary from those depicted on the Drawings. 2. The locations of utilities concealed in or by existing construction have been verified by SUE, but some conditions may be unknown, and Contractor is cautioned to exercise care when removing construction elements to accommodate new construction.

B.

Removal Routes: Confine removal of demolished materials to designated routes through building.

C.

Contractor is responsible for cleaning and repair of soiling and damage resulting from demolition operations inside or outside the building, and on other properties.

D.

Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 1. The Owner may remove certain items of equipment before start of demolition Work.

E.

Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.

F.

Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

G.

Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

H.

Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Section 02 4119 – Page 3 of 6 1.

Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

I.

Traffic: Conduct demolition operations and removal of debris for minimal interference with streets, sidewalks, and other nearby properties and facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, or other nearby properties without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic paths if required by governing authorities. 2. Provide FDOT Maintenance of Traffic (MOT) Index(es) as required by governing authorities and maintain traffic per approved FDOT Index(es) during demolition. 3. Obtain required right-of-way use permit(s) for work performed within right-of-way from governing authorities.

J.

Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling and other methods to minimize dust and dirt rising and scattering in air. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. 1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, excessive runoff, or pollution.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241 as applicable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

3.2

Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner and Architect specifically disclaim any warranty that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A.

Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Section 02 4119 – Page 4 of 6 B.

Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated.

C.

Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level.

D.

Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.

E.

Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

F.

Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.

G.

Demolish and remove completely foundation walls and other indicated below-grade construction.

H.

Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

I.

Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

J.

Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition, then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power-driven impact tools. A.

Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Section 02 4119 – Page 5 of 6 3.4

DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A.

Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and recycle or dispose of them per Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

B.

Do not burn demolished materials on site.

3.5

REPAIRS A.

Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to remain to not less than original condition. Repair existing construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition operations.

B.

Promptly repair damages caused by demolition operations to existing construction indicated to remain, including areas of facility outside Project limits.

C.

Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials.

D.

Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.

3.6

CLEANING A.

Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

B.

Remove protections, and temporary partitions and closures when no longer needed or when directed by Architect. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Section 02 4119 – Page 6 of 6 PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 03 - Concrete

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 1 of 14 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 1200: Structural Steel

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements.

B.

W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials.

1.3

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: 1. Admixtures. 2. Curing compounds. 3. Bonding agents. 4. Adhesives. 5. Repair materials. 6. Joint-filler strips.

C.

Design Mixtures: Submit concrete mix designs for each class of concrete on project. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.

D.

Concrete Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, spacings, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. Include additional reinforcement for openings through concrete structure.

E.

Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 2 of 14 1. 2. F. 1.4

Plan showing construction and contraction joints. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect.

Plan showing openings, sleeve penetrations and conduit to be cast in concrete structure. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Qualification Data: For Installer and Manufacturer.

B.

Manufacturer’s letter of certification that curing compound will not affect the adhesion of subsequent materials to be applied to concrete.

C.

Manufacturer’s letter of certification that form release agents will not affect the bond of waterproofing materials, flooring products, or any other adhered product.

D.

Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency: 1. Aggregates: Confirm absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity.

E.

Placement Schedule indicating sequence of pours, construction joint locations, and pour strips

F.

Field quality-control reports.

G.

Plan for Hot Weather Concreting.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

All concrete work shall conform to the "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", ACI 318.

B.

Field Reference Manual: Contractor shall have a copy of the latest edition of "ACI Manual SP15" available in field office.

C.

Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice," and ACI 315.

D.

Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician.

E.

Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities."

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 3 of 14 1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Concrete Reinforcement: 1. Deliver, store, and handle concrete reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. 2. Store reinforcement off the ground on wood slats or other available means in order to prevent the accumulation of rust and dirt.

B.

Protect stored admixtures, curing materials, and other products from exposure to harmful weather conditions and with manufacturer’s stated temperature limits.

1.7

FIELD CONDITIONS A.

Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg Fat time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES A.

Form face material in contact with concrete shall be lumber, plywood, tempered concrete-formgrade hardboard, metal, plastic, or paper that creates specified appearance and texture of concrete surface.

B.

Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum.

C.

Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.

D.

Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Supply units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Supply ties that, when removed, leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 4 of 14 2.2

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A.

2.3

Reinforcement: See Structural Drawings for requirements. REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES

A.

Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs.

B.

Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement and complying with ASTM A775.

C.

Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.

2.4

CONCRETE MATERIALS A.

Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer.

B.

Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or III, gray color. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F or C. 3. Slag Cement: ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120. 4. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, amorphous silica.

C.

Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: Per ACI 301 and ACI 318. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.

D.

Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260.

E.

Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures, to contain maximum 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 5 of 14 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

F. 2.5

Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type B. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type F. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type G. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C1017, Type II. Permeability: Tested per U.S. Army Corps of Engineers CRD-C48-73 “Permeability of Concrete” to 150 psi (350 foot head of water) without exhibiting measurable leakage. Compressive Strength: Tested per ASTM C39 against untreated control sample. At 28 days, the treated samples shall exhibit the same or better compressive strength over the control sample.

Water: ASTM C94. CURING MATERIALS

A.

Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd when dry.

B.

Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

C.

Water: Potable.

D.

Clear, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound meeting either ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, or ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A as required to not interfere with bonding of floor covering.

2.6

RELATED MATERIALS A.

Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiberor ASTM D1752, cork or self-expanding cork.

B.

Semi-rigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semi-rigid, 100 percent solids, aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 according to ASTM D2240.

C.

Bonding Agent: ASTM C1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.

2.7

CONCRETE MIXTURES A.

Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.

B.

Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, slag cement, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement to meet contractor requirements. Retain appropriate option

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 6 of 14 in first paragraph below for chloride limits. Identify portions of building with different limits if required. Percentages below repeat ACI 301 (ACI 301M) limits, respectively, for reinforced concrete that is not dry or protected from moisture, and reinforced concrete that is dry or protected from moisture. ACI 301 (ACI 301M) and ACI 318 (ACI 318M) express this percentage by weight of cement, not cementitious material. C.

Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.6 percent by weight of cement.

D.

Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer recommendations. 1. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50. 2. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.

E.

Refer to drawings for concrete strength and other requirements.

F.

Air Content: 1. Air content for Exposure Class F0 shall be 2 to 4 percent. 2. Do not air entrain concrete to trowel-finished interior floors. content to exceed 3 percent. 3. Air content for other Exposure Classes shall be as follows: Air content percentage Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Exposure Class F1 3/8 inch 6 1/2 inch 5.5 3/4 inch 5 1 inch 4.5 1 1/2 inches 4.5 4. Air Content Tolerance: +/- 1.5 percent

G. 2.8

Do not allow entrapped air

Exposure Class F2 or F3 7.5 7 6 6 5.5

Slump limits shall satisfy recommendations of ACI 301. FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT

A. 2.9

Fabricate concrete reinforcement according to CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice." CONCRETE MIXING

A.

Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 and ASTM C1116, and supply batch ticket information.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 7 of 14 1.

When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

FORMWORK INSTALLATION A.

Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, in accordance with ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads.

B.

Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117 Regardless of tolerances specified, no portion of building shall extend beyond legal boundary of project.

C.

Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.

D.

Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for exposed to view surfaces. 2. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces.

E.

Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.

F.

Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.

G.

Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.

H.

Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.

I.

Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.

J.

Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 8 of 14 K.

3.2

Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer recommendations, before placing reinforcement. EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION

A.

Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions supplied with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303.

B.

Conduit to be embedded in slabs which is not indicated on Structural Drawings may be placed in concrete within the following limitations: 1. Conduit shall not be larger in outside dimensions than one-third overall thickness of slab in which they are embedded or one inch, whichever is smaller. 2. In slabs with only one mat of reinforcement, provide the following concrete cover to conduit, including fittings: a. Concrete exposed to earth or weather, 1-1/2 inches. b. Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground, 3/4 inch. 3. Notify Engineer in writing of any conduit to be embedded which cannot meet hereinstated limitations.

C.

Position embedded items to avoid conflicts with reinforcement. Provide ½ inch clear cover between reinforcement and inserts, anchors and embedded items, and between sleeves and reinforcement. Notify Engineer of conflicts between embedded items and reinforcement before correction.

D.

No embedded items made of aluminum shall be permitted unless coated effectively or covered to prevent aluminum-concrete reaction or electrolytic action between aluminum and steel.

3.3

REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A.

Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new formrelease agent.

B.

When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect.

3.4

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A.

General: Comply with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 9 of 14 1.

Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete.

B.

Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete.

C.

Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.

D.

Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.

E.

General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.

F.

Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. 4. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inchwide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks.

G.

Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces as indicated. 1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together.

3.5

CONCRETE PLACEMENT A.

Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed.

B.

Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture.

C.

Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 10 of 14 If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. D.

3.6

Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleed-water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

A.

Surface Finish Classifications: 1. Surface finish-1.0 (SF-1.0): a. No formwork facing material is specified b. Patch voids larger than 1-1/2 in. wide or 1/2 in. deep c. Remove projections larger than 1 in. d. Tie holes need not be patched e. Surface tolerance Class D as specified in ACI 117 f. Mock-up not required 2. Surface Finish-2.0 (SF-2.0): a. Patch voids larger than 3/4 in. wide or 1/2 in. deep b. Remove projections larger than 1/4 in. c. Patch tie holes d. Surface tolerance Class B as specified in ACI 117 e. Provide mock-up of concrete surface appearance and texture

B.

Unless otherwise specified, apply the following finishes to concrete surfaces: 1. SF-1.0 on concrete surfaces not exposed to view. 2. SF-2.0 on concrete surfaces exposed to view.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 11 of 14 C.

Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed-finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process.

D.

Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

3.7

FINISHING SLABS A.

General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, re-straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

B.

Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power-driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and re-straightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish and to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo unless indicated otherwise in documents.

C.

Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to slab surfaces exposed to view.

D.

Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to slab while concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces.

E.

Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 12 of 14 3.8

CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A.

General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing.

B.

Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces as follows: 1. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. 2. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period.

C.

Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.

D.

Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inchlap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape.

3.9

JOINT FILLING A.

Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer recommendations. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least 30 days unless indicated otherwise in documents.

B.

Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry.

C.

Install semi-rigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.

3.10 A.

CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 13 of 14 B.

Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing.

C.

Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect.

D.

Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop-outs, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete, except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 5. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03 3000 – Page 14 of 14 E.

Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar.

F.

Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval.

3.11 A.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Refer to 01 4533 - Structural Tests and Inspection for inspection and testing. END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

DC

CHECKED BY:

AS

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM Section 03 4505 – Page 1 of 7 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Precast concrete architectural trim units for unit masonry walls.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 04 0713: Calcium Silicate Manufactured Stone Masonry. 2. Section 04 0715: Manufactured Stone Masonry Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate.

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: 1. Fabricator specifications. 2. Colorant and other proposed admixtures.

C.

Shop Drawings: 1. Show layout, dimensions, and identification of each required type of precast unit. 2. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section, and location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices necessary for handling and erection. 3. Show location and details of anchorage devices that are to be embedded in or attached to other construction, including dimensional tolerances. 4. Indicate protective finishes for metal items, including anchorage devices. 5. Shop Drawings for lintels and other loadbearing structural units shall bear the seal of the professional engineer responsible for the structural design.

D.

Samples for Verification: Prepare samples for Architect's review of color, texture, and general appearance and configuration. Compliance with other requirements is sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1. Submit set of 3 finish samples 18 x 18 x 2 inches to demonstrate mix and casting technique before production begins. Submit additional sets as requested by Architect to achieve desired appearance qualities. 2. Prepare one full-size verification sample of each required type of unit for Architect's review after approval of finish samples. Deliver sample units to Project site at time coordinated with Architect’s regularly-scheduled site visits. Acceptable units may be incorporated into the Work.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM Section 03 4505 – Page 2 of 7 1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Test data evidencing conformance to strength requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Reference Standards: Comply with provisions of the following, except as otherwise required. More stringent requirements in Contract Documents shall take precedence over requirements of reference standards. 1. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) MNL-117, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Productions of Architectural Precast Concrete Products." 2. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI) MNL-121, "Manual for Structural Design of Architectural Precast Concrete."

B.

Fabricator Qualifications: 1. Experienced in manufacturing precast architectural concrete units similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 2. Participates in PCI Plant Certification program and is designated a PCI-certified plant for Group A, Category A1—Architectural Cladding and Load Bearing Units or in APA Plant Certification Program for Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products and is designated an APA-certified plant. 3. Has sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. 4. Lintels and other loadbearing structural units shall be designed by professional engineer registered in the state in which the Project is located.

C.

Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent testing agency with experience and capability to conduct required testing, as documented per ASTM E548.

1.5

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Store units to prevent cracking, distortion, warping, staining, or other physical damage.

B.

Store units on nonstaining blocking supported on firm, level surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A.

Design reinforcing for precast units in indicated sizes and configurations to support directly and indirectly imposed loads and transmit those loads to the building structure. 1. Lintels and other units shall be capable of supporting the dead load of exterior wall construction bearing on them without supplementary external support.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM Section 03 4505 – Page 3 of 7 B.

Weather Performance Criteria: Design units for exterior weather exposure, including 120 deg F face temperature differential.

C.

Appearance Characteristics: 1. Texture: Light abrasive blast. 2. Color: White. (MW to discuss with BRN)

2.2

MATERIALS - REINFORCING, ANCHORS A.

Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 40 or 60 as required.

B.

Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices that are necessary for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing; avoid use of supports on exposed faces. Where legs of supports contact forms, provide stainless steel supports as required.

C.

Tie Wire: Stainless steel as required. MATERIALS – CONCRETE

2.3 A.

Portland Cement: ASTM C150; Type I, II, or III. Use gray or white cement as needed to achieve appearance characteristics. Supply all cement from a single plant.

B.

Aggregates: ASTM C33; 3/8 inch maximum size; free of material that would stain or react with cement. Use only materials from a single source for each type of aggregate.

C.

Color Pigment: ASTM C979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis.

D.

Water: Potable and free of materials harmful to concrete or embedded steel.

E.

Admixtures: 1. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260. 2. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A. 3. Integral Water Repellent: a. ACM Chemistries, Inc.; RainBloc. b. BASF Aktiengesellschaft; Rheopel Plus. c. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Dry-Block. d. Comparable product proposed by fabricator and acceptable to Architect. 4. Others: Only as approved by Architect. Calcium chloride and other materials containing free chloride ions may not be used.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM Section 03 4505 – Page 4 of 7 2.4

ACCESSORIES A.

Mortar: Must be compatible with Latex Mortar products specified in section 04 7315 – Manufactured Stone Masonry Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate. 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for coldweather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. a. Alkali content shall not be more than 0.1 percent when tested according to ASTM C 114 2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. 3. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329; Factory-blended mix of Portland cement, hydrated lime, and sand. 4. Mortar Pigments: As required. Use natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. a. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors. 2) Lanxess Corporation; Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments. 3) Solomon Colors, Inc.; SGS Mortar Colors. 5. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. a. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. b. For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. c. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. d. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 6. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. 7. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMU with integral water repellent by same manufacturer. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) ACM Chemistries; RainBloc for Mortar. 2) BASF Corporation - Admixture Systems; MasterPel 240MA (Pre-2014: Rheopel Plus Mortar Admixture) or 3) MasterPel 210D (Pre-2014: Rheopel Plus D). 8. Water: Potable.

B.

Anchorage Devices: Ties, dowels, pins, and other anchorage devices indicated on drawings fabricated from stainless steel.

2.5

MIXES A.

Mix: Standard weight concrete.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM Section 03 4505 – Page 5 of 7 1. 2. 3. 4. B. 2.6

Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi at 28 days. Entrained Air: 4 to 6 percent. Water Absorption: 3 percent maximum by weight. Color Pigment: As needed to achieve appearance requirements; ensure dispersal for uniform through-body color.

Use approved admixtures only as recommended by their manufacturers. FABRICATION

A.

Fabricate units per requirements of PCI MNL-117.

B.

Fabricate units in sizes so that joints align with joints in modular brick work. Fabricate units for 3/8-inch joints unless noted otherwise.

C.

Fabricate units straight, smooth, and true to size and shape, with exposed edges and corners precise and square unless otherwise indicated. Precast units that are warped, cracked, broken, spalled, stained, or otherwise defective will not be acceptable.

D.

Provide reglets, slots, holes, and other accessories in units to receive ties, anchors, dowels, reglets, waterstops, flashings, and other similar work as indicated.

E.

Clean reinforcing of loose rust, mill scale, and other materials that reduce bond with concrete.

F.

Accurately position and support reinforcing as required for close tolerances; secure reinforcing and supports against displacement. Provide minimum 3/4-inch coverage for reinforcing.

G.

Apply form release compound per manufacturer's recommendations to achieve required appearance characteristics.

H.

Fill forms in continuous operation without seams or planes of weakness. Consolidate concrete in forms by internal and external vibration.

I.

Cure units by PCI approved artificial means until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its design strength.

J.

Finished Surfaces: Free of pockets, sand streaks, bugholes, and honeycomb, and with uniform color and texture to match accepted control sample.

K.

Concealed Surfaces: Smooth form finish or wood float finish.

L.

Provide permanent markings on concealed surface to identify unit type and casting date.

M.

Verify attainment of full design strength and conformance of each precast unit to fabrication tolerances and appearance requirements before shipping to site.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM Section 03 4505 – Page 6 of 7 2.7

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.

Verify strength and water absorption by testing performed by an independent testing laboratory.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Coordinate with requirements specified in Section 04 7315.

B.

Clean soiled exposed surfaces with fiber brush and detergent, and rinse thoroughly with clean water. 1. Discard units with soiling or staining that cannot be removed satisfactorily.

C.

Wet joint surfaces thoroughly with clean water before setting.

D.

Set units accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces accurately aligned.

E.

Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure units in place.

F.

Fasten anchors securely to supporting structure.

G.

Set units in full bed of mortar with full head joints. Build anchors and ties into mortar joints as units are set. 1. Set units on lead or plastic spacers to maintain accurate bed joint width. 2. Fill dowel holes and anchor slots with mortar. 3. Fill collar joints solid as units are set. 4. Build concealed flashing into mortar joints as units are set.

H.

Provide compressible filler in joints that receive sealant.

I.

Tool exposed joints to match adjacent unit masonry or manufactured stone thin adhered masonry.

3.2

ADJUSTING A.

Patching: Only concealed surfaces may be patched and such patching is subject to approval by Architect.

B.

In-place precast units may be rejected for any of the following: 1. Exceeding of fabrication or installation tolerances. 2. Cracking on exposed surfaces.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PRECAST CONCRETE ARCHITECTURAL TRIM Section 03 4505 – Page 7 of 7 3. 4. 5. 6. C.

3.3

Substandard appearance, including unacceptable color or texture variation. Damage during subsequent construction operations. Exposed surfaces that develop surface deficiencies after installation. Other defects listed in PCI MNL-117.

Remove rejected units that cannot be satisfactorily cleaned or repaired in place and provide new conforming units. PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A.

Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt and stains on units after installation and completion of mortar pointing and sealant joints.

B.

Clean soiled precast surfaces with detergent and water applied with fiber brushes and sponges, and rinse thoroughly with clean water per precast fabricator's recommendations. Select cleaning materials and control scrubbing that do not change character of exposed concrete finishes. 1. Proprietary cleaning agents may be used only with specific recommendation of precast fabricator and after successful demonstration on mock-up or other sample panels. Rinse thoroughly and neutralize surface immediately after use of proprietary cleaners.

C.

Protect other work from damage due to cleaning operations, including damage by runoff.

D.

Protect exposed surfaces from mortar drippings, soiling, staining, and other damage from unit masonry installation. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY: ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 04 - Masonry

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 1 of 16 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: Manufactured thin-adhered calcium silicate masonry veneer system (units size thickness ranging from a minimum ¼” [6mm] up to a maximum 2-5/8” [65mm] according to IBC – Chapter 14 Exterior Walls or applicable local building codes for thin adhered masonry veneer), veneer finish system installation materials and accessories as indicated on drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for complete and proper installation

B.

Related Requirements: Provisions within General and Supplementary General Conditions of the Contract, Division 1 - General Requirements, and the Drawings apply to this Section.

C.

Related Sections: 1. Section 03 3000 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 03 4505 Pre-Cast Concrete Architectural Trim 3. Section 06 1643 Gypsum Sheathing; Glass-Mat Reinforced Gypsum Sheathing; Cementitious Backer Board 4. Section 07 0620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Veneer flashing 5. Section 07 9201 Exterior Joint Sealants

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Thin-adhered calcium silicate masonry units (also referenced as thin CSMU) Arris Craft, ArrisTile Units.

B.

Installation Products; adhesives, mortars, grouts and sealants.

C.

Air and Water Barriers.

1.3

REFERENCE STANDARDS A.

American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.

B.

American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A118.1 - A118.12 American National Standard Specifications For The Installation Of Ceramic Tile.

C.

ICC-ES AC212 - WATER-RESISTIVE COATINGS USED AS WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIERS OVER EXTERIOR SHEATHING.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 2 of 16 D.

American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C36 Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard.

E.

American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C482 Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Portland Cement.

F.

American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.

G.

American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) C955 Standard Specification for Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Board and Metal Plaster Bases.

H.

American Society For Testing And Materials (ASTM) E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

I.

Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (ML/SFA) 540 Lightweight Steel Framing Systems Manual.

J.

Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA) Product Technical Information and ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. Report ER-4943P.

K.

Terrazzo, Tile And Marble Association Of Canada (TTMAC) Specification Guide 09300 Tile Installation Manual.

L.

Tile Council Of North America (TCNA) Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation.

1.4

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (Face-Sealed System) A.

Thin Adhered CSMU installed over cast -in-place concrete substrate with liquid air and water barrier, latex portland cement mortar and portland cement pointing mortar.

B.

Thin Adhered CSMU installed over steel framing, exterior rated sheathing, liquid air and water barrier, cement backer board, latex portland cement mortar and portland cement pointing mortar.

1.5

SUBMITTALS A.

Submit profile drawings and manufacturers' product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00.

B.

Submit three (3) samples of each type/style/finish/size/color of adhered masonry veneer and trim unit under provisions of Section 01 33 00.

C.

Submit manufacturers' installation instructions under provisions of Section 01 33 00.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 3 of 16 D.

Submit proof of warranty.

E.

Submit sample of installation system demonstrating compatibility/functional relationships between air barriers, waterproofing membranes, adhesives, mortars pointing mortars and other components under provision of Section 01 33 00.

1.6

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Adhered Masonry Veneer Manufacturer (single source responsibility): Company specializing in adhered masonry veneer, trim units with Five (5) years minimum experience. Obtain adhered masonry veneer from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.

B.

Installation System Manufacturer (single source responsibility): Company specializing in air barriers, waterproofing membranes, adhesives, mortars pointing mortars and other installation materials with ten (10) years minimum experience and ISO 9001 certification. Obtain installation materials from single source manufacturer to insure consistent quality and full compatibility.

C.

Submit positive laboratory testing to confirm applicability of air barrier, waterproofing membranes, adhesives, mortars pointing mortars, and other installation materials for specified job conditions.

D.

Installer qualifications: company specializing in installation of adhered masonry veneer and trim units with five (5) years documented experience with installations of similar scope, materials and design.

1.7

MOCK-UPS A.

1.8

Provide mock-up of each type/style/finish/size/color of adhered masonry veneer and trim unit along with respective installation air barrier, waterproofing membranes, adhesives, mortars pointing mortars and other installation materials at location of mock-up indicated in drawings. PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE

A.

Pre-installation conference: At least three weeks prior to commencing the work attend a meeting at the jobsite to discuss conformance with requirements of specification and job site conditions. Representatives of owner, architect, general contractor, adhered masonry veneer subcontractor, adhered masonry veneer manufacturer, Installation System Manufacturer and any other parties who are involved in the scope of this installation must attend the meeting. COORDINATE THIS ACTIVITY TO OCCUR ON DATE OF A REGULARLY SCHEDULED OAC MEETING.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 4 of 16 1.9

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A.

Refer to Section 01 60 00.

B.

Deliver calcium silicate masonry units in protective film. Prevent damage to units.

C.

Lift skids with proper and sufficiently long slings or forks with protection to prevent damage to units. Protect edges and corners.

D.

Store units in a manner designed to prevent damage and staining of units.

E.

Stack units on timbers or platforms at least 3 inches above grade.

F.

Place polyethylene or other plastic film between wood and other finished surfaces of units when stored for extended periods of time.

G.

Cover stored units with protective enclosure if exposed to weather.

H.

Do not use salt or calcium-chloride to remove ice from masonry surfaces.

I.

Store adhered masonry veneer and installation system materials in a dry location; handle in a manner to prevent chipping, breakage, and contamination

J.

Protect latex additives, liquid air barriers, waterproofing membranes, epoxy adhesives and sealants from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; store at room temperature when possible.

K.

Store portland cement mortars and pointing mortars in a dry location.

1.10

PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS

A.

Provide ventilation and protection of environment as recommended by manufacturer.

B.

Prevent carbon dioxide damage to adhered masonry veneer, trim, as well as adhesives, liquid air and water barrier ,mortars, pointing mortars and other installation materials, by venting temporary heaters to the exterior.

C.

Maintain ambient temperatures not less than 37ºF (3ºC) or more than 100ºF (38ºC) during installation and for a minimum of seven (7) days after completion. Setting of portland cement is retarded by low temperatures. 1. Protect work for extended period of time and from damage by other trades. 2. Epoxy mortars and epoxy pointing mortars require surface temperatures between 60ºF (16ºC) and 90ºF (32ºC) at time of installation.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 5 of 16 3.

1.11

Liquid air barrier and waterproofing Membranes require surface temperatures between 50ºF (10ºC) and 90ºF (32ºC). It is the General Contractor’s responsibility to maintain temperature control.

SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A.

Coordinate installation of adhered masonry veneer work with related work.

B.

Proceed with adhered masonry veneer work only after curbs, vents, drains, piping, and other projections through substrate have been installed and when substrate construction and framing of openings have been completed.

1.12

WARRANTY

A.

Thin Adhered CSMU installed over cast-in-place concrete substrate. 1. The Contractor warrants the work of this Section to be in accordance with the Contract Documents and free from faults and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 25 years. The manufacturer of adhesives, liquid air and water barrier, mortars, pointing mortars and other installation materials shall provide a written twenty five (25) year warranty, which covers materials and labor - reference LATICRETE Warranty Data Sheet 025.0SPD for complete details and requirements (as required under Basis-of Design System installation).

B.

Thin Adhered CSMU installed over steel or wood framing. 1. The Contractor warrants the work of this Section to be in accordance with the Contract Documents and free from faults and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 15 years. The manufacturer of adhesives, liquid air and water barrier, mortars, pointing mortars and other installation materials shall provide a written fifteen (15) year warranty, which covers materials and labor - reference LATICRETE Warranty Data Sheet 230.15SPD for complete details and requirements (as required under Basis-of Design System installation).

1.13

EXTRA MATERIAL STOCK

A.

Extra stock is to be from same production run or batch as original adhered masonry veneer and installation materials.

B.

Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the Owner 2% minimum additional adhered masonry veneer and trim shapes or a minimum of 2 additional pieces of each type, color, pattern and size used in the Work, as well as extra stock of adhesives, mortars, pointing mortars and other installation materials for the Owner's use in replacement and maintenance.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 6 of 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS - Subject to compliance with paragraphs 1.12 and performance requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: A.

Manufacturers of thin adhered calcium silicate masonry units having products considered acceptable for use: 1. Basis -of Design System: Arriscraft International Arris-Tile Renaissance Units. 2. Substitution Procedures: Refer to Instructions to Bidders and Section 01 25 00. Alternatives to the Basis-of-Design CSMU Material and System listed above may be accepted if proper consideration is made by the Bidder to compensate for differences in properties of the alternative materials and system in comparison to the Basis-of Design material and system, differences in the installation methods and preparation of substrate and dimensions to provide a comparable veneer system and warranty terms without requiring adjustments or revision to project design or detailing. Acceptable Manufacturer’s and products: a. Echelon; Cordova Stone, 1-inch, Ground Face. b. Coronado Stone Products; 1-inch, Classic Series. c. Manufactured Thin -Adhered Calcium Silicate Masonry system meeting ASTM C73 and subject to material and installation requirements described in subsequent subsections.

B.

Manufacturers of Thin Adhered Masonry Veneer Installation Materials and Accessories having Products considered acceptable for use: 1. Laticrete International (as required by Basis-of Design System Installation and Warranty) 2. Substitution Procedures: refer to Instructions to Bidders and Section 01 25 00. (Must provide Adhered Masonry Veneer Installation Materials that are required by the Calcium Silicate Masonry Unit/ Veneer System Manufacturer for installation of complete system and warranty.

2.2

ADHERED MASONRY VENEER MATERIALS A.

Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate Masonry Units (Thin Adhered CSMU) (Georgia): to ASTM C73, Grade SW; solid units that have been pressure formed and autoclaved; and then cut to 3/4” thickness; special shapes as indicated; and as follows: 1. Modular Size: 3-5/8", 7-5/8", 11-5/8", high, 23-5/8" long and as indicated on Drawings. 2. Texture: smooth finish on exposed faces; 3. Color: As selected by Architect; 4. Fabricate calcium silicate masonry units to the following tolerances; a. Unit Length: plus or minus 1/16”. b. Unit Height: plus or minus 1/16”.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 7 of 16 c. d. 2.3

Deviation From Square: plus or minus 1/16”, with measurement taken using the longest edge as the base. Custom Unit Dimensions: plus or minus 1/8”

CEMENT BOARD A.

Backer Board: Cementitious, water durable, board; surfaced with fiberglass reinforcing mesh on front and back; long edges wrapped; and complying with ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C 1325 (PermaBase BRAND Cement Board as required by Basis-of-Design System installation and warranty). Coordinate with Section 06 1643. Provide backer board required by Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate System Manufacturer for complete system installation and warranty. 1. Thickness: ½ in. 2. Width: 2 ft. 8 in., 3 ft., or 4 ft. 3. Length: 4 ft., 5 ft., 6 ft., or 8 ft. 4. Edges: Tapered. 5. Compressive Strength: Not less than 2250 lbs. per sq. in. when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2394. 6. Water Absorption: Not greater than 8 percent when tested for 24 hours in accordance with ASTM C 473.

B.

Fasteners: 1. Screws (for wood and 22 GA and lighter steel framing) : Hi-Lo thread screws (No. 8) wafer head, corrosion-resistant, 1-5/8 inch (min.) length, and complying with ASTM C 1002. 2. Screws (for 20 GA or heavier steel framing) : Drill point screws (No. 8) wafer head, corrosion-resistant 1-5/8 inch (min.) length, and complying with ASTM C 1002.

C.

Joint Treatment: 1. Tape: Alkali-resistant fiberglass mesh tape intended for use with cement board.

D.

Bonding Materials: 1. Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar in accordance with ANSI A118.4.

2.4

ADHERED MASONRY VENEER INSTALLATION MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES (provide all installation materials and accessories required by Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate System Manufacturer for complete system installation and warranty) A.

Air and Water Barrier Membrane: Fluid Applied Air & Water Barrier to be thin, cold applied, single component liquid and load bearing. Waterproofing Membrane to be non-toxic, nonflammable, and non-hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured: 1. Air Barrier Test (AC 212): Pass 2. Air Permeance (ASTM E2178): Pass

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 8 of 16 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Elongation @ break (ASTM D751): 7 day Tensile Strength (ANSI A118.10): 7 day Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.10): 28 Day Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.4): Service Rating (TCA/ASTM C627): Total VOC Content:

20-30% >265 psi (1.8 MPa) >200 psi (1.4 MPa) >214 psi (1.48 – 2.4 MPa) Extra Heavy < 0.05 mg/m3

B.

Epoxy Waterproofing Flashing Mortar: Waterproof Flashing Mortar to be 3 component epoxy, trowel applied specifically designed to be used under adhered masonry veneer: 1. Breaking Strength (ANSI A118.10): 450-530 psi (3.1-3.6 MPa) 2. Waterproofness (ANSI A118.10): No Water penetration 3. 7 day Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.10): 110-150 psi (0.8-1 MPa) 4. 28 Day Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.10): 90-120 psi (0.6–0.83 MPa) 5. 12 Week Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.10): 110-130 psi (0.8-0.9 MPa) 6. Total VOC Content: <3.4 g/L

C.

Latex-Portland Cement Mortar for leveling beds and scratch/plaster coats: Latex-Portland Cement Premium Mortar Bed to meet the following physical requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.4 Modified): >4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 2. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.6): ≤ 5% 3. Service Rating (TCA/ASTM C627): Extra Heavy 4. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0 5. Total VOC Content: < 0.05 mg/m3

D.

Latex Portland Cement Mortar: Latex Hi Bond Masonry Veneer Mortar to be weather, frost, shock resistant, non-flammable and meet the following physical requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ANSI A118.4): >2500 psi (17.2 MPa) 2. Bond strength (ANSI A118.4): >450 psi (3.1 MPa) 3. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0 4. Total VOC Content: < 0.05 mg/m3

E.

Latex Portland Cement Pointing Mortar / Grout: Latex Portland Cement Premium Masonry Pointing Mortar to be weather, frost and shock resistant, as well as meet the following physical requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ANSI A118.7): 4500 psi (31 MPa) 2. Tensile Strength (ANSI A118.7): >500 psi (3.45 MPa) 3. Flexural Strength (ANSI A118.7): >1250 psi (8.6 MPa) 4. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.7): < 5% 5. Linear Shrinkage (ANSI A118.7): < 0.05 % 6. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 9 of 16 7.

Total VOC Content:

< 0.05 mg/m3

F.

Expansion and Control Joint Sealant: LATICRETE Latasil or similar-- one component, neutral cure, exterior grade silicone sealant and meet the following requirements: 1. Tensile Strength (ASTM C794): 280 psi (1.9 MPa) 2. Hardness (ASTM D751; Shore A): 25 (colored sealant) /15 (clear sealant) 3. Weather Resistance (QUV Weather-ometer): 10000 hours (no change)

G.

Spot Bonding Epoxy Adhesive: LATAPOXY 310 Stone Adhesive (Standard or Rapid Grade) or similar for installing adhered masonry veneer, brick and stone over vertical and overhead surfaces shall be high strength, high temperature resistant, non-sag and shall meet the following physical requirements: 1. Thermal Shock Resistance (ANSI A118.3): >1000 psi (6.9 MPa) 2. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.3): 0.1 % 3. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.3): >8300 psi (57.2 MPa) 4. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.3 Modified): >730 psi (5 MPa)

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Verify site conditions are ready to receive work.

B.

Inspect materials for fit and finish prior to installation. Do not set unacceptable units.

C.

Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.2

CUTTING MASONRY UNITS A.

Cut masonry units with wet-saw.

B.

Pre-soak units using clean water prior to cutting.

C.

Clean cut units using a stiff fibre brush and clean water. Allow units to surface dry prior to placement.

D.

Finish cut edges to match face when exposed in wall.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 10 of 16 3.3

COURSING A.

Place masonry to lines and levels indicated.

B.

Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness.

C.

Lay-up thin-adhered masonry units in pattern indicated in the drawings.

D.

Course one masonry unit and one mortar joint to equal 4, 8 &12 inches.

E.

Tool joints when thumbprint hard, to a flush finish.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Perform inspection and testing as specified in Section 01 40 00.

B.

Architect Inspection: Architect will inspect installed masonry and reject masonry that is chipped, cracked, or blemished (streaked, stained or otherwise damaged), as described below: 1. Masonry will be inspected to be free of cracks or other blemishes on the finished face or front edges of the masonry units exceeding 3/8 inch or that can be seen from a distance of 10 feet. 2. Units shall exhibit a texture approximately equal to the approved sample when viewed under diffused daylight illumination at a 20 foot distance. 3. Minor chipping resulting from shipment and delivery shall not be grounds for rejection. Minor chips shall not be obvious under diffused daylight illumination from a 20 foot distance.

C.

Make Good rejected masonry as directed by Architect.

3.5

ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.

Repair chips on smooth finished units with patch kits furnished by manufacturer.

B.

Clean one-half of mock-up panel as directed below and leave for one week. If no harmful effects appear, all objectionable stains have been removed and after mortar has set and cured, clean masonry as follows: 1. Protect windows, sills, doors, trim and other work from damage. 2. Remove large particles with stiff fiber brushes without damaging surface. 3. Saturate masonry with clean water and flush off loose mortar and dirt. 4. Dilute cleaning agent with clean water in controlled proportions. 5. Apply solution to pre-soaked wall surface using soft-bristled brush.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 11 of 16 6. 3.6

Thoroughly rinse cleaning solution and residue from wall surface.

PROTECTION A.

Protect units from damage resulting from subsequent construction operations.

B.

Use protection materials and methods which will not stain or damage units.

C.

Remove protection materials upon Substantial Completion, or when risk of damage is no longer present.

3.7

SUBSTRATE EXAMINATION A.

Verify site conditions are ready to receive work.

B.

Inspect finish materials for fit and finish prior to installation. Do not set unacceptable units.

C.

Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

D.

Verify that surfaces to be covered with adhered masonry veneer, brick, stone, trim or waterproofing are: Sound, rigid and conform to good design/engineering practices. 1. Systems, including the framing system (including lateral bracing, purlins, battens and other framing member stiffeners), flashings, water resistive barriers, air barriers, exterior rated sheathing panels, cement backer unit panels, wire lath over which adhered masonry veneer or stone will be installed shall be in conformance with the International Residential Code (IRC) for residential applications, the International Building Code (IBC) for commercial applications, or applicable building codes. The project design should include the intended use and necessary allowances for the expected live load, concentrated load, impact load, and dead load including the weight of the finish and installation materials while maintaining the maximum allowable deflection standard of L/600 under total anticipated load; 2. Clean and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, sealers, curing compounds, laitance, efflorescence, form oil, loose plaster, paint, and scale; 3. Adhered Masonry Veneer installations have a specified subsurface tolerance, for instance ¼” in 10’ (6mm in 3m) and 1/16” in 1’ (1.5mm in 300mm), to conform with the ANSI specifications. Because medium-bed mortars are not intended to be used in truing or leveling the work of others, the subsurface typically should not vary by more than 1/16” over 1’ (1.5mm over 300mm), nor more than 1/32” (0.8mm) between adjoining edges where applicable (e.g. between sheets of cement backer board or between adjacent concrete masonry units). Should the architect/designer require a more stringent tolerance (e.g. 1/8” in 10’ [3mm in 300mm]), the subsurface specification must reflect that tolerance, or the adhered masonry veneer specification must include a specific and

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 12 of 16

4. 5.

separate requirement to bring the ¼” (6mm) subsurface tolerance into compliance with the 1/8” (6mm) tolerance desired; Not leveled with gypsum or asphalt based compounds; Dry as per American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D4263 “Standard Test for Determining Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method.”

E.

Concrete surfaces shall also be: 1. Cured a minimum of 28 days at 70°F (21°C), including an initial seven (7) day period of wet curing; 2. Wood float finished, or better, if the installation is to be done by the medium bed method;

F.

Advise General Contractor and Architect of any surface or substrate conditions requiring correction before adhered masonry veneer work commences. Beginning of work constitutes acceptance of substrate or surface conditions.

3.8

SURFACE PREPARATION A.

Cast-in-Place Concrete Substrate: Prepare formed concrete surfaces per the thin-adhered calcium silicate masonry manufacturer’s requirements after curing and preparation of concrete for installation of finishes required in Section 03 3000 Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete shall be free from irregularities that will prevent complete and proper installation of thin-adhered calcium silicate masonry unit system units and installation accessories.

B.

Cement Backer Unit Substrate: Install exterior rated cement backer units in accord with cement backer unit manufacturer’s installation instructions and ANSI A118.11. All elements used in the assembly must be rated for exterior use. Installation of cement backer units and primary sheathing in accordance with design requirements.

3.9

INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A.

Air Barrier and Waterproofing: Install the air and waterproofing membrane in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (2.7 Waterproofing) and ANSI A108.13. Review the installation and plan the application sequence. Pre-cut Waterproofing/Anti-Fracture Fabric (if required), allowing 2” (50mm) for overlap at ends and sides to fit the areas as required. Roll up the pieces for easy handling and placement. Shake or stir Air and Water Barrier liquid before using.

B.

Pre-Treat Cracks and Joints: Fill all substrate cracks, cold joints and control joints to a smooth finish using a latex-fortified mortar. Alternatively, a liberal coat of Air and Water Barrier applied with a paint brush or trowel may be used to fill in non-structural joints and cracks. Apply a liberal coat of Air and Water Barrier approximately 8” (200mm) wide over substrate cracks, cold joints, and control joints using a paint brush or heavy napped paint roller.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 13 of 16 C.

Pre-Treat Coves and Floor/Wall Intersections: Fill all substrate coves and floor/wall transitions to a smooth finish and changes in plane using a latex-fortified mortar. Alternatively, a liberal coat of Air and Water Barrier applied with a paint brush or trowel may be used to fill in cove joints and floor/wall transitions <1/8” (3mm) in width. Apply a liberal coat of Air and Water Barrier approximately 8” (200mm) wide over substrate cracks, cold joints, and control joints using a paint brush or heavy napped paint roller.

D.

Main Application: Allow any pre-treated areas to dry to the touch. Apply a liberal coat of Air and Water Barrier with a paint brush or heavy napped roller over substrate including pre-treated areas and allow to dry to the touch. Install another liberal coat of Air and Water Barrier over the first coat. Let the top coat of Air and Water Barrier dry to the touch approximately 1 – 2 hours at 70°F (21°C) and 50% RH. When the top coat has dried to the touch inspect the surface for pinholes, voids, thin spots or other defects. Use additional Air and Water Barrier to seal any defects.

E.

Treat Penetrations and Flashings: Allow for a minimum 1/8” (3mm) space between drains, pipes, lights, or other penetrations and surrounding adhered masonry veneer. Flash with epoxy waterproof flashing mortar onto and around penetration openings to create a waterproof seal. Bring waterproof flashing mortar up to the finish level of the adhered masonry veneer, thin brick or stone finish. When waterproof flashing mortar has dried to the touch and the finishes have been installed, seal the gap around the penetration with expansion and control joint sealant.

F.

Movement Joints: Apply a liberal coat of Air and Water Barrier, approximately 8” (200mm) wide over the areas. Then embed and loop the 6” (150mm) wide Waterproofing/Anti-Fracture Fabric and allow the Air and Water Barrier liquid to bleed through. Immediately apply a second coat of Air and Water Barrier.

G.

Dry coat thickness is 20 – 30 mil (0.02 - 0.03” or 0.5 - 0.8mm); consumption per coat is approximately 0.01 gal/ft2 (approx. 0.4 L/m2); coverage is approximately 100 ft2 /gal (approx. 2.5 m2/ L). Waterproofing/Anti-Fracture Fabric can be used to pre-treat cracks, joints, curves, corners, drains, and penetrations with Air and Water Barrier.

3.10

INSTALLATION – ADHERED MASONRY VENEER

A.

General: Install in accordance with current versions of American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) “A108 American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile” and TCNA “Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation.” Cut and fit adhered masonry veneer neatly around corners, fittings, and obstructions. Perimeter pieces to be minimum half unit , brick or stone. Chipped, cracked, split pieces and edges are not acceptable. Make joints even, straight, plumb and of uniform width to tolerance +/- 1/16" over 8’ (1.5mm in 2.4m). Install divider strips at junction of flooring and dissimilar materials.

B.

Pre-float Method: Over clean, dimensionally stable and sound concrete or masonry substrates, apply thick-bed mortar as scratch/leveling coat in compliance with current revision of A108.1A

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 14 of 16 (1.0, 1.4 & 5.1). Float surface of scratch/leveling coat plumb, true and allow mortar to set until firm. For installation of adhered masonry veneer follow Direct Adhere Method (§ 3.4 D). Pointing Joints : Polymer Fortified Pointing Mortar – for joint widths ≥1/16”(1.5mm ) and ≤1” (25mm]); Allow Thin Adhered CSMU veneer to cure a minimum of 24 hours @ 70° F (21°C). Verify grout joints are free of dirt, debris, wedges or spacers. Sponge or wipe dust/dirt off veneer face and remove any water standing in joints. Surface temperature must be between 4090° F (4-32°C). Mix polymer fortified pointing mortar according to manufacturer’s instructions. Install latex fortified cement grout in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1A (7.0), ANSI A108.02 (4.5) and ANSI A108.10. Dampen dry surfaces with clean water. Place Masonry Pointing Mortar into a high quality masonry mortar pointing bag. Carefully bag the pointing mortar into the joints. Once the mortar has become stiff in the joint, (“thumb-print dry”) typically 15-20 minutes after pointing @ 70° F (21°C), using a striking or joint tool, strike the mortar joints to the desired finish/contour. Remove excess mortar using a masonry brush or sponge. Do not over wash the mortar joint. Higher temperatures may require faster time to initial cleaning; wider joints or lower temperatures may require a longer time to initial cleaning. Allow grout joints to become firm. Inspect joint for pinholes/voids and repair them with freshly mixed grout. Within 24 hours, check for remaining haze and remove it with warm soapy water and a nylon scrubbing pad, using a circular motion, to lightly scrub surfaces and dissolve haze/film. Do not use acid cleaners on latex portland cement grout less than 10 days old. C.

Expansion and Control Joints: Provide control or expansion joints as located in contract drawings and in full conformity, especially in width and depth, with architectural details. 1. Substrate joints must carry through, full width, to surface of adhered masonry veneer. 2. Install expansion joints in adhered masonry veneer work over construction/cold joints or control joints in substrates. 3. Install expansion joints where adhered masonry veneer abut restraining surfaces (such as perimeter walls, curbs, columns), changes in plane and corners. 4. Joint width and spacing depends on application - follow TCNA “Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation” Detail "EJ-171 Expansion Joints" or consult sealant manufacturer for recommendation based on project parameters. 5. Joint width: ≥ ⅛” (3mm) and ≤ 1” (25mm). 6. Joint width: depth ~2:1 but joint depth must be ≥ ⅛” (3mm) and ≤ ½” (12mm). 7. Layout (field defined by joints): 1:1 length: width is optimum but must be ≤ 2:1. Remove all contaminants and foreign material from joint spaces/surfaces, such as dirt, dust, oil, water, frost, setting/grouting materials, sealers and old sealant/backer. Use LATICRETE Latasil™ 9118 Primer for underwater and permanent wet area applications, or for porous stone (e.g. limestone, sandstone etc…) installations. Install appropriate backing material (e.g. closed cell backer rod) based on expansion joint design and as

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 15 of 16 specified in § 07920. Apply masking tape to face of adhered masonry veneer, brick or stone veneer. Use caulking gun, or other applicator, to completely fill joints with sealant. Within 5-10 minutes of filling joint, ‘tool’ sealant surface to a smooth finish. Remove masking tape immediately after tooling joint. Wipe smears or excess sealant off the face of adhered masonry veneer or other absorptive surfaces immediately. Use the following LATICRETE System Materials: a. LATICRETE Latasil TM b. LATICRETE Latasil 9118 Primer D.

3.11 A.

3.12 A.

Adjusting: Corrections of defective work for a period of one (1) year following substantial completion, return to job and correct all defective work. Defective work includes, without limitation, adhered masonry veneer units stones broken in normal abuse due to deficiencies in setting bed, loose grout, and all other defects which may develop as a result of poor workmanship. CLEANING Clean excess mortar/epoxy from veneer surfaces with water before they harden and as work progresses. Do not contaminate open grout/caulk joints while cleaning. Sponge and wash veneers diagonally across joints. Do not use acids for cleaning. Polish with clean dry cloth. Remove surplus materials and leave premises broom clean. PROTECTION Protect finished installation under provisions of §01 05 00 and §01 05 35. Close areas to other trades and traffic until adhered masonry veneer being installed has set firmly. Cure work in swimming pools, fountains and other continuous immersion applications for 14 days for latex portland cement based pointing mortar @ 70°F (21°C) before flood testing or filling installation with water. Extend period of protection of veneer work at lower temperatures, below 60°F (15°C), and at high relative humidity (>70% R.H.) due to retarded set times of mortar/adhesives. Replace or restore work of other trades damaged or soiled by work under this section.

PART 4 - HEALTH AND SAFETY 4.1

PPE A.

The use of personal protection such as rubber gloves, suitable dust masks, safety glasses and industrial clothing is highly recommended. Discarded packaging, product wash and waste water should be disposed of as per local, state or federal regulations.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

MANUFACTURED THIN-ADHERED CALCIUM SILICATE MASONRY SYSTEM Section 04 7315 – Page 16 of 16 END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY: ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 05 - Metals

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 1 of 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Structural steel.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 3100: Steel Deck

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

1.3

Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Drawings and as described in AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.

B.

Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation.

1.4

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Include size and location of all structural members. 2. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 3. Include embedment Drawings, templates, and direction for installation of anchor rods and other anchorages installed by others. 4. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. 5. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical, high-strength bolted connections. 6. Include surface preparations and finishes. 7. Shop drawings will not be reviewed by Engineer unless first approved by the contractor. 8. Engineer’s review of shop drawings will be for general conformance to Contract Documents. Compliance with requirements for materials, fabrication, and erection is Contractor’s responsibility. 9. All field welds shall be shown on Erection Drawings.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 2 of 8 B.

1.5

Delegated-Design Submittal: For structural-steel connections not completely designed on drawings, include analysis data signed and sealed by the specialty engineer responsible for their preparation. Submit signed and sealed letter from specialty engineer confirming shop drawings conform to connection design. Shop drawings may be rejected if confirmation is not submitted before or at time of shop drawings. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Qualification Data: For installer and fabricator.

B.

Welding certificates for each welder, indicating compliance.

C.

Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties.

D.

Product Test Reports: For the following as applicable: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct-tension indicators. 3. Tension-control, high-strength, bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Shear stud connectors. 5. Shop primers. 6. Nonshrink grout.

E.

Survey of existing conditions.

F.

Certificate of compliance from fabricator to authority having jurisdiction stating that work was performed in accordance with approved construction documents.

1.6

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that is approved by the authority having jurisdiction, participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISCCertified Plant, Category STD, and minimum 5 years of experience on projects of similar size and scope.

B.

Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE, and minimum 5 years of experience on projects of similar size and scope.

C.

Specialty Engineer responsible for connection design Qualifications: Qualified licensed structural engineer, registered is state where project is located, responsible for connections design shall have minimum 5 years of experience on projects of similar size and scope.

D.

Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 3 of 8 E. 1.7

Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.

B.

Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication.

C.

Store other materials in weather tight and dry place until ready for use in work.

D.

Store packaged material in original unbroken package or container.

E.

Store and maintain welding electrodes is accordance with AWS D1.1.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

2.2

Connections: Provide details of connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a specialty engineer, to withstand loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated. 1. The connections for any portion of the structure not completely designed on the drawings shall be designed by the fabricator. 2. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and AISC 360 standard connections where possible. Standard connections shall only be used when the condition exactly matches the standard connection. 3. Use Load and Resistance Factor Design; data are given at factored-load level. STRUCTURAL STEEL MATERIALS

A.

Refer to General Notes.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 4 of 8 2.3

BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A.

Only new bolts shall be provided.

B.

High-Strength Bolts 1. ASTM A325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts 2. ASTM A490, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts

C.

Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: 1. ASTM F1852, Type 1, heavy-hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. 2. ASTM F2280, Type 1, heavy-hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers.

D.

High strength nuts shall be used with high strength bolts: ASTM A563 heavy hex carbon steel nuts

E.

High strength washers shall be used with high strength bolts: ASTM A436 heavy hex carbon steel nuts

F.

Direct Tension Indicators for use with high strength bolts: ASTM F959 Type 490 Type 10.9, compressible washer type

G.

Provide galvanized or mechanically zinc coated bolts, nuts, washers, rods, and other accessories for use with galvanized steel

2.4

GROUT A.

2.5

Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and minimum a 30-minute working time. FABRICATION

A.

Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC 303 and to AISC 360. 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A6 and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Bent plates and other accessories shall be welded such that they do not interfere with the installation of shear connectors.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 5 of 8 6.

Steel angles and plates supporting steel deck at the perimeter of the building shall be continuous. Butt weld pieces where splices occur.

B.

Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1.

C.

Bolt Holes: 1. Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. 2. Provide oversized holes in base plates per Table 14-2 in AISC 360.

D.

Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads.

E.

Holes: 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 4. Cuts, holes, burning, etc., required for other trades shall not be permitted unless indicated on structural drawings.

2.6

SHOP CONNECTIONS A.

2.7

High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Snug tightened, typical unless noted otherwise. 2. Moment Connections and Braced Frames: Slip-critical, Class A 3. Minimum requirements: A325, ¾ inch diameter GALVANIZING

A.

Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A123. 1. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2. Galvanize steel at locations noted in the drawings.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 6 of 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. 1. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations.

B.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

PREPARATION A.

Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Fasteners shall be stored in a protected place. 1. Except for tension control, “twist-off” assemblies, clean and re-lubricate bolts, nuts, and washers that become dry or rusty. 2. Tension control, “twist-off” assemblies that accumulate rust or dirt shall not be used.

3.3

ERECTION A.

Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360.

B.

Anchor Rods: Furnish anchor rods and other connectors required for securing steel to foundations and other in-place work. 1. Written notification is required before any repairs, replacements or modifications of anchor rods.

C.

Furnish 1/8” steel templates and other devices as necessary for presetting rods and other anchors to accurate locations.

D.

Clean concrete-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces before setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 7 of 8 3.

Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.

E.

Erection tolerances shall be per AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."

F.

Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service.

G.

Splice members only where indicated.

H.

Do not use thermal cutting during erection. Cuts or burning of holes shall not be permitted in the field unless approved by Engineer.

I.

Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts.

3.4

FIELD CONNECTIONS A.

3.5

High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Snug tightened, typical unless noted otherwise. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. 3.6

Refer “Structural Tests and Inspections”, section 01 4533. REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A.

Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Section 05 1200 – Page 8 of 8

PREPARED BY:

DC

CHECKED BY:

AS

ISSUED

DATE

Bid Construction

9/14/17

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan - Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STEEL DECK Section 05 3100 – Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Roof deck.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" 2. Section 054000 “Cold-Formed Metal Framing"

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: For deck type and accessories.

C.

Shop Drawings: 1. Include layout of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction. 2. Deck attachment pattern is noted on the drawings. 3. Reproduction of structural drawings for shop drawings is not acceptable. Submittal will be returned un-reviewed.

1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Welding certificates: 1. Current AWS certification before commencement of work and as required by AWS to maintain certification during course of work.

B.

Product Certificate for steel deck.

C.

ICC Evaluation Services Reports

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."

B.

Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed steel deck similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

1.5

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.

B.

Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01 STEEL DECK Section 05 3100 – Page 2 of 3

C.

Locate bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.

D.

Architect has authority to reject damaged materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

A. 2.2

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Conform to Specifications of Steel Deck Institute. MANUFACTURERS

A. 2.3

Member if Steel Deck Institute. FINISH

A.

Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653, G90 coating.

B.

Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A780.

2.4

ACCESSORIES A.

General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with Steel Deck Institute.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

3.2

Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. INSTALLATION

A.

Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable Steel Deck Institute.

B.

Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side-lap interlocks.

C.

Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.

D.

Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to deck.

E.

Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan - Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STEEL DECK Section 05 3100 – Page 3 of 3 F.

Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.

G.

No support of concentrated loads is permitted without the approval of the Structural Engineer.

H.

End Bearing and Laps shall be in accordance with SDI recommendations.

I.

Where roof surface warps due to roof slope or angle framing at opening, add additional splices as required to achieve proper bearing on the support without forcing the deck to bear on the support.

3.3

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

3.4

Refer to Section 01 4533 “Structural Tests and Inspections”. REPAIRS

A.

Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint in accordance with ASTM A780 and manufacturer's written instructions.

B.

Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, and abraded areas on both surfaces of prime-painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair paint. Refer to Division 09 sections for cleaning and repair painting requirements. END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

DC

CHECKED BY:

AS

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 1 of 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Roof joist framing. 2. Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing.

B.

Related Sections: 1. Division 06 Section "Gypsum Sheathing" for sheathing and weather-resistant barriers.

C.

Drawing Convention: Runner track, studs, bracing, bridging, and concealed supports shown on Drawings are intended as diagrammatic to indicate supports for exposed elements, and shall not limit Contractor with respect to use of standard framing methods recommended by the manufacturer of framing systems or by the Steel Stud Manufacturers Association, including the use of special proprietary components.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Minimum Base Metal Thickness: Minimum uncoated thickness of cold-formed framing delivered to the Project site shall be not less than 95 percent of the thickness noted. Lesser thicknesses shall be permitted at bends due to cold forming.

B.

Producer: Entity that produces steel sheet coil fabricated into cold-formed members.

1.3

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of cold-formed metal framing product and accessory indicated.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacing, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining Work.

1.4

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Mill certificates signed by steel sheet producer, or test reports from a qualified independent testing agency, indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including uncoated steel thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, ductility, and galvanized-coating thicknesses.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 2 of 8 1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed cold-formed metal framing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B.

Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated.

C.

Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic-coating thickness.

D.

AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions."

1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Protect cold-formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.

B.

Store cold-formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering cold-formed metal framing that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Allied Studco. 2. AllSteel Products, Inc. 3. California Expanded Metal Products Company. 4. Clark Steel Framing. 5. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division. 6. Craco Metals Manufacturing, LLC. 7. Dale/Incor. 8. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company. 9. Formetal Co. Inc. (The). 10. Innovative Steel Systems.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 3 of 8 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 2.2

MarinoWare; a division of Ware Industries. Quail Run Building Materials, Inc. SCAFCO Corporation. Southeastern Stud & Components, Inc. Steel Construction Systems. Steel Structural Products, LLC; division of Mill Steel Company Steeler, Inc. Super Stud Building Products, Inc. United Metal Products, Inc.

MATERIALS A.

Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: ST50H. 2. Coating: G90 or equivalent.

B.

Steel Sheet for vertical deflection Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: 50, Class 1 or 2. 2. Coating: G90.

2.3

NON-LOAD-BEARING EXTERIOR-WALL FRAMING A.

Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 16 gauge (0.0428 inch). 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. 3. Section Properties: a. Minimum Effective Section Modulus (in3): .549 b. Minimum Effective Moment of Inertia (in4): 1.10

B.

Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 16 gauge (.0566 inch). 2. Flange Width: 1-1/2 inches.

C.

Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 4 of 8 a. b. c. d. e. 2.4

Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company. MarinoWare, a division of Ware Industries. SCAFCO Corporation The Steel Network, Inc.

ROOF JOIST FRAMING A.

Steel Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel joists, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 18 gauge (.0451 inch). 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches, minimum. 3. Section Properties: a. Minimum Effective Section Modulus (in3): .767 b. Minimum Effective Moment of Inertia (in4): 2.32

B.

Steel Joist Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel joist track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 14 gauge (.0713 inch). 2. Flange Width: 2 inches, minimum.

2.5

FRAMING ACCESSORIES A.

Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members.

B.

Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Anchor clips. 4. End clips. 5. Backer plates.

2.6

ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A.

Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123.

B.

Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 5 of 8 C.

Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-threading steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere.

D.

Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.

2.7

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.

Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.

B.

Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time.

C.

Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

3.2

Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION

A.

3.3

Install grout between the underside of wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete construction. INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A.

Cold-formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled.

B.

Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed metal framing members as noted in the drawings. a. Locate mechanical fasteners and install as noted in the drawings and complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 6 of 8 C.

Install framing members in one-piece lengths, unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members.

D.

Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured.

E.

Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings.

F.

Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials.

3.4

EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A.

Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. Install grout between the underside of track and the top of foundation wall to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete construction.

B.

Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: 16 inches.

C.

Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements.

D.

non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing studs and anchor to primary building structure.

E.

Install horizontal bridging in exterior wall studs, spaced in rows not less than at two end stud spaces and at no more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer recommendations.

F.

Install miscellaneous framing and connections to provide a complete and stable curtain-wallframing system.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 7 of 8 3.5

ROOF JOIST INSTALLATION A.

Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely fasten track to supporting structure at corners, ends, and spaced as indicated in the drawings.

B.

Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track.

C.

Space joists as noted in the drawings.

D.

Install bridging at each end of joists and at intervals indicated in the drawings. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as follows: 1. Bridging: Joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated, secured to joist webs.

E.

Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist-framing assembly.

3.6

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field qualitycontrol testing.

B.

Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.

C.

Remove and replace Work that does not comply with specified requirements.

D.

Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements.

3.7

REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A.

Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer recommendations.

B.

Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, which ensures that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05 4000 – Page 8 of 8

PREPARED BY:

DC

CHECKED BY:

AS

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 06 - Wood, Plastics & Composites

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PLASTIC FABRICATIONS Section 06 0660 – Page 1 of 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the Plastic Fabrication required for the Video Display Wall Resin Panel System components as shown in the project drawings.

A.

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2. 3.

1.3

Section 04 73 15 Manufactured Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate Masonry System (fluid -applied air barrier) Section 06 16 43 Gypsum Sheathing Section 07 92 01 Exterior Joint Sealants

SUBMITTALS A.

General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contact and Division 1 specification section 01 33 00 “Submittals”.

B.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data; include product description, fabrication information, and compliance with specified performance requirements.

C.

Submit product test reports from a qualified independent 3rd party testing agency indicating each type and class of panel system complies with the project performance requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. Previously completed test reports will be acceptable if for current manufacturer and indicative of products used on this project. 1.

D.

Test reports required are: a. Rate of Burning (ASTM D 635) b. Self-Ignition Temperature (ASTM D 1929) c. Flame spread and Smoke developed testing (ASTM E 84) d. Impact strength (ASTM D 3763) e. Safety glazing impact resistance (ANSI Z97.1-2004)

Mockups: 1. 2.

Build mockup to verify aesthetic selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects Approved mockups may become part of the complete work if undisturbed at time of substantial completion.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PLASTIC FABRICATIONS Section 06 0660 – Page 2 of 5 E.

Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, panel dimensions, details, and attachments to other work.

F.

Samples for Verification: 1.

G. 1.4

Submit minimum of four (4) 8-inch by 8-inch (minimum size) samples for each type, texture, pattern and color of solid plastic fabrication.

Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer’s care and maintenance data, including care, repair and cleaning instructions. Include in Project closeout documents. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Manufacturers Qualifications 1.

2. 1.5

Materials and systems shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of specified materials for a period of at least five (5) consecutive years and which can show evidence of those materials being satisfactorily used on at least six (6) projects of similar size, scope and location. At least three (3) of the projects shall have been successful for use five (5) years or longer. Manufacturer must have documented training and qualification program for fabrication and installation of plastic fabrication.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver Plastic Fabrications, systems and specified items in manufacturer’s standard protective packaging.

B.

Do not deliver Plastic Fabrications, system, components and accessories to Project site until areas are ready for installation.

C.

Store materials in a flat orientation in a dry place that is not exposed to exterior elements.

D.

Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces. Provide protective coverings to prevent damage or staining following installation for duration of project.

E.

Before installing Plastic Fabrications, permit them to reach room temperature.

1.6

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

1.7

Environmental Limitations: Do not install Solid Polymer Fabrications until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, and ambient temperatures and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. WARRANTY

A.

Manufacturer’s Special Warranty on Plastic Fabrications: Manufacturer’s standard form agreeing to repair or replace units that fail in material or workmanship within the specified warranty period.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PLASTIC FABRICATIONS Section 06 0660 – Page 3 of 5 B.

Warranty Period: 5 years from ship date.

C.

The warranty shall not deprive the owner of other rights or remedies the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents, and is in addition to and runs concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURER A.

2.2

Manufacturer: 3form, Inc., Salt Lake City, Utah, USA / telephone 801-649-2500 MATERIALS

A.

Koda XT produced from polycarbonate sheet. 1. 2. 3. 4.

B.

Engineered polyester resin Sheet Size: Maximum 4’ x 10’ Thickness: Minimum 1/4” Basis of Design Product: The design of Plastic Fabrications is based on “Koda XT” as provided by 3form, Inc. Products from other manufacturers must be approved by the Architect or Designer prior to bidding. a. Product: Koda XT b. SO #SO-438176.1 c. Color/Style: Cilantro G40 + Titanium E02 d. Gauge: 1/2” e. Surface Finish: Front surface: Sandstone f01; Back Surface: Sandstone f01 f. UV Protection: Required. g. Edge Sealing: Required h. Expansion/Contraction Allowance: N/A i. Orientation: Pattern to run Horizontal j. Mounting System: Point Support. Refer to drawings for details.

Sheet minimum performance attributes: 1. 2. 3.

4. 5.

Rate of Burning (ASTM D 635). Material must attain CC1 Rating for a nominal thickness of 1.5 mm (0.060 in.) and greater. Self-Ignition Temperature (ASTM D 1929). Material must have a Self-ignition temperature greater than 650°F. Flame spread and Smoke developed testing (ASTM E 84). Material must be able to meet a level of Class B (Flame spread less than 75 and smoke less than 450) at thickness of 1/2”. Impact strength. Minimum impact strength test as measured by ASTM D 3763 of 20 ft. lbs. (for durability, shipping, installation, and use). Safety Glazing. Material must attain a Class A impact rating in accordance with ANSI Z97.1-2004 at 1/8” thickness.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PLASTIC FABRICATIONS Section 06 0660 – Page 4 of 5 2.3

FABRICATION A.

General: Fabricate Plastic Fabrications to designs, sizes and thicknesses indicated and to comply with indicated standards. Sizes, profiles and other characteristics are indicated on the drawings.

B.

Comply with manufacturer’s written recommendations for fabrication.

C.

Machining: Acceptable means of machining are listed below. Ensure that material is not chipped or warped by machining operations. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

D.

Forming: Form products to shapes indicated using the appropriate method listed below. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions. 1. 2.

E. 2.4

Sawing: Select equipment and blades suitable for type of cut required. Drilling: Drills specifically designed for use with plastic products. Milling: Climb cut where possible. Routing Tapping

Cold Bending Hot Bending

Laminating: Laminate to substrates indicated using adhesives and techniques recommended by manufacturer. ACCESSORIES

A.

Gaskets shall be as per manufacturer’s standards to meet performance criteria.

B.

Fasteners shall be per manufacturer’s standards to meet performance requirements.

2.5

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.

General: Provide products of material, size, and shape required for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.

B.

Cleaner: Type recommended by manufacturer.

C.

Fasteners: Use screws designed specifically for plastics.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of Plastic Fabrications will occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer’s requirements. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with requirements specified.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PLASTIC FABRICATIONS Section 06 0660 – Page 5 of 5 3.2

INSTALLATION A.

General: Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions for the installation of Plastic Fabrications.

B.

Manufacturer’s shop to fabricate items to the greatest degree possible.

C.

Utilize fasteners, adhesives and bonding agents recommended by manufacturer for type of installation indicated. Material that is chipped, warped, hazed or discolored as a result of installation or fabrication methods will be rejected.

D.

Install components plumb, level and rigid, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance with approved shop drawings and product data.

3.3

CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.

Protect surfaces from damage until date of substantial completion. Repair work or replace damaged work, which cannot be repaired to Architect’s satisfaction. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

JS

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GYPSUM SHEATHING Section 06 1643 – Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Parapet sheathing. 3. Sheathing joint and penetration treatment.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 04 7315: Fluid-applied membrane air barrier applied to exterior wall sheathing as part of specified thin-adhered calcium silicate veneer system.

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: 1. Gypsum sheathing. 2. Cementitious backer units. 3. Joint treatment materials.

1.3

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Comply with applicable requirements of Section 01 6000.

B.

Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

SHEATHING PRODUCTS A.

Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. American Gypsum; M-Glass Exterior Sheathing. b. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc. c. Georgia-Pacific Building Products; DensGlass. d. Continental Building Products; Weather Defense Platinum Sheathing. e. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GYPSUM SHEATHING Section 06 1643 – Page 2 of 4 f.

2.

Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific; GreenGlass Exterior Sheathing. g. United States Gypsum Company; Securock. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick.

B.

Parapet Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, Type X, 5/8 inch thick, factory primed. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following. a. American Gypsum; M-Glass Exterior Sheathing. b. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc Sheathing. c. Georgia-Pacific Corporation; Dens Deck Prime. d. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing. e. Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific; GreenGlass Exterior Sheathing. f. USG Corporation; Securock Glass Mat Roof Board.

C.

Cementitious Backer Units: ASTM C 1325, Type A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990. b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. c. FinPan, Inc; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board. d. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. e. National Gypsum Company; Perma BASE Cement Board. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch.

2.2

FASTENERS A.

2.3

Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Stainless Steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing to be attached. 1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, use screws that comply with ASTM C 1002. SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS

A.

Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Silicone emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, compatible with sheathing tape and sheathing and recommended by tape and sheathing manufacturers for use with glass-fiber sheathing tape and for covering exposed fasteners. 1. Sheathing Tape: Self-adhering glass-fiber tape, minimum 2 inches wide, 10 by 10 or 10 by 20 threads/inch, of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass-mat gypsum sheathing and with a history of successful in-service use.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GYPSUM SHEATHING Section 06 1643 – Page 3 of 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members.

B.

Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Coordinate wall sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly.

D.

Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements.

E.

Control Joints: 1. Provide horizontal control joints aligned with deflection heads in cold-formed metal framing and other provisions for vertical structure movements. Joint width shall match provision for vertical movement in other construction. 2. Provide vertical control joints where recommended by sheathing manufacturer for Project applications.

F.

Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast.

G.

Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer instructions. 1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 2. Install boards with 3/8-inch gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. 3. Install boards with 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. 4. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing, but do not cut into facing.

H.

Horizontal Installation: Abut ends of boards over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o/c and set back minimum 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GYPSUM SHEATHING Section 06 1643 – Page 4 of 4 I.

Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o/c and set back minimum 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards.

J.

Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer recommendations. 1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient amount of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other penetrations and openings. 2. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing joints and apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings.

3.2

CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNIT INSTALLATION A.

Install panels and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer recommendations for type of application indicated. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 07 - Thermal & Moisture Protection

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Section 07 1326 – Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Modified bituminous sheet waterproofing. 2. Modified bituminous sheet waterproofing, fabric reinforced. 3. Blindside sheet waterproofing.

B.

Related Requirements:

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: Waterproofing membrane, drainage panels, plaza deck pavers. 1. Include material descriptions, and tested physical and performance properties of waterproofing. 2. Include applicable standard details.

C.

Shop Drawings: Show layout of waterproofing, lapping pattern and details at cracks, expansion joints, sheet flashings, penetrations and termination conditions.

D.

Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, including the following products: 1. 8-by-8-inch square of waterproofing and flashing sheet. 2. 4-by-4-inch square of protection course.

1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Field quality-control reports. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. 1.5

Manufacturer warranties. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by waterproofing manufacturer.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Section 07 1326 – Page 2 of 6 1.6

FIELD CONDITIONS A.

Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a damp or wet substrate. 1. Do not apply waterproofing in snow, rain, fog, or mist.

B.

Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of waterproofing materials.

1.7

WARRANTY A.

Warranties specified in this article shall not be effective to reduce Contractor’s responsibility under the warranty requirements of the Conditions of the Contract, nor to reduce the period of that warranty.

B.

Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish replacement waterproofing material for waterproofing that does not comply with requirements or that fails to remain watertight within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

2.2

Source Limitations for Waterproofing System: Obtain waterproofing materials and protection course from single source from single manufacturer. MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET WATERPROOFING

A.

Modified Bituminous Sheet: Minimum 60-mil nominal thickness, self-adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils of rubberized asphalt laminated on one side to a 4-mil-thick, polyethylene-film reinforcement, and with release liner on adhesive side. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. American Hydrotech, Inc.; VM60. b. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc; CCW MiraDRI 860/861. c. Grace Construction Products; W.R. Grace & Co. -- Conn.; Bituthene 3000 or d. Henry Company; Blueskin WP 100. e. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Polyguard 650 Membrane. f. Soprema, Inc.; Colphene 3000. g. Tamko Building Products, Inc; TW-60. h. W.R. Meadows, Inc; Mel-Rol XLT. 2. Physical Properties: a. Tensile Strength, Membrane: 250 psi minimum; ASTM D 412, Die C, modified.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Section 07 1326 – Page 3 of 6 b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 3.

2.3

Ultimate Elongation: 300 percent minimum; ASTM D 412, Die C, modified. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Pass at minus 20 deg F; ASTM D 1970/D 1970M. Crack Cycling: Unaffected after 100 cycles of 1/8-inch movement; ASTM C 836/C 836M. Puncture Resistance: 40 lbf minimum; ASTM E 154/E 154M. Water Absorption: 0.2 percent weight-gain maximum after 48-hour immersion at 70 deg F; ASTM D 570. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perm maximum; ASTM E 96/E 96M, Water Method. Hydrostatic-Head Resistance: 200 feet minimum; ASTM D 5385.

Sheet Strips: Self-adhering, rubberized-asphalt strips of same material and thickness as sheet waterproofing.

AUXILIARY MATERIALS A.

Supply auxiliary materials recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet waterproofing. 1. Supply liquid-type auxiliary materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Primer: Liquid waterborne or solvent-borne primer recommended for substrate by sheetwaterproofing material manufacturer.

C.

Surface Conditioner: Liquid, waterborne surface conditioner recommended for substrate by sheet-waterproofing material manufacturer.

D.

Liquid Membrane: Elastomeric, two-component liquid, cold fluid applied, of trowel grade or low viscosity.

E.

Substrate Patching Membrane: Low-viscosity, two-component, modified asphalt coating.

F.

Metal Termination Bars: Aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch, predrilled at 9-inch centers.

G.

Protection Course: ASTM D 6506, semirigid sheets of fiberglass or mineral-reinforcedasphaltic core, pressure laminated between two asphalt-saturated fibrous liners and as follows: 1. Thickness: Nominal 1/4 inch. 2. Adhesive: Rubber-based solvent type recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for protection course type.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Section 07 1326 – Page 4 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Verify that concrete has cured and aged for minimum time period recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer.

B.

Verify that substrate is visibly dry and within the moisture limits recommended in writing by manufacturer. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263.

3.2

PREPARATION A.

Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer recommendations. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application.

B.

Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction.

C.

Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and other penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.

D.

Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, holes, and other voids.

E.

Prepare, fill, prime, and treat joints and cracks in substrates. Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258. 1. Install sheet strips of width according to manufacturer recommendations and center over treated construction and contraction joints and cracks exceeding a width of 1/16 inch.

F.

Corners: Prepare, prime, and treat inside and outside corners according to ASTM D 6135.

G.

Prepare, treat, and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through waterproofing and at drains and protrusions according to ASTM D 6135.

3.3

MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET-WATERPROOFING APPLICATION A.

Install modified bituminous sheets according to waterproofing manufacturer recommendations and per recommendations in ASTM D 6135.

B.

Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow it to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by sheet waterproofing in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Section 07 1326 – Page 5 of 6 C.

Apply and firmly adhere sheets over area to receive waterproofing. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 2-1/2-inch-minimum lap widths and end laps. Overlap and seal seams, and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation.

D.

Apply continuous sheets over already-installed sheet strips, bridging substrate cracks, construction, and contraction joints.

E.

Seal edges of sheet-waterproofing terminations with mastic.

F.

Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with requirements. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Patch with sheet waterproofing extending 6 inches beyond repaired areas in all directions.

G.

Immediately install protection course with butted joints over waterproofing membrane.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a site representative qualified by waterproofing membrane manufacturer to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components; and to furnish field reports to Architect for each site visit performed.

B.

Waterproofing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

C.

Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.5

PROTECTION, REPAIR, AND CLEANING A.

Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.

B.

Correct deficiencies in or remove waterproofing that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings.

C.

Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended in writing by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Section 07 1326 – Page 6 of 6 PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY: ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WATER REPELLENTS Section 07 1900 – Page 1 of 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: Water-repellent treatments for the following exterior vertical and horizontal surfaces. 1. Cast-in-place concrete. 2. Precast concrete trim.

B.

Related Sections: 1. Section 03 4505: Integral water-repellent admixture for mortar mix.

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: 1. Water repellent. 2. Include manufacturer's printed statement of VOC content. 3. Include manufacturer's recommended number of coats for each type of substrate and spreading rate for each separate coat.

1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Field quality-control reports. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. 1.5

Manufacturer warranties. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Applicator Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer.

B.

Mock-Ups: Apply water repellent to each type of substrate required. 1. Locate each test application as acceptable to Architect. 2. Size: 10 sq. ft..

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WATER REPELLENTS Section 07 1900 – Page 2 of 5 1.6

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

1.7

Limitations: Proceed with application only when the following existing and forecasted weather and substrate conditions permit water repellents to be applied according to manufacturers' instructions and warranty requirements: 1. Concrete surfaces and mortar have cured for not less than 28 days. 2. Ambient temperature is above 40 deg F and below 100 deg F and will remain so for 24 hours. 3. Substrate is not frozen and substrate-surface temperature is above 40 deg F and below 100 deg F. 4. Rain or snow is not predicted within 24 hours. 5. Not less than 24 hours have passed since surfaces were last wet. 6. Windy conditions do not exist that might cause water repellent to be blown onto vegetation or surfaces not intended to be treated. WARRANTY

A.

Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer and Applicator agrees to repair or replace materials that fail to maintain water repellency specified in "Performance Requirements" Article within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

Performance: Water repellents shall meet the following performance requirements as determined by testing on manufacturer's standard substrates representing those indicated for this Project.

B.

Water Absorption: Minimum 80 percent reduction of water absorption after 24 hours for treated compared to untreated specimens when tested according to the following: 1. Cast-in-Place Concrete: ASTM C 642. 2. Precast Concrete: ASTM C 642.

C.

Water-Vapor Transmission: Comply with one or both of the following: 1. Maximum 10 percent reduction water-vapor transmission of treated compared to untreated specimens, according to ASTM E 96/E 96M. 2. Minimum 80 percent water-vapor transmission of treated compared to untreated specimens, according to ASTM D 1653.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WATER REPELLENTS Section 07 1900 – Page 3 of 5 D.

Durability: Maximum 5 percent loss of water-repellent performance after 2500 hours of weathering according to ASTM G 154 compared to water-repellent-treated specimens before weathering.

E.

Chloride-Ion Intrusion in Concrete: NCHRP Report 244, Series II tests. 1. Reduction of Water Absorption: 80 percent. 2. Reduction in Chloride Content: 80 percent.

2.2

PENETRATING WATER REPELLENTS A.

Silane, Penetrating Water Repellent: Clear, containing 20 percent or more solids of alkyltrialkoxysilanes; with alcohol, mineral spirits, water, or other proprietary solvent carrier; and with 400 g/L or less of VOCs. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC; Enviroseal 40. b. Degussa Corp; Protectosil Aqua-Trete 40 . c. Pecora Corporation; KlereSeal 940-S VOC. d. PROSOCO, Inc.; SL100.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Verify that surfaces are clean and dry according to water-repellent manufacturer's requirements. Check moisture content in three (3) representative locations by method recommended by manufacturer.

B.

Verify that there is no efflorescence or other removable residues that would be trapped beneath the application of water repellent.

C.

Verify that required repairs are complete, cured, and dry before applying water repellent.

D.

Test pH level according to water-repellent manufacturer's instructions to ensure chemical bond to silica-containing or siliceous minerals.

3.2

PREPARATION A.

New Construction and Repairs: Allow concrete and other cementitious materials to age before application of water repellent, according to repellent manufacturer's written instructions.

B.

Cleaning: Before application of water repellent, clean substrate of substances that could impair penetration or performance of product according to water-repellent manufacturer's instructions and as follows:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WATER REPELLENTS Section 07 1900 – Page 4 of 5 1.

Cast-in-Place Concrete: Remove oil, curing compounds, laitance, and other substances that inhibit penetration or performance of water repellents according to ASTM E 1857.

C.

Protect adjoining work, including mortar and sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow-over of water repellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass if there is the possibility of water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover live vegetation.

D.

Coordination with Mortar Joints: Do not apply water repellent until pointing mortar for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment has been installed and cured.

E.

Coordination with Sealant Joints: Do not apply water repellent until sealants for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment have been installed and cured. 1. Water-repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those required.

3.3

APPLICATION A.

3.4

Apply heavy-saturation coating of water repellent, on surfaces indicated for treatment, using 15 psi- pressure spray with a fan-type spray nozzle to the point of saturation. Apply coating in dual passes of uniform, overlapping strokes. Remove excess material; do not allow material to puddle beyond saturation. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for application procedure unless otherwise indicated. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Coverage Test: In the presence of Architect, hose down a dry, repellent-treated surface to verify complete and uniform product application. A change in surface color will indicate incomplete application. 1. Notify Architect seven (7) days in advance of the dates and times when surfaces will be tested. 2. Reapply water repellent until coverage test indicates complete coverage.

B.

Inspect glass, metals, and other adjacent exterior surfaces not scheduled to receive water repellent for etching or other damage by overspray, misapplication, dripping, or other damaging exposure to water repellents. Provide written report listing damage and possible damage, and Contractor’s plan for remedial work.

3.5

CLEANING A.

Immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces and surfaces soiled or damaged by water-repellent application as work progresses. Correct damage to work of other trades caused by water-repellent application, as approved by Architect.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WATER REPELLENTS Section 07 1900 – Page 5 of 5 B.

Comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Section 07 5423 – Page 1 of 7 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Adhered thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) roofing system.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 6200: Sheet metal roof flashings and counterflashings. 2. Section 07 9201: Joint sealants.

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: 1. Roofing system. 2. Substrate boards.

C.

Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 3. Tie-in with air barrier.

D.

Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Sheet roofing, of color required.

1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Certification: Submit manufacturer's signed statement that Project design and conditions have been reviewed and that the installation will be fully warrantable if correctly installed. This submittal may be in the form of a photocopy of manufacturer's authorization to Installer to proceed with installation.

B.

Submit manufacturer's current state or local Product Approval Notice indicating product's acceptance for use in accordance with FBC. Notice of Approval shall indicate product control number, expiration date of approval, and specific conditions governing the approval.

1.4

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

Maintenance data.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Section 07 5423 – Page 2 of 7 B. 1.5

Manufacturer warranties. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

1.6

Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer for warranted installations. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B.

Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.

C.

Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer recommendations for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

D.

Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

1.7

FIELD CONDITIONS A.

1.8

Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer recommendations and warranty requirements. MANUFACTURER WARRANTY

A.

Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes roofing, base flashings, substrate board, roofing accessories and other components of roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Section 07 5423 – Page 3 of 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272.

B.

Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

C.

Roofing System Design: Tested by a qualified testing agency to resist design wind speed and uplift pressures and stated on Structural Drawings.

D.

Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class A for application and roof slopes indicated; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

2.2

TPO ROOFING A.

Source Limitations: Obtain roofing system components from manufacturer of roofing membrane or as approved by roofing membrane manufacturer for warranted installations.

B.

Fabric-Reinforced TPO Sheet: ASTM D 6878, internally fabric- or scrim-reinforced, uniform, flexible fabric-backed TPO sheet. 1. Thickness: 60 mils nominal. 2. Exposed Face Color: White.

C.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. 2. Firestone Building Products. 3. GAF Materials Corporation. 4. GenFlex Roofing Systems. 5. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Section 07 5423 – Page 4 of 7 2.3

AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A.

General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing. 1. Adhesive and Sealants: Comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard unreinforced TPO sheet flashing, minimum 55 mils thick, same color as TPO sheet.

C.

Pipe Flashings: Manufactured units by roofing system manufacturer.

D.

Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard, water based.

E.

Metal Termination Bars: Factory-drilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8-inch thick; with stainless steel anchors as required. 1. Profile: Integral sealant receiver top edge and bottom edge drip.

F.

Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories.

2.4

SUBSTRATE BOARDS A.

Substrate Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 5/8inch thick, Factory primed. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Georgia-Pacific Building Products. c. National Gypsum Company. d. United States Gypsum Company.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place, as applicable. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation, as applicable.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Section 07 5423 – Page 5 of 7 3.

3.2

Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck complies with requirements in Section 053100 "Steel Deck."

PREPARATION A.

3.3

Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer recommendations. Remove sharp projections. ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A.

Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

B.

Coordinate installation and transition of roofing system component serving as an air barrier with wall air barrier.

3.4

SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION A.

3.5

Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. 1. At steel roof decks, install substrate board at right angle to deck flutes. Locate end joints over crests of steel roof deck. 2. Tightly butt substrate boards together. ADHERED ROOFING INSTALLATION

A.

Adhere roofing over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer recommendations. Unroll roofing and allow to relax before retaining.

B.

Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.

C.

Fully adhere roofing membrane to substrates.

D.

In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing.

E.

Apply roofing with side laps shingled in direction of water flow.

F.

Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer recommendations, to ensure a watertight seam installation.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Section 07 5423 – Page 6 of 7 1. 2. 3.

3.6

Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of sheet. Verify field strength of seams, and repair seam sample areas. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements.

BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A.

Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer recommendations.

B.

Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.

C.

Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing.

D.

Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation.

E.

Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars, as required by system details.

3.7

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical representative to inspect roofing installation on completion, in presence of Architect, and to prepare inspection report.

B.

Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.

3.8

PROTECTING AND CLEANING A.

Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Section 07 5423 – Page 7 of 7 B.

Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

C.

Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION

©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ROOF SPECIALTIES Section 07 7100 – Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Roof-edge specialties.

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 5423: TPO Roofing.

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 1. Roof-edge specialties.

C.

Samples: For each type of roof specialty and for each color and texture specified.

1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Evaluation Reports for roof edge securement components documenting testing for compliance with IBC Section 1404.5. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A.

Maintenance Data: For roofing specialties to include in maintenance manuals.

B.

Manufacturer warranties.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

1.6

Source Limitations: Obtain roof specialties approved by manufacturer providing roofing-system warranty specified in Section 07 5423: Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

Comply with applicable requirements of Section 01 6000.

B.

Do not store roof specialties in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store roof specialties away from uncured concrete and masonry.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ROOF SPECIALTIES Section 07 7100 – Page 2 of 6 C.

1.7

Protect strippable protective covering on roof specialties from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for the period of roof-specialty installation. FIELD CONDITIONS

A.

Field Measurements: Measure in-place construction as needed for fabrication and execution. No changes to Contract Sum or Contract Time will be allowed for differences between Drawing dimensions and field measurements.

B.

Coordination: Coordinate roof specialties with flashing, trim, and construction of parapets, roof deck, roof and wall panels, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

1.8

WARRANTY A.

Roofing-System Warranty: Roof specialties are included in warranty provisions in Section 07 5423: Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

General Performance: Roof specialties shall withstand exposure to weather and resist thermally induced movement without failure, rattling, leaking, or fastener disengagement due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

B.

SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install roof-edge specialties tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting design pressures. 1. Design Pressure: Indicated on Structural Drawings.

C.

Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of thermal movements. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2

ROOF-EDGE SPECIALTIES A.

One-Piece Gravel Stops: Manufactured, one-piece, metal gravel stop in section lengths not exceeding 12 feet, with a horizontal flange and vertical leg fascia terminating in a drip edge, and concealed splice plates of same material, finish, and shape as gravel stop. Provide matching corner units.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ROOF SPECIALTIES Section 07 7100 – Page 3 of 6 1.

2.

2.3

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: a. Architectural Products Company. b. Castle Metal Products. c. Cheney Flashing Company. d. Hickman Company, W. P. e. Metal-Era, Inc. f. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC. g. Perimeter Systems; a division of Southern Aluminum Finishing Company, Inc. Formed Stainless-Steel Sheet Gravel Stops: Stainless-steel sheet, nominal 0.031-inch thickness. a. Finish: No. 3 (coarse, polished directional satin).

MATERIALS A.

2.4

Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304. UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A.

2.5

Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils thick, consisting of slipresisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970/D 1970M; stable after testing at 240 deg F. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970/D 1970M; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F. 3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing; CCW WIP 300HT. b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co.; Grace Ice and Water Shield HT. c. Henry Company; Blueskin PE200 HT. d. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC; MetShield. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A.

Fasteners: Manufacturer's recommended fasteners, suitable for application and designed to meet performance requirements. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Fasteners for Stainless-Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel.

B.

Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.

C.

Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ROOF SPECIALTIES Section 07 7100 – Page 4 of 6 2.6

FINISHES A.

Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B.

Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

C.

Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

3.2

Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage where applicable, and securely anchored. UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A.

3.3

Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Apply primer if recommended by manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation. Apply wrinkle free, in shingle fashion to shed water, and with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 1. Apply continuously under roof-edge specialties. 2. Coordinate application of self-adhering sheet underlayment under roof specialties with requirements for continuity with adjacent air barrier materials. INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A.

Comply with applicable requirements of Section 01 7300.

B.

Anchor roof specialties rigidly and securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Install roof specialties level, plumb, true to line and elevation; with limited oil-canning and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Provide uniform, neat seams. 3. Install roof specialties to fit substrates and to result in weathertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before manufacture. 4. Torch cutting of roof specialties is not permitted.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ROOF SPECIALTIES Section 07 7100 – Page 5 of 6 5.

Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.

C.

Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of stainless-steel roof specialties with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by manufacturers of roof specialties for waterproof performance.

D.

Expansion Provisions: Allow for thermal expansion of exposed roof specialties. 1. Space movement joints at a maximum of 12 feet with no joints within 18 inches of corners or intersections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures.

E.

Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.

F.

Seal concealed joints with butyl sealant as required by roofing-specialty manufacturer.

G.

Seal joints as required for weathertight construction. Place sealant to be completely concealed in joint. Do not install sealants at temperatures below 40 deg F.

3.4

ROOF-EDGE SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A.

Install cleats, cants, and other anchoring and attachment accessories and devices with concealed fasteners.

B.

Anchor roof edgings with manufacturer's required devices, fasteners, and fastener spacing to meet performance requirements.

3.5

CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.

Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants.

B.

Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as roof specialties are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain roof specialties in a clean condition during construction.

C.

Replace roof specialties that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

ROOF SPECIALTIES Section 07 7100 – Page 6 of 6 END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY: CHECKED BY:

MW

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 9201 – Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: Exterior sealants for building joints and concrete slab control joints.

B.

Related Sections: 1. Section 04 7315: Thin Adhered Calcium Silicate.

1.2

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1. Provide all submittals for exterior sealants in a single group as required by Section 01 3300, regardless of how many subcontractors will install sealants. Multiple submittals for sealants are not acceptable.

B.

Product Data: Each required type of sealant.

C.

Samples: Cured samples of actual materials in available standard sealant color selections. Where custom color is required, re-submit samples until desired color is achieved.

1.3

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Test reports from adhesion tests. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Installer Qualifications: Skilled workers trained and experienced in applying sealants of types required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS SEALANTS – GENERAL

2.1 A.

Source Control: Provide one proprietary product for each type of sealant required, regardless of what subcontractor installs the sealants.

B.

Select proprietary sealants for compatibility with other construction products that the sealants will contact.

C.

Multiple colors may be required for exposed sealants to coordinate with substrate colors.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 9201 – Page 2 of 4 2.2

EXTERIOR SEALANTS A.

Medium Modulus Sealant: Single-component, nonsag, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT. 1. Color: Custom color to match adjacent finish material. As approved by Architect. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Omniseal 50. b. Dow Corning Corporation; 795. c. GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; SilPruf NB SCS9000. d. Pecora Corporation; 895NST. e. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; SikaSil-C995. f. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 3.

B.

Exterior Pedestrian Pavement Joints (for concrete slab on grade only): Neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 100/50, for Use T. 1. Color: Standard color selected by Architect. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; SL Parking Structure Sealant. b. Pecora Corporation; 300 SL. c. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 900 SL.

2.3

JOINT SEALANT BACKING A.

Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer.

B.

Backer Rod: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with surface skin) or Type B (bicellular material with surface skin), as recommended by sealant manufacturer for Project applications.

C.

Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint.

2.4

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.

Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 9201 – Page 3 of 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PREPARATION A.

Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer recommendations and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

B.

Existing Joints: Cut out and remove existing joint sealants down to original substrate. Small amounts of elastomeric sealants left in surface irregularities of concrete and masonry may be left in place subject to Architect's approval, provided that they are securely bonded to surface, are compatible with new sealant, and are tested to demonstrate that suitable adhesion with new sealant can be achieved. Where these conditions cannot be met, remove existing sealants completely.

C.

Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer recommendations. Confine primers to areas of jointsealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

D.

Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.2

INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A.

Performance Requirements: Exterior joint sealants shall provide continuous, weatherproof seals to prevent infiltration of air and water through the joints in which they are installed.

B.

Install sealant backings to support sealants during application and at position that will produce cross-sectional shapes and uniform depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Set sealant backing for sealant depth equal to 50 percent of joint width, but maximum 1/2 inch deep nor less than 1/4 inch deep. 2. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of sealant backings.

C.

Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 9201 – Page 4 of 4 D.

Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

E.

Tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated.

3.3

CLEANING A.

Clean spills, smears, misapplications, and material migrations immediately as they occur.

B.

Clean marred surfaces per recommendations of manufacturers of sealants and affected materials. END OF SECTION

©2016 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 09 - Finishes

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 1 of 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems on the following substrates: 1. Exterior Substrates: a. Concrete, vertical surfaces. b. Steel. c. Galvanized metal. d. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated)(signs—coordinate with Section 10 1400).

B.

Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 1200: Shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified in this Section. 2. Section 10 1400: Signage.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

B.

Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.3

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Prepare submittals per requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.

B.

Product Data: Each component of high-performance coating systems.

C.

Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and in each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

D.

Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted. 3. VOC content.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 2 of 8 1.4

MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.5

Supply extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Coatings: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

1.6

Mock-Ups: Apply mock-ups of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each coating system specified in Part 3. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mock-ups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mock-ups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mock-ups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mock-ups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mock-ups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

1.7

Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. FIELD CONDITIONS

A.

Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.

B.

Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

C.

Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 3 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

2.2

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following. 1. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 3. Tnemec Company, Inc. 4. Matthews Paint Company (as named in Section 10 1400 for aluminum signs) HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS, GENERAL

A.

MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and are listed in "MPI Approved Products List."

B.

Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a coating system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in coating system and on substrate indicated. 3. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system.

C.

Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.3

BLOCK FILLERS/ CONCRETE PRIMERS A.

2.4

Block Filler/Concrete Primer, Epoxy: 1. PPG; 95-245 Series Pitt-Guard Rapid Coat DTR Polyamide Epoxy Coating. Semi-gloss or Eggshell 2. Sherwin Williams; B73-360 Pro Industrial Water-Based Catalyzed Epoxy. Eggshell 3. Tnemec; Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II. Semigloss or Eggshell METAL PRIMERS

A.

Primer, Epoxy, Anti-Corrosive, for Metal: 1. PPG; 95-245 Series Pitt-Guard Rapid Coat DTR Polyamide Epoxy Coating. Gloss. 2. Sherwin Williams; B67-5 Series Recoatable Epoxy Primer. Gloss. 3. Tnemec; Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II. Gloss.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 4 of 8 B.

2.5

Primer, Epoxy, for Aluminum Signs only (coordinate with specification section 10 1400): 1. Matthews Paint; 274-908SP/ 274-909SP White Epoxy Primer. Gloss. EPOXY COATINGS

A.

2.6

Epoxy, High-Build, Low Gloss (for concrete): 1. PPG; 95-8800 Pitt-Thane High Build Urethane Enamel. Semi0gloss or Eggshell 2. Sherwin Williams; B73-360 Pro Industrial Water-based Catalyzed Epoxy. Eggshell. POLYURETHANE COATINGS

A.

Polyurethane, Pigmented, Gloss (for steel): 1. PPG; 95-812 Series Pitt-Thane Ultra Gloss Urethane Enamel. 2. Sherwin Williams; B65-300 Hi-Solids Polyurethane Gloss. 3. Tnemec; Series 1070 Fluoronar.

B.

Polyurethane, Pigmented, Low gloss (for concrete): 1. Tnemec; Series 1071 Fluoronar.

C.

Acrylic Polyurethane, Ultraviolet Inhibited Aliphatic Isocyanate/Acrylic system, Pigmented, Gloss (for aluminum). Aluminum Signs only (coordinate with requirements for shop finished signs in specification section10 1400) 1. Matthews Acrylic Polyurethane, ultraviolet inhibited, aliphatic isocyanate/acrylic.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: a. Concrete: 12 percent.

B.

Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 5 of 8 3.2

PREPARATION A.

Comply with recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.

B.

Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.

C.

Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated.

D.

Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in manufacturer recommendations. 1. Clean surfaces with pressurized water. Use pressure range of 1500 to 4000 psi at 6 to 12 inches. 2. Abrasive blast clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning."

E.

Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."—method to be used if blast cleaning is not permitted by jurisdiction having authority.

F.

Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.

G.

Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied coatings.

H.

Aluminum Substrates (aluminum signage): Prepare according to Specification section 10 1400, Subsection 2.4 F. Coordinate with 10 1400 2.7.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 6 of 8 3.3

APPLICATION A.

Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer recommendations and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. 2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Coat back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

B.

Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

C.

If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance.

D.

Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks.

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

3.5

Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with coating manufacturer's written recommendations. CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A.

At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B.

After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 7 of 8 C.

Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D.

At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces.

3.6

EXTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE A.

Concrete Substrates, Vertical Surfaces: 1. Epoxy System, low gloss: a. Prime Coat: Epoxy, semi-gloss or eggshell b. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy, semi-gloss or eggshell c. Topcoat: Epoxy, semi-gloss or eggshell 2.

Urethane/ Polyurethane System, low gloss: a. Prime Coat: Epoxy, semi-gloss or eggshell b. Intermediate Coat: Urethane Enamel/ Polyurethane/ acrylic Urethane, semi-gloss or eggshell c. Topcoat: Urethane Enamel/ Polyurethane/ acrylic Urethane, semi-gloss or eggshell

B.

Steel Substrates: 1. Pigmented Polyurethane over Epoxy System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive, for metal. b. Intermediate Coat: Polyurethane, pigmented, gloss (Gloss Level 6) c. First Topcoat: Polyurethane, pigmented, gloss (Gloss Level 6).

C.

Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1. Pigmented Polyurethane over Epoxy Primer System : a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive, for metal. b. Intermediate Coat: Polyurethane, pigmented, gloss matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Polyurethane, pigmented, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6). d. (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #72].

D.

Aluminum (Not Anodized or Otherwise Coated) Substrates- (Aluminum Signs only, coordinate with requirements for shop finished signs in specification section10 1400) : 1. Pigmented Polyurethane over Epoxy System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive, for metal, white. b. Intermediate Coat: Polyurethane, aliphatic,pigmented, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 7). c. Topcoat: Polyurethane, aliphatic, pigmented, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 7). d. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy, matching topcoat. e. Topcoat: Epoxy, gloss[, MPI #77].

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS Section 09 9600 – Page 8 of 8 END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

MW

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Constructon

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 10 - Specialties

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 1 of 17 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: 1. Exterior Signs: a. Overhead Directional R.O.W. Sign Panel with Film System b. Monumental Signs – Raised Cast Aluminum Letters c. Logo Signs 1) Wall Mounted 2) Two-sided “Box”

B.

Related Sections: 1. Division 01 – General Requirements. 2. Division 02 – Existing Conditions. 3. Division 09 – Paint Finishes.

1.2

DEFINITIONS A.

1.3

ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines: U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines." PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A.

Final Design Liability: The Contractor shall assume the sole responsibility for the final design liability, engineering and internal construction of all signs. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all foundations or anchorages and shall submit shop drawings indicating details for review and approval of the Owner and Architect.

B.

Design Intent Drawings: The drawings provided in this guide are for design intent only. All signage provided shall be of the design, detail, sizes, types, materials and message content shown on the design intent drawings and shall conform to the requirements specified. Signs shall be provided and installed complete with lettering, framing as detailed and all related components for a complete installation.

C.

Specifications: The product and performance requirements in these specifications provide detailed information regarding products, processes and other information that supplements the information included on the design intent drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for the performance of the completed work and ensure that all signs function according the project requirements. In the event of conflict, refer to the information provided on the design intent drawings.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 2 of 17 D.

Structural Requirements: All signs shall be engineered by the Contractor to resist wind loads and thermal movement resulting from severe temperature changes consistent with the local climate requirements without distortions, or excessive deflections, or failure of supports to backup construction.

E.

Stamped Engineering Drawings: The Contractor shall provide structural analysis calculations for all signs to comply with design loads. Signed and sealed drawings and calculations shall be provided by a qualified, professional Engineer licensed in Tennessee. This information shall be included on the shop drawings or submitted as supplement information.

F.

Design Loads: All signs shall be engineered to resist 150 MPH wind loads or more according to local requirements and thermal movement resulting from 140-degrees F temperature change, without distortions, excessive deflections or failure of supports to backup construction.

G.

Weight Limitations: It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all signs provided comply with the maximum weight limitation for each sign location. Refer to the structural drawings, specification and ensure all final designs comply with all weight limitations.

H.

Permits and Certifications: The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, at his expense, all permits required for the execution of this work. The cost of all applicable permits and certifications shall be itemized and included as part of each bid submission.

1.4

REGULATORY AND CODE REQUIREMENTS A.

Code Compliance Responsibility: The Contractor is fully responsible for compliance with applicable requirements of the laws, codes, ordinances and regulations of Federal, State and Municipal authorities having jurisdiction in order to protect the Owner from liability. The Contractor shall endorse the design direction and work toward a goal to exceed code requirements where practicality and aesthetics allow.

B.

ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines: Signage and all other work for each project must comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines.

C.

International Building Code (IBC): The IBC has specific requirements for signs such as room identification, directional signs and other sign classifications. All signage provided must comply with these IBC requirements unless otherwise specified. Request clarification from the Owner and Architect as needed.

D.

International Code Council (ICC) and American National Standards Institute (ANSI): In addition to compliance with the applicable provisions of the ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines, additional requirements detailed in ICC/ANSI A117.1 also apply. Where requirements differ, request clarification from the Owner and Architect.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 3 of 17 E.

National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA): Comply with all NFPA requirements regarding electrical signs and stairway identification, exit signage and other sign classifications. Request clarification from the Owner and Architect as needed.

F.

Electrical Components, Devices and Accessories: All electrical signs shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use.

1.5

BID SUBMITTALS A.

Bid Conditions: Bidders are encouraged to carefully examine all components of the Contract Documents and all existing site conditions prior to the submission of a bid. 1. The Contractor will not be given extra payment for any condition that can be determined by examining the site, the Contract Documents and any other information provided for this project. 2. Base bids must reflect the Contractor's total price to provide all of the project requirements as detailed in the Contract Documents with no substitutions, modifications or reservations to facilitate comparison of the bids. 3. All bids must include the removal and disposal of existing signs as required. 4. All bids must include any time needed to obtain any required training or certifications for each facility, such as contractor orientation classes.

B.

Bid Requirements: The following items shall be submitted with each bid: 1. The total lump sum price for the completion of the work required. All bids shall itemize unit prices for each sign type required including installation. Shipping, taxes, travel, permits and all other expenses shall be clearly identified and included in the total lump sum bid price submitted. 2. Time requirements for completion of all sign products including shipping and installation. This information shall also identify the time needed for the production of all prototypes or mockups. Details shall be noted regarding necessary approval timelines and the potential impact on the overall project schedule. Indicate any anticipated partial deliveries and date anticipated for total completion of the project including closeout documentation. 3. Time required following the award of contract for all submittals shall also be indicated. 4. If awarded the contract, the Contractor agrees that time is an essential condition of the contract.

C.

Bid Rules: The bid requirements listed above shall be provided for all bid submittals including bids to the GC, CM, other organization or directly with the Owner.

D.

Quantities: The Owner reserves the right to adjust sign quantities prior to issuing a contract for the work. Unit costs for signage shall apply regardless of changes in quantities. Installation costs may be adjusted to reflect changes in sign quantities. Unit costs for signage shall be guaranteed for the duration of the contract.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 4 of 17 E.

1.6

Structural Supports and Foundations: All structural supports and foundations for the signs, reinforcements and any other services needed for the completion of all signage required shall be provided by the Contractor and included in each bid. The only exceptions are for those services or infrastructure elements listed as additional items or things noted to be provided by others. ACTION SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For each type of sign required, submit product data within prepared in accordance with Section 01 3300.

B.

Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and installation of all sign. The Contractor is responsible for the structural integrity of all sign components. The drawings provided in this guide communicate the specific design intent only. The final size of structural members and required metal thicknesses are the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure compliance with all engineering design loads and constructability requirements. 1. Shop drawings shall clearly illustrate typical sign message layouts, means of mounting and attachments including details of electrical connections. At a minimum, shop drawings must show as much or more detail than provided in the design intent drawings. 2. Document all materials, including part numbers, product numbers and color references. 3. The exact identification of all paints and coatings shall be noted for each material of component. 4. All shop drawings must be to scale with the correct scale identified. 5. Submission of electronic files for shop drawings is required. 6. Include plans, elevations, fabrication details, typical message layouts and dimensions referenced to permanent project features. 7. Show mounting details, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and accessories. Show anchorage types, locations and accessory items. 8. Indicate gravity loads on supports for all signs that have mechanical attachment. 9. Stamped engineering drawings and structural analysis calculations as required shall be included on the shop drawings or submitted as supplement information. 10. Include wiring diagrams indicating power, signal and control wiring as appropriate. The design intent of the wiring is to inter-connect the equipment to utilize its capabilities to the fullest extent. 11. All shop drawings, schematic diagrams, and connection diagrams must be approved by the Architect prior to beginning work. 12. Provide scaled face layouts for all sign locations for Owner and Architect review and approval prior to fabrication.

C.

Four Samples for Verification: For each of the following products and for the full range of color, texture, and sign material indicated, of sizes indicated: 1. A 4 by 4 inch sample of each paint and film spec. Surface-applied graphics shall be on an actual substrate.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 5 of 17 D.

1.7

Provide full-size prototypes of the following sign types delivered to Architect. Obtain Architect’s approval before fabricating signs for the Work. The required prototypes include the following sign types: 1. Monument Letters: 11” letter “N”. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. 1.8

Qualification Data: For installer and fabricator. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A.

Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals.

B.

Drawings (two sets): As built sign type drawings; final sign location plans; final structural information; and final electrical information and location of step down transformers.

C.

Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

1.9

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Single Source Accountability: Provide all signs required for each project under a single contract. Signs and related materials shall be fabricated by a Contractor regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products. Signage shall be obtained from a single manufacturer with specific components (such as custom aluminum extrusions or other raw materials) outsourced as needed to subcontractors and manufacturers of specialty products as specified. Submit product data sheets regarding any outsourced components utilized.

B.

Fabricator Qualifications: The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of all materials and workmanship required for the execution of each contract including any firm or individual who may serve as the Contractor’s sub-contractor. The Contractor is reminded that a high quality level of professionalism, workmanship and materials is expected in all aspects of each project. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all up-to-date drawings, schedules and any other required information to all sub-contractors and the Project Team. The manufacture’s logo or information may not be located on any sign surface visible to the public.

C.

Signage Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is an authorized representative of the Contractor and has completed installations of signs similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for the project. Provide references as requested regarding previous project experience and their record of successful in-service performance.

D.

Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign message content to comply with requirements indicated for sizes, styles, spacing, content, positions, materials, finishes and colors of letters, numbers, symbols and other graphic devices. Verify sign and copy length for proper fit. Notify the Owner and Architect in writing of discrepancies prior to fabrication.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 6 of 17 E.

Correction of Defective Work: Work determined to be defective by the Owner or the Inspection Agency or both, regardless of all previous inspection, shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Architect at no extra cost to the Owner.

F.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. Where requirements differ, comply with the most stringent unless otherwise directed by the Architect.

G.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

H.

Structural Design: The Contractor shall be responsible for the structural design of the members, components and connections for all signage. The Contractor shall engage a structural engineer licensed in the state where the signs are erected, to calculate the design loads and confirm the structural adequacy of the sign, including any existing signage elements to be retrofitted or reused. All shop drawings shall be stamped by the licensed Structural Engineer prior to submittal for approval.

1.10

PROJECT CONDITIONS

A.

Field Conditions: The Contractor shall inspect the existing field conditions and incorporate all necessary information on the shop drawings.

B.

Field Measurements: Verify existing conditions and locations of all signs, anchorage devices and electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers. Obtain field measurements before fabrication of signs and notify Architect of all conditions affecting fabrication or installation of signs, and indicate all measurements on shop drawings. Verify the sizes and other details of any existing foundations or other signage components specified to be re-used.

C.

Coordination: The Contractor must coordinate on-site work, access to site, and final sign placement with the Project Team for each installation. 1. All foundations and structural supports for signs shall be provided by the Contractor, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where additional structural supports for signage or modifications to existing conditions surrounding building elements are required, it shall be provided by the Contractor in close coordination with the Project Team unless otherwise specified. 3. Coordinate placement of anchorage devices with templates for installing signs.

D.

Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit installation of signs in exterior locations to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 7 of 17 1.11

WARRANTY

A.

Warranty Period: Five years from date of substantial completion. The beginning date for the warranty period shall be from final approval date of substantial completion. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall restore defective work to the standards set forth in this sign guide [the Contract Documents] without any cost to the Owner.

B.

Failures: Failures in materials and workmanship include operational failures, performance below required minimums, excessive deterioration or aging, abnormal wear considering intensity of use, unsafe conditions, excessive noise or vibration and similar unusual, unexpected, and unsatisfactory conditions. Failures also include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. 2. Deterioration of embedded graphic images or colors. 3. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 4. Failure of lighting and electrical components. 5. Fading, cracking, warping, peeling, delaminating, rusting, corroding and structural failure, including distortion. 6. Failures do not include defects caused by acts of God, abusive use, vandalism, failure of the structure or power supply and similar causes beyond control of the Contractor.

C.

Correction of Defective Work: Work determined to be defective by the Owner, Project Team or the inspection agency, regardless of all previous inspections, shall be corrected to the satisfaction of and at no extra cost to the Owner.

D.

Phenolic materials shall be warranted for 10 years against discoloration and delamination.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide signage by one of the following (or approved equal): 1.

Image Manufacturing Group 5405 Buford Highway, Suite 270 Norcross, Georgia 30071 Attn: Dan Bryant (678) 580-3281, extension 103 (770) 446-6295 (fax)

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 8 of 17 2.

Thomas Sign 4590 118th Ave N, Clearwater, FL 33762

Attn: Brandon Giles 800-526-3325, Ext. 232 Cell: 727-432-3435 3.

Sign Age 16036 US HWY 19N Clearwater, FL 33764

Attn: Linda Levitan 727.536.9400 4.

Environmental Graphics, Inc. 11232 Challenger Ave, Suite 1 Odessa Fl 33556

Attn: Marty Thompson 727-376-5596 2.2

MATERIALS A.

Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, of alloy and temper recommended by sign manufacturer for casting process used and for use and finish indicated.

B.

Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with at least the strength and durability properties of Alloy 5005-H32.

C.

Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with at least the strength and durability properties of Alloy 6063-T5.

D.

Vinyl Film: 1. Non-reflective vinyl film shall be "Scotchcal" brand as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company (3M), or as approved. a. Thickness shall be 0.003 inch minimum and 0.006 inch maximum, or as specified. b. The pigmented material shall be sufficiently opaque when applied to completely hide a contrasting black printed legend on a white surface. c. Properly processed and applied material shall withstand 5 years vertical, south facing, unprotected, exterior exposure at the work site with no appreciable deterioration such as cracking, checking, blistering, delamination, or loss of adhesion. The material will show no appreciable discoloration after cleaning. d. If material will come into contact with gasoline, provide "Scotchcal" brand Gasoline Resistant Clear Coat 3980. Apply to material according to manufacturer's directions to complete installation.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 9 of 17 2.

3. 4. 5. 6.

7.

8.

2.3

Reflective vinyl film shall be "Scotchlite" brand "flat-top" wide angle reflective sheeting No. 3270 silver-sheet, or color specified, engineer grade as manufactured by Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company (3M), or as approved. a. Thickness shall be 0.0065 inch minimum and 0.0075 inch maximum, or as specified. b. The material shall be sufficiently flexible to show no cracking when bent around a 3/4 inch mandrel at 72 degrees Fahrenheit and 50 percent R.H. c. Properly processed and applied material shall withstand accelerated weathering for 2 years, south facing, unprotected at 45 degree in South Florida. The material shall remain weather resistant and following cleaning, shall show no appreciable discoloration, cracking, crazing, blistering, or dimensional change and not less than 80 percent of the specified wet and dry minimum brightness values when exposed to above conditions. d. If material will come into contact with gasoline, provide "Scotchcal" brand Clear Coat 3920 applied to material according to manufacturer's directions. Shrinkage shall not exceed 1/64 inch (0.4mm) in any direction. Screen inks shall be "Scotchcal" brand opaque screen printing inks Series 3900, or as approved. Press ink shall be "Scotchcal" brand letterpress inks Series 850, or as approved. For durability of screen and press inks on vinyl film in exterior application a clear coat shall be added. This clear coat shall be "Scotchcal" brand Clear Coat No. 3920 glass or "Scotchcal" brand gasoline resistant clear coat No. 3980 where emblems or legend are subject to contact with gasoline. Vinyl legends shall be steel rule or die-cut in such a manner that edges and corners are true, clear and photographically precise. Legends with rounded positive or negative corners, cut or ragged edges or edge build-up will not be accepted. Letterforms supplied that are specified to be installed by the Owner shall be pre-spaced on a carrier sheet with a cover sheet. The carrier sheet shall be capable of being removed intact by stripping without the use of water or other solvents at the time of use.

ACCESSORIES A.

Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work.

B.

Anchoring Materials: 1. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 10 of 17 C.

Water-Resistant Product: At exterior locations, provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, use concealed fasteners fabricated from metals that are non-corrosive to either the sign material or mounting surface. All bolts, washers and nuts shall be stainless steel of T-316 alloy.

D.

Exposed Metal Fasteners: Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated.

2.4

FABRICATION A.

General: Shop fabrication and tolerances shall conform to the standards of the industry. All items shall be shop fabricated so far as practicable: 1. Signs shall have smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles. 2. Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water penetration. Accurately machine, file, fit and rigidly frame together sign joints, corners, miters, etc., at joint and contact points. 3. Attach materials with sufficient strength, number and spacing not to fail until materials joined are broken or permanently deformed. 4. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation, in location not exposed to view after final assembly. 5. Fabricate all work to be truly straight, plumb, level and square and to sizes, shapes and profiles indicated on the approved shop drawings. 6. Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, locate fasteners where they will be inconspicuous. 7. Edges and corners of finished letterforms and graphics true and clean. 8. Protect dissimilar metals from galvanic corrosion by pressure tapes, coating, or isolators as acceptable to Architect-Engineer.

B.

Workmanship: Form materials to shapes with straight lines, sharp angles and smooth curves, and hairline joints. Close forming, cutting and joining will be necessary. 1. Secure members, components and elements by mechanical fasteners of proper size and spacing as detailed, or otherwise required to rigidly hold members in place without distortion or deflection. 2. Perform welding of the correct type to prevent distortions of flat surfaces and insure a sufficiently strong and safe installation. Isolate any dissimilar metals. 3. Provide finished signs with properly aligned clean cut and sharp messages and borders. Fabricated signs must be free of wrinkles, bubbles, foreign matter, scratches, free of patches, or other visually identifiable defects. Ensure that finished background panels are essentially a plane surface.

C.

Text and Graphics: All text and graphics must be reproduced accurately and free from distortion. Round positive or negative corners, nicked or ragged edges are not acceptable.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 11 of 17 1. 2. 3. 4.

Arrows and symbols shall be reproduced exactly by photographic process and be submitted for approval prior to fabrication. All letterforms shall be of the computer generated type, free of any distortion. Hand cut letterforms are subject to rejection. The Contractor is responsible for submitting and receiving approvals for any message layouts which must be altered from specifications because of size constraints. The Contractor is reminded that all reproductions of the JHS logo elements are subject to strict guidelines.

D.

Application of Retroreflective Sheeting: Apply retroreflective sheeting to the base panels with mechanical equipment in a manner specified for the manufacture of traffic control signs by the sheeting manufacturer. 1. For sheeting that has been identified as rotationally sensitive, apply white sheeting for cut-out legends, symbols, borders and route marker attachments within the parent sign face at the optimum rotation angle according to the identification markings. Apply all background sheeting at a uniform rotational angle. 2. The retroreflective sheeting for each sign will be from the same roll or lot number. 3. Apply consecutively alternate successive width sections of either sheeting or panels to ensure that corresponding edges of sheeting lie adjacent on the finished sign. If the sign cannot be constructed from retroreflective sheeting from the same roll or lot number, the fabricator may color match from a different lot; the color between the rolls cannot exceed three ΔE’s using test method ASTM D 2244. The Engineer will not accept nonconformance that may result in non-uniform shading and an undesirable contrast between adjacent widths of applied sheeting or non-optimum retroreflectivity in the finished sign and installation. 4. Sheeting is to be trimmed at 45 degree angle from the edge of each panel. 5. Finish signs by sealing sheeting splices and sign edges according to sign manufacturer recommendations

E.

Support Steel: 1. Fabrication shall comply with requirements of the AISC specifications, unless otherwise specified. 2. Provide all connections necessary for complete erection. Unless otherwise indicated, shop connections shall be welded. 3. Welding shall be in accordance with the approved welding procedures and AWS Structural Welding Code. 4. Furnish loose leveling plates for column erection. 5. Furnish anchor bolts as indicated to be embedded in concrete, including nuts, lock washers and washers. Detail anchor bolts such that the projection above the nut after column is in place is equal to the diameter of the anchor bolt. 6. Notify Contractors for other trades so that holes in structural steel can be provided for attachment of their work where required. Provide necessary holes if information is received prior to fabrication. 7. Unless otherwise shown, holes for attachment of wood blocking shall be 1/2 inch diameter at 34 inch spacing.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 12 of 17

F.

2.5

Painting: 1. In general, paint application shall be by airless spray. All applications must meet approval of the Owner’s Representative and Architect. 2. Apply paint only when the relative humidity is below 85 percent and ambient temperature is above 55 degrees Fahrenheit. 3. Paint shall not be applied until the preceding coat has dried. 4. Clean and prepare surfaces according to the manufacturer's printed instructions. 5. Primer all surfaces according to the paint manufactures specifications. 6. Ferrous Metals: a. Prepare surface by removing loose mill scale, rust, accessible slag or flux deposit, dirt or any foreign matter by power brushing. Remove oil and grease deposits by solvent. b. After cleaning, give surface 1 shop coat of prime paint. Apply thoroughly and evenly to a dry surface. Surfaces inaccessible after assembly or erection shall be given an additional shop coat of a different color then the first coat. Each coat shall have a minimum dry film thickness of 2.5 mils. 7. Aluminum shall be pre-treated as recommended by the paint manufacturer, including: a. Degreasing process and rinse. b. Chemical etching process and rinse. c. Deoxidizing process and rinse. d. Chromate process ASTM B499, rinse and dry. e. Prime surfaces with manufacturer's recommended primer. f. Apply paint at the rate of 2.5 mils per coat by air or airless spray, brush or roller. Coating shall be even and free from any marks or streaks. 8. Before application of the finish paint, touch up all chipped or abraded areas within boundaries of graphic painting. Touch up paint shall be of same formulation and color as original paint. 9. Coatings applied by the approved method shall be thinned only to provide the required workability. Apply coats uniformly, free from runs and brush marks or streaking. 10. Comply with coating MAP's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying. 11. Welded Connections: Comply with AWS standards for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of exposed side. Clean exposed welded surfaces of welding flux and dress exposed and contact surfaces. GENERAL FINISHES

A.

Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

B.

Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 13 of 17 C.

Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

D.

Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed metal surfaces which will be in direct contact with concrete, masonry, wood or dissimilar metals, in exterior work, and work to be built into exterior and below grade walls and decks, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. Do not extend coating onto exposed surfaces.

2.6

ACRYLIC SHEET FINISHES A.

2.7

Colored Coatings for Acrylic Sheet: For copy and background and frame colors, provide colored coatings, including inks, dyes, and paints, that are recommended by acrylic manufacturers for optimum adherence to acrylic surface and that are UV and water resistant for five years for application intended. ALUMINUM FINISHES

A.

Clear Anodic Finish: Manufacturer's standard Class 1 clear anodic coating, 0.018 mm or thicker, over a [satin (directionally textured)] [polished (buffed)] [nonspecular as fabricated] mechanical finish, complying with AAMA 611.

B.

Color Anodic Finish: Manufacturer's standard Class 1 integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color anodic coating, 0.018 mm or thicker, in [light bronze] [medium bronze] [dark bronze] [gold] [black] applied over a [satin (directionally textured)] [polished (buffed)] [nonspecular as fabricated] mechanical finish, complying with AAMA 611.

C.

Urethane Paint (On Aluminum): Paint shall be Matthews Acrylic Polyurethane (MAP), an ultraviolet inhibited aliphatic isocyanate/acrylic system, applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

D.

Powder-Coat Finishes: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish.

E.

Aluminum Finishing: Aluminum finishes shall be acrylic polyurethane two-part catalyzed coating system. All coating applications shall be prepared and spray applied in the factory by skilled mechanics. All surfaces shall be mechanically sanded removing all grain lines, striations, and surface blemishes, cleaned with non-abrasive scouring pads, rinsed, and air-dried prior to receiving coatings.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 14 of 17 1.

2. 2.8

Coatings shall be prepared as designated by manufacturer’s latest literature for surface preparation and application but in no case less than one (1) applicable primer coat and two (2) final full coats. All finished surfaces shall be uniform. Colors shall match color designations as indicated on the drawings.

STEEL FINISHES A.

Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning," or SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling."

B.

Factory Priming for Painted Finish: Apply shop primer specified below immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromatefree, universal primer, selected for resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with substrate and field-applied finish paint system indicated, and for capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.

B.

Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Verify that concealed elements for support and anchorage are correctly located.

D.

Verify that anchor inserts are correctly sized and located to accommodate signs.

E.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

REMOVAL OF EXISTING SIGNS A.

The Contractor shall be responsible for removal of existing signs as required for installation of new signs. Note: all sign removal to be coordinated with Architect and Owner’s Representative to coordinate with project construction phasing. 1. Repair any visible damage to wall surfaces not covered by the replacement signs. 2. Reuse of existing anchors or supports shall be the sole liability of the Contractor. Provide new anchors and supports as required.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 15 of 17 3.

3.3

Disposal of Existing Signs: The Contractor shall dispose of all existing signs. All costs for signage removal and disposal shall be included in the Contractor’s bid price.

INSTALLATION A.

General: Field verify existing conditions prior to beginning installation activities. Notify the Project Team immediately to resolve potential conflicts or non-typical conditions. 1. Coordinate installation with Owner to comply with any applicable requirement for work scheduling and procedures, including project construction phasing. 2. Provide protective covering or crating as recommended by the manufacturer to protect sign components and surfaces against damage during transportation and delivery. 3. Handle signs carefully to prevent breakage, surface abrasion, denting, soiling, and other defects. Inspect sign components for damage upon delivery. Do not install damaged sign components. Repair minor damage to signs, provided the finished repair is equal in all respects to the original work and is acceptable to the Architect/Owner; otherwise remove and replace damaged sign components. Sign Contractor to bear all repair costs. 4. Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Layout and install the work sign units level, plumb and at height and margins indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects of appearance. 6. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. 7. The installation of fixed material shall be under the general direction of the Architect in accordance with applicable specifications and layout drawings.

B.

Preparation: Verify that substrates to receive signs are clean, free of deleterious substances that would detract from the neat appearance of high quality sign work, or that would interfere with the durable installation of sign work. Confirm that substrate finishes have been completed and cured sufficiently to receive sign materials.

C.

Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit installation of signs in exterior locations. All site work to be performed per manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements.

D.

Anchors and Inserts: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry for installation of this work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices. Provide toothed steel or lead shield expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors and inserts for exterior installation. Provide units with exposed surfaces matching the texture and finish of metal item anchored.

E.

Erection: All surfaces shall be covered with protective cover non-deleterious to finish for protection until final installation or erection. Complete all connections in proper alignment and tighten bolts securely. Leveling is to be done only by instruments; measuring equal distances from existing building surfaces will not be acceptable as a basis of level and/or plumb. After

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 16 of 17 erection, all surfaces marred during erection and exposed bolts, bolt heads, etc., shall be retouched with the same paint used previously. F.

Wall-Mounted Signs: Comply with sign manufacturer's written instructions except where more stringent requirements apply. 1. Standard Installation: Utilize two-faced adhesive tape and clear silicone adhesive to install wall mounted signs unless their size or weigh requires the use of mechanical fasteners. Do not use this method for vinyl-covered or rough surfaces. 2. Shim Plate Mounting: If required, provide concealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other mounting methods are not practicable. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate. Attach panel signs to plate using method specified above. 3. Mechanical Fasteners: Use non-removable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer.

G.

Ground-Mounted Signs: Provide ground mount pylon signs and post and panel signs with integral base consisting of structural channels, angles, plates, or other fittings of sizes recommended by manufacturer. Provide pre-drill slotted holes in members as required for anchor bolt connection.

H.

Bracket-Mounted Signs: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets, fittings, and hardware for mounting signs that project at right angles from walls and ceilings. Attach brackets and fittings securely to walls and ceilings with concealed fasteners and anchoring devices to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

I.

Dimensional Characters: Mount characters using standard fastening methods to comply with manufacturer's written instructions for character form, type of mounting, wall construction, and condition of exposure indicated. Provide heavy paper template to establish character spacing and to locate holes for fasteners. Characters shall be shaded as a solid for easy legibility of Project Team approval prior to installation. 1. Flush Mounting: Mount characters with backs in contact with wall surface. 2. Projected Mounting: Mount characters at projection distance from wall surface as indicated on the drawings.

J.

Special Instructions: Halt all work when notified of a proposed change, or if unsatisfactory results are anticipated. Notify the Project Team immediately and proceed only after receiving additional instructions from the Owner, Architect or Graphic Designer. Do not proceed with installation of sign work until unacceptable conditions have been corrected and substrates are ready to receive sign work. 1. Building Penetrations: Coordinate placement of anchorage devices with templates for installing signs. Seal all building penetrations as required by the Owner, Architect or Graphic Designer.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

SIGNAGE Section 10 1400 – Page 17 of 17 3.4

CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.

After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner.

END OF SECTION ©2017 Gresham, Smith and Partners. All rights reserved. Use subject to any written agreement with Gresham, Smith and Partners.

PREPARED BY:

PP

CHECKED BY:

TR, MW

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 26 - Electrical

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 1 of 19

PART 1 1.01

GENERAL

GENERAL

A.

Basic Requirements: The Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

B.

General Provisions: Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make ready for use complete electrical systems as specified herein and shown on the drawings.

C.

Provide and Install: The word "provide" where used on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall mean "furnish, install, mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation". The word "install" where used on the Drawings or in the Specifications shall mean "mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation". Perform work required by, and in accordance with, the Contract Documents.

D.

Installation: Provide and place in satisfactory condition, ready for proper operation, raceways, wires, cables, and other material needed for all complete electrical systems required by the Contract Documents. Additional raceways and wiring shall be provided to complete the installation of the specific equipment provided. Include auxiliaries and accessories for complete and properly operating systems. Provide electrical systems and accessories to comply with the NEC, state and local codes and ordinances. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical systems be suitable in every way for the use intended. Material and work which is incidental to the work of this Contract shall be provided at no additional cost to the Contract.

E.

Field Connections: Provide field connections to remote equipment and control panels provided under other Divisions of these Specifications. Provide raceway, wire, and interconnections between equipment, transmitters, local indicators, and receivers. Provide 120V and low voltage surge protection equipment in accordance with Section 264313 at equipment as required. Install field connections to "packaged" equipment provided under other Divisions of these Specifications.

1.02

SCOPE OF WORK

A.

General: Provide labor, materials, permits, inspections and re-inspection fees, tools, equipment, transportation, insurance, temporary protection, temporary power and lighting, supervision and incidental items essential for proper installation and operation of the Electrical systems indicated in the Contract Documents. Provide materials not specifically mentioned or indicated but which are usually provided or are essential for proper installation and operation of the Electrical systems indicated in the contract documents.

B.

Notices: Give notices, file Plans, pay fees, and obtain permits and approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Include all fees in the Bid Price.

1.03

INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 2 of 19

A.

General: The Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact locations of Raceway runs, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. The locations of equipment, appliances, fixtures, Raceways, outlets, boxes and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined and coordinated in the field. The right is reserved to change, without additional cost, the location of any outlet within the same room or general area before it is permanently installed. Obtain all information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Architect.

B.

Discrepancies: Notify the Architect of any discrepancies found during construction of the project. The Architect will provide written instructions as to how to proceed with that portion of work. If a conflict exists between the Contract Documents and an applicable code or standard, the most stringent requirement shall apply.

C.

Wiring: Each three-phase circuit shall be run in a separate Raceway unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise accepted by the Architect, Raceway shall not be installed exposed. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings, supports, and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation.

D.

Layout: Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Connections to equipment shall be made as required, and in accordance with the accepted shop and manufacturer's setting drawings.

E.

Coordination: Coordinate final equipment locations with drawings or other disciplines. Layout before installation so that all trades may install equipment in available space. Provide coordination as required for installation in a neat and workmanlike manner.

1.04

EQUIPMENT SIZE AND HANDLING

A.

Coordination: Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, ship the equipment in sections of specific sizes to permit the passing through the necessary areas within the structure.

B.

Handling: Equipment shall be kept upright at all times. When equipment has to be tilted for ease of passage through restricted areas during transportation, the manufacturer shall be required to brace the equipment suitably, to insure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment.

1.05 A.

RECORD DRAWINGS Production: The Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of black or blue line on white drawings to maintain and submit record "As-Built Documents". Label each sheet of the Record Document set with “Project Record Documents” with company name of the installing contractor in stamped or printed letters. One set shall be maintained at the site and at all times be accurate, clear, and complete. These drawings shall be available at all times to the Architect's field representatives.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 3 of 19

B.

Recording: Record information concurrent with construction progress. Make entries within 24 hours upon receipt of information. The "As-Built" drawings shall accurately reflect installed electrical work specified or shown on the Contract Documents.

C.

Completion: At the completion of the Work, transfer changes with a colored pencil onto the second set and submit to the Architect. The "As-Built" drawings shall be made available to the Architect to make the substantial completion punch list.

D.

Final: Upon Contractor’s completion of the Engineer’s final punch list, transfer all “As-Built” conditions and all requirements by the Engineer to a reproducible set of drawings and CAD files. Submit drawings and CAD disks for review and acceptance. The Contractor shall provide updated disks which include final As-Built conditions.

1.06 A.

ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviations: The following abbreviations or initials may be used: A/C AC ABV CLG ADA AF AFF AFG AHU AIC AL AMP ANSI ASA AT ATS AUX AWG BC BIL BMS BRKR or BKR CAB C CB CBM CCTV CKT CLEC CLG

Air Conditioning Alternating Current Above Ceiling Americans with Disabilities Act Ampere Frame Above Finished Floor Above Finished Grade Air Handler Unit Amps Interrupting Capacity Aluminum Ampere American National Standards Institute American Standards Association Ampere Trip Automatic Transfer Switch Auxiliary American Wire Gauge Bare Copper Basic Impulse Level Building Management System Breaker Cabinet Conduit or Raceway Circuit Breaker Certified Ballast Manufacturers Closed Circuit Television Circuit Clock Equipment Cabinet Ceiling

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 4 of 19

CO COAX COND CONN CPU CRT CT CU CW DC DDC DEG DISC DO DN DPST EMT EO EOL EWC FAAP FACP FCU FLA FM GF GFCI GND HOA HORIZ HP IC ICU IEEE IES IMC IN IT IPCEA JB KCMIL KV KVA KW LBS LED

Conduit or Raceway Only Coaxial Cable Conductor Connection Central Processing Unit Cathode Ray Terminal (Video display terminal) Current Transformer Copper Cold Water Direct Current Direct Digital Control Degree Disconnect Draw Out Down Double Pole Single Throw Electrical Metallic Tubing Electrically Operated End of Line Resistor Electric Water Cooler Fire Alarm Annunciator Panel Fire Alarm Control Panel Fan Coil Unit Full Load Amperes Factory Mutual Ground Fault Ground Fault Circuits Interrupter Ground Hand-Off-Automatic Horizontal Horsepower Intercom Intensive Care Unit Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Illuminating Engineering Society Intermediate Metallic Raceway Inches Instantaneous Trip Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association Junction Box Thousand Circular Mills Kilovolt Kilo-Volt-Amps Kilowatts Pounds Light Emitting Diode

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 5 of 19

LT LTD LTT LTG MAX MCB MCC MCP MIC MIN MLO MTD MTG MUX MVA N NC NEC NECA NEMA NFPA NIC NF NL NO # 0/ OL OSHA P PB PIV PNL PR PWR PF PRI PT PVC REF RGC or GRC RMS RPM RECPT SCA SD

Light Long Time Delay Long Time Trip Lighting Maximum Main Circuit Breaker Motor Control Center Motor Circuit Protector Microphone Minimum Main Lugs Only Mounted Mounting Multiplex (Transponder) Panel Mega Volt Amps Neutral Normally Closed National Electrical Code National Electrical Contractors Association National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association Not in Contract Non Fused Non Linear Number or Normally Open Number Phase Overload Occupational Safety and Health Administration Pole Pullbox Post Indicator Valve Panel Pair Power Power Factor Primary Potential Transformer Polyvinylchloride Refrigerator Rigid Galvanized Raceway Root-Mean-Square Revolutions Per Minute Receptacle Short Circuit Amps Smoke Detector

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 6 of 19

SEC S/N SPKR SPST SST ST STD SW SWGR SWBD TEL TTB TTC TVEC TYP UL UON V VFD VSD W WP XFMR 1.07

Secondary Solid Neutral Speaker Single Pole Single Throw Solid State Trip Short Time Trip Short Time Delay Switch Switchgear Switchboard Telephone Telephone Terminal Board Telephone Terminal Cabinet Television Equipment Cabinet Typical Underwriters Laboratories Unless Otherwise Noted Volt Variable Frequency Drive Variable Speed Drive Wire Weatherproof Transformer

CODES, FEES, AND STANDARDS

A.

Application: The codes, standards and practices listed herein generally apply to the entire project and specification sections. Other codes, standards or practices that are more specific will be referenced within a particular specification.

B.

Requirements: All materials and types of construction covered in the specifications will be required to meet or exceed applicable standards of manufacturer, testing, performance, and installation according to the requirements of UL, ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and NEC referenced documents where indicated and the manufacturer's recommended practices. Requirements indicated on the contract documents that exceed but are not contrary to governing codes shall be followed.

C.

Compliance and Certification: The installation shall comply with the governing state and local codes or ordinances. The completed electrical installation shall be inspected and certified by applicable agencies that it is in compliance with codes.

D.

Applicability: The codes and standards and practices listed herein, and their respective dates are furnished as the minimum latest requirements. 1. 2.

State of Florida. County.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 7 of 19

3.

City.

E.

Utility Company: Comply with latest utility company regulations.

F.

Building Code: Florida Building Code 2014.

G.

Labels: Materials and equipment shall be new and free of defects, and shall be U.L. listed, bear the U.L. label or be labeled or listed with an approved, nationally recognized Electrical Testing Agency. Where no labeling or listing service is available or desired for certain types of equipment, test data shall be submitted to validate that equipment meets or exceeds available standards.

H.

NFPA: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards NFPA-1 NFPA-70 NFPA-72 NFPA-75 NFPA-90A

1.08

Uniform Fire Code™ (2011) National Electrical Code National Fire Alarm Code Standard for the Protection of Information Technology Equipment Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning And Ventilating Systems

INVESTIGATION OF SITE

A.

General: Before commencing work, verify existing conditions at the premises including, but not limited to, existing structural frame, existing openings; existing wall and partition locations, existing mechanical and electrical work, equipment type, and examine adjoining work on which work is in anyway dependent.

B.

Responsibility: No waiver of responsibility for defective and inadequate work or additional cost as a result of existing conditions which should have been verified shall be considered unless notice of same has been filed by the Contractor and agreed to in writing by the Architect before the bid date.

C.

Site Renovation: Verify and coordinate existing site raceways and pipes at any excavation on site. Provide hand-digging and required rerouting in areas of existing Raceways and pipes within bid price.

D.

Renovation: Investigate site thoroughly and reroute raceway and wiring in area of new construction in order to maintain continuity of existing circuitry. Existing Raceways shown on plans show approximate locations only.

E.

Special Considerations: Special attention is called to the fact that there will be piping, fixtures or other items in the existing building which must be removed or relocated in order to perform the alteration work. Include removal and relocation required for completion of the alterations and the new construction. All existing wiring that is to remain in renovated areas shall be made code compliant.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 8 of 19

F.

1.09 A.

1.10

Power Outage: Special attention is called to the fact that work involved is in connection with existing buildings which shall remain in operation while work is being performed. Work must be done in accordance with the priority schedule. Schedule work for a minimum outage to Owner. Request written permission and receive written acceptance from the Owner no later than 72 hours in advance of power and communication shut-downs. Perform work required at other than standard working hours where outages cannot be accepted by Owner during regular working hours. Protect existing buildings and equipment during construction. SUPERVISION OF THE WORK Supervision: Provide one field superintendent who has had a minimum of four (4) years previous successful experience on projects of comparable sizes, type and complexity. The Superintendent shall be present at all times when work is being performed. At least one member of the Electrical Contracting Firm shall hold a State Master Certificate of Competency. COORDINATION

A.

General: Compare drawings and specifications with those of other trades and report any discrepancies between them to the Architect. Obtain from the Architect written instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. Work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, Trades shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Architect.

B.

Provide all required coordination and supervision where work connects to or is affected by work of others, and comply with all requirements affecting this Division. Work required under other divisions, specifications or drawings to be performed by this Division shall be coordinated with the Contractor and such work performed at no additional cost to Owner including but not limited to electrical work required for: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Door hardware Signage Landscape Architect drawings Millwork design drawings and shop drawings

C.

Obtain set of Contract Documents from Owner’s Authorized Representative or Contractor for all areas of work noted above and include all electrical work in bid whether included in Division 26 Contract Documents or not.

D.

Secure approved shop drawings from all required disciplines and verify final electrical characteristics before roughing power feeds to any equipment. When electrical data on approved shop drawings differs from that shown or called for in Construction Documents, make adjustments to the wiring, disconnects, and branch circuit protection to match that required for the equipment installed.

E.

Damage from interference caused by inadequate coordination shall be corrected at no additional cost to the Owner.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 9 of 19

F.

Adjustments: Locations of raceway and equipment shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact routing and location of systems prior to fabrication or installation.

G.

Priorities: Lines which pitch shall have the right of way over those which do not pitch. For example, plumbing drains shall normally have the right of way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right of way over lines whose elevations can be changed.

H.

Modifications: Offsets and changes of direction in raceway systems shall be made to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings. Provide elbows, boxes, etc., as required to allow offsets and changes to suit job conditions.

I.

Replacement: Work shall be installed in a way to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of other system components provided under this Contract requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. Raceway shall be arranged in a manner to clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as well as ceiling tiles.

J.

Layout: The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic only intending to show general runs and locations of raceway and equipment, and not necessarily showing required offsets, details and accessories and equipment to be connected. Work shall be accurately laid out with other Trades to avoid conflicts and to obtain a neat and workmanlike installation, which will afford maximum accessibility for operation, maintenance and headroom.

K.

Contract Conflicts: Where discrepancies exist in the Scope of Work as to what Trade provides items such as starters, disconnects, flow switches, etc. such conflicts shall be coordinated between the divisions involved. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that all work shall be provided complete as one bid price.

L.

Drawing Conflicts: Where drawing details, plans or specification requirements are in conflict and where sizes of the same item run are shown to be different within the contract documents, the most stringent requirement shall be included in the Contract. Systems and equipment called for in the specification or as shown on the drawings shall be provided as if it was required by both the drawings and specifications. Prior to ordering or installation of any portion of work, which appears to be in conflict, such work shall be brought to Architect's attention for direction as to what is to be provided.

M.

It is the responsibility of this Contractor to coordinate the exact required location of floor outlets, floor ducts, floor stub-ups, etc. with Owner’s Authorized Representative and Designer (and receive their approval) prior to rough-in. Locations indicated in Contract Documents are only approximate locations.

N.

The Contract Documents describe specific sizes of switches, breakers, fuses, Raceways, conductors, motor starters and other items of wiring equipment. These sizes are based on specific items of power consuming equipment (heaters, lights, motors for fans, compressors, pumps, etc.). Coordinate the requirements of each load with each load’s respective circuitry shown and with each load’s requirements as noted on its nameplate data and manufacturer’s published electrical criteria. Adjust circuit breaker, fuse, Raceway, and conductor sizes to meet the actual

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 10 of 19

requirements of the equipment being provided and installed and change from single point to multiple points of connection (or vice versa) to meet equipment requirements. Changes shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. O.

1.11

Working Clearances: Minimum working clearances about electrical equipment shall be as referenced in the applicable edition NEC Article 110, and shall include equipment installed in ceiling spaces. DEMOLITION

A.

General: Relocate existing equipment and reroute existing raceways in areas being renovated as required to facilitate the installation of the new systems. The Owner shall require continuous operation of the existing systems, while demolition, relocation work or new tie-ins are performed.

B.

Coordination: Prior to any deactivation, relocation or demolition work, arrange a conference with the Architect and the Owner's representative in the field to inspect each of the items to be deactivated, removed or relocated. Care shall be taken to protect equipment designated as being relocated and reused or equipment remaining in operation and integrated with the new systems.

C.

Provisions: Deactivation, relocation, and temporary tie-ins shall be provided by the Contractor. Demolition, removal and the legal disposal of demolished materials shall be provided by the Contractor.

D.

Owner’s Salvage: The Owner reserves the right to inspect the material scheduled for removal and salvage any items he deems usable as spare parts.

E.

Phasing: The Contractor shall perform work in phases as directed by the Architect to suit the project progress schedule, as well as the completion date of the project.

PART 2 2.01

PRODUCTS

MATERIALS

A.

Specified Method: Where several brand names, make or manufacturers are listed as acceptable each shall be regarded as equally acceptable, based on the design selection but each must meet all specification requirements. Where a manufacturer's model number is listed, this model shall set the standard of quality and performance required. Where no brand name is specified, the source and quality shall be subject to Engineer's review and acceptance. Where manufacturers are listed, one of the listed manufacturers shall be submitted for acceptance. No substitutions are permitted.

B.

Certification: When a product is specified to be in accordance with a trade association or government standard requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall provide a certificate that the product complies with the referenced standard. Upon request of Engineer, Contractor shall submit supporting test data to substantiate compliance.

C.

Basis of Bid: Each bidder represents that his bid is based upon the manufacturer's, materials, and equipment described in the Contract Documents.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 11 of 19

D.

Space Requirements: Equipment or optional equipment shall conform to established space requirements within the project. Equipment which does not meet space requirements, shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Contract. Modifications of related systems shall be made at no additional expense to the Contract. Submit modifications to the Architect/Engineer for acceptance.

E.

Samples: Samples are to be submitted for items requested within Specification Sections to determine that the item meets specifications and requirements before being accepted for use on Project. Samples shall be submitted within 30 days after the award of the contract. Each sample shall be tagged, labeled, or marked, "Sample of ..... for (Project). Accompany samples with copy, in duplicate of manufacturer's instructions regarding installation, and maintenance.

2.02

SHOP DRAWINGS

A.

General: Shop drawings shall be submitted for every item listed within the Submittals section each individual specification section. One copy shall be submitted to the engineer prior to ordering equipment. Refer to Basis of approval paragraph.

B.

Responsibility: It is the Contractors responsibility to provide material in accordance with the plans and specifications. Material not provided in accordance with the plans and specifications shall be removed and replaced at the Contractors expense.

C.

Official Record: The shop drawing submittal shall become the official record of the materials to be installed. If materials are installed which do not correspond to the record submittal they shall be removed from the project without any additional cost or delays in construction completion.

D.

Information: The shop drawing record submittal shall include the following information to the extent applicable to the particular item; 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number. Standards or specifications of ANSI, ASTM, ICEA, IEEE, ISA, NEMA, NFPA, OSHA, UL, or other organizations, including the type, size, or other designation. Dimensioned plan, sections, and elevations showing means for mounting, raceway connections, and grounding, and showing layout of components. Materials and finish specifications, including paints. List of components including manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. Internal wiring diagram indicating connections to components and the terminals for external connections. Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation, operation, and maintenance. Manufacturer's recommended list of spare parts.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 12 of 19

9.

Provide 1/2” = 1’-0” enlarged electrical room layout drawings for all electrical rooms. All equipment shall be indicated at actual size of equipment being provided. All dimensions and required working clearances shall be shown.

E.

Preparation: Prior to submittal, shop drawings shall be checked for accuracy and contract requirements. Shop drawings shall bear the date checked and shall be accompanied by a statement that the shop drawings have been examined for conformity to Specifications and Drawings. This statement shall also list discrepancies with the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned to Contractor unreviewed.

F.

Basis of Review: Approval is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Contractor is responsible for quantities, dimensions, fabrication processes, and construction techniques.

G.

Responsibility: The responsibility that dimensions are confirmed and correlated with proper coordination of other trades shall be included as part of the Contract Documents. The responsibility and the necessity of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings which may not be indicated on the shop drawings shall be included as part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for any delays in job progress occurring directly or indirectly from late submissions or re-submissions of shop drawings, product data, or samples.

H.

Ordering Equipment: No material shall be ordered or shop work started until the Engineer has officially received the shop drawings record submittal and has formally released the Contractor for submittal requirements.

I.

Brochure Requirements: Submit Technical Information Brochures at the start of construction or no later than 30 days after Award of the Contract. Each brochure shall consist of an adequately sized, hardcover, 3-ring binder for 8-1/2" X 11" sheets. Provide correct designation on outside cover and on end of brochure. When one binder is not enough to adequately catalog all data, an additional binder shall be submitted.

J.

Brochure Contents: First sheet in the brochure shall be a photocopy of the Electrical Index pages in these specifications. Second sheet shall be a list of Project Addresses for this project. Third sheet shall list Project Information. Provide reinforced separation sheets tabbed with the appropriate specification reference number and typed index for each section in the Electrical Schedule. Technical Information consisting of marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be inserted in the brochure in proper order on all items specified and shown on drawings. At the end of the brochure, provide and insert a copy of the specifications for this Division and all addenda applicable to this Division.

K.

Contractor's Review: Review the brochures before submitting to the Engineer. No request for payment shall be considered until the brochure has been reviewed, stamped and submitted for review.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 13 of 19

L.

Cost: Submit cost breakdown on work in the Technical Information Brochures. The cost of material and labor for each item shall be indicated. The cost of fittings and incidentals are not required.

M.

Title Drawings: Title drawings to include identification of project and names of ArchitectEngineer, Engineer, Contractors, and/or supplier, data, number sequentially and indicate in general; 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

9.

Fabrication and Erection dimensions. Arrangements and sectional views. Necessary details, including complete information for making connections with other work. Kinds of materials and finishes. Descriptive names of equipment. Modifications and options to standard equipment required by the contract. Leave blank area, size approximately 4 by 2-1/2 inches, near title block (for Engineer's stamp imprint). In order to facilitate review of shop drawings, they shall be noted, indicating by crossreference the contract drawings, notes, and specification paragraph numbers where items occur in the contract documents. See specific sections of specifications for further requirements.

N.

Technical Data: Submit technical data verifying that the item submitted complies with the requirements of the specifications. Technical data shall include manufacturer's name and model number, dimensions, weights, electrical characteristics, and clearances required. Indicate optional equipment and changes from the standard item as called for in the specifications. Provide drawings, or diagrams, dimensioned and in correct scale, covering equipment, showing arrangement of components and overall coordination.

O.

Same Manufacturer: In general, relays, contactors, starters, motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards, dry type transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, manual motor starter switches, etc., shall be supplied and manufactured by the same manufacturer. This requirement shall apply to same type of electrical components specified in other Divisions.

2.03

EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPORTS

A.

General: Each item of equipment or material shall be manufactured by a company regularly engaged in the manufacturer of the type and size of equipment, shall be suitable for the environment in which it is to be installed, shall be approved for its purpose, environment, and application, and shall bear the UL label.

B.

Installation Requirements: Each item of equipment or material shall be installed in accordance with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer, however, the methods shall not be less stringent than specified herein.

C.

Required Accessories: Provide all devices and materials, such as expansion bolts, foundation bolts, screws, channels, angles, and other attaching means, required to fasten enclosures,

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 14 of 19

raceways, and other electrical equipment and materials to be mounted on structures which are existing or new. D.

2.04 A.

2.05 A.

2.06 A.

2.07

Protection: Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately protected against mechanical injury or damage by the elements. Equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. If apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired at no additional cost or time extension to the Contract. If apparatus has been subject to possible injury, it shall be thoroughly cleaned, dried out and put through tests as directed by the Manufacturer and Engineer, or shall be replaced, if directed by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contract. IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT General: Electrical items shall be identified as specified in the Contract Documents. Such identification shall be in addition to the manufacturer's nameplates and shall serve to identify the item's function and the equipment or system, which it serves or controls. Refer to Identification Section of the specifications for additional information. CONCRETE PADS General: Provide reinforced concrete pads for floor mounted electrical equipment. Unless otherwise noted, pads shall be nominal four (4) inches high and shall exceed dimensions of equipment being set on them, including future sections, by six (6) inches on all sides, except when equipment is flush against a wall, then the side or sides against the wall shall be flush with the equipment. Chamfer top edges 1/2". Trowel surfaces smooth. Reinforce pads with #5 reinforcing bars at 24" centers each way, unless specifically detailed on drawings. SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT General: Surface mounted fixtures, outlets, cabinets, panels, etc. shall have a factory-applied finish or shall be painted as accepted by Engineer. Raceways and fittings, where allowed to be installed surface mounted, shall be painted to match the finish on which it was installed. Paint shall be in accordance with other applicable sections of these specifications. CUTTING AND PATCHING

A.

Core Drilling: The Contractor shall be responsible for core drilling as required for work under this section, but in no case shall the Contractor cut into or weld onto any structural element of the project without the written approval of the Architect.

B.

Cutting and Patching: Cutting, rough patching and finish patching shall be provided as specified in the contract documents. Cutting and patching shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Upon completion, the patched area shall match adjacent surfaces.

C.

Openings and Sleeves: Locate openings required for work performed under this section. Provide sleeves, guards or other accepted methods to allow passage of items installed under this section.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 15 of 19

D.

2.08

Roof Penetration: Provide roofer with pitch pans, fittings, etc., required for electrical items which penetrate the roof. Roof penetrations are to be waterproofed in such a manner that roofing guarantees are fully in force. Roof penetrations shall be coordinated with other Trades to ensure that roof warranty is not invalidated. SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS

A.

Sleeves: Provide sleeves for Raceways penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc. Locate necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. Watertight sleeves shall be line seal type WS. Fire rated partition sleeves shall be mild steel. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC or galvanized rigid steel unless specifically noted otherwise. Size shall be one standard diameter larger than pipe being installed or of a larger diameter to below 1/4" minimum clearance.

B.

Forms: Provide boxed out forms for Raceway penetrations only where allowed by the Architect. Fill opening after Raceway installation, with equivalent material.

2.09

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

A.

General: Thoroughly instruct the Owner’s Representative, to the complete satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer, in the proper operation of all systems and equipment provided. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, via the Architect, as to whom the instructions are to be given in the operation of the systems and the period of time in which they are to be given. The Architect shall be completely satisfied that the Owner’s Representative has been thoroughly and completely instructed in the proper operation of all systems and equipment before final payment is made. If the Architect determines that complete and thorough instructions have not been given by the Contractor to the Owner's Representative, then the Contractor shall be directed by the Architect to provide whatever instructions are necessary until the intent of this paragraph of the Specification has been complied with.

B.

Submittals: Submit to the Architect for approval five (5) typed sets, bound neatly in loose-leaf binders, of instructions for the installation, operation, care and maintenance of equipment and systems, including instructions for the ordering and stocking of spare parts for equipment installed under this contract. The lists shall include part number and suggested suppliers. Each set shall also include an itemized list of component parts that should be kept on hand and where such parts can be purchased.

C.

Information Requirements: Information shall indicate possible problems with equipment and suggested corrective action. The manuals shall be indexed for each type of equipment. Each section shall be clearly divided from the other sections. A sub index for each section shall also be provided.

D.

Instructions: The instructions shall contain information deemed necessary by the Architect and include but not limited to the following: 1.

Introduction: a. Explanation of Manual and its use. b. Summary description of the Electrical Systems.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 16 of 19

Purpose of systems. System: a. Detailed description of all systems. b. Illustrations, schematics, block diagrams, catalog cuts and other exhibits. Operations: a. Complete detailed, step by step, sequential description of all phases of operation for all portions of the systems, including start up, shutdown and balancing. Include posted instruction charts. Maintenance: a. Parts list and part numbers. b. Maintenance and replacement charts and the Manufacturer's recommendations for preventive maintenance. c. Trouble shooting charts for systems and components. d. Instructions for testing each type of part. e. Recommended list of on-hand spare parts. f. Complete calibration instructions for all parts and entire systems. g. General and miscellaneous maintenance notes. Manufacturer's Literature: a. Complete listing for all parts. b. Names, addresses and telephone numbers. c. Care and operation. d. All pertinent brochures, illustrations, drawings, cuts, bulletins, technical data, certified performance charts and other literature with the model actually furnished to be clearly and conspicuously identified. e. Internal wiring diagrams and Engineering data sheets for all items and/or equipment furnished under each Contract. f. Guarantee and warranty data. c.

2.

3.

4.

5.

2.10

TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER

A.

Lighting: Temporary light shall be based on one 200 watt lamp covering each 1,000 square foot of floor area in the building. Each room 100 square foot and over shall have a minimum of one 100-watt lamp with guards. Provide power for motors up to 3/4 horsepower only. Provisions are to be made for electric welders, if required.

B.

Outlets: Provide outlets located at convenient points so that extension cords of not over fifty (50) feet will reach work requiring artificial light or power.

C.

Other Connections: Contractors of other trades shall furnish their own cords and sockets, as may be required for their work and shall also pay for cost of temporary wiring of construction offices and shanties used by them.

D.

New Fixtures: Permanently installed lighting fixtures may be used for temporary lighting at the Contractor's option with the provision that cool white lamps for fluorescent, clear lamps for incandescent and marked temporary for other types shall be installed. At job completion, lamps shall be replaced with permanent lamps specified.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 17 of 19

E.

Wiring: Temporary electrical work shall be furnished and installed in conformity with the National Electrical Code and in accordance with the requirements of the local ordinances and shall be maintained in a workmanlike manner throughout their entire construction period and shall be removed after installation of the permanent electrical systems. Extension cords shall be GFCI protected or shall be fed from GFCI circuit breakers.

F.

Payment: The Owner will pay for the cost of energy consumed by all trades. Any temporary wiring of a special nature for light and power required other than mentioned above shall be paid for by the Contractor using same.

PART 3 3.01

EXECUTION

WORKMANSHIP

A.

General: The installation of materials and equipment shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike and timely manner by an adequate number of craftsmen knowledgeable of the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be skilled in the methods and craftsmanship needed to produce a quality level of workmanship. Personnel who install materials and equipment shall be qualified by training and experience to perform their assigned tasks.

B.

Acceptable Workmanship: Acceptable workmanship is characterized by first-quality appearance and function, conforming to applicable standards of building system construction, and exhibiting a high degree of quality and proficiency which is judged by the Architect as equivalent or better than that ordinarily produced by qualified industry tradesmen.

C.

Performance: Personnel shall not be used in the performance of the installation of material and equipment who, in the opinion of the Architect, are deemed to be careless or unqualified to perform the assigned tasks. Material and equipment installations not in compliance with the Contract Documents, or installed with substandard workmanship and not acceptable to the Architect, shall be removed and reinstalled by qualified craftsmen, at no change in the contract price.

3.02

PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP

A.

Protection and Restoration: Suitably protect equipment provided under this Division during construction. Restore damaged surfaces and items to "like new" condition before a request for substantial completion inspection.

B.

Handling: Materials shall be properly protected and Raceway openings shall be temporarily closed by the Contractor to prevent obstruction and damage. Post notice prohibiting the use of systems provided under this Contract, prior to completion of work and acceptance of systems by the Owner's representative. The Contractor shall take precautions to protect his materials from damage and theft.

C.

Safeguards: The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain proper safety guards for the prevention of accidents that might be caused by the workmanship, materials, equipment or systems provided under this contract.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 18 of 19

D.

3.03 A.

3.04 A.

3.05 A.

Cleanup: Keep the job site free from debris and rubbish. Remove debris and rubbish from the site and leave premises in clean condition on a daily basis. SYSTEMS GUARANTEE General: Provide a one-year guarantee. This guarantee shall be by the Contractor to the Owner for any defective workmanship or material, which has been provided under this Contract at no cost to the Owner for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion of the System. The guarantee shall include lamps, for ninety days after date of Substantial Completion of the System. Explain the provisions of guarantee to the Owner at the "Demonstration of Completed System". FINAL OBSERVATION General: Work shall be completed, and forms and other information shall be submitted for acceptance one week prior to the request for final observation of the installation. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS Comply with special requirements imposed at site by Owner. This may include badging of employees, prohibition of smoking, special working hours, or special working conditions.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 026 0010– Page 19 of 19

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETED DEMONSTRATION MEMO Note to Contractor: Do not submit this form at the time Technical Information Brochure is submitted. Submit five copies of information listed below for checking at least one week before scheduled completion of the building. After information has been accepted and inserted in each brochure, give the Owner a Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems and have the Owner sign five copies of this form. Provide one signed copy for each brochure. After this has been done, a written request for a final inspection of the System shall be made. Re: ___________________________________________________________________________ (Name of Project) ___________________________________________________________________________ (Division Number and Name) This memo is for the information of all concerned that the Owner has been given a Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems on the work covered under this Division. This conference consisted of the system operation, a tour on which all major items of equipment were pointed out, and the following items were given to the Owner; (a) Owner's copy of Technical Information Brochure containing approved submittal sheets on all items, including the following; (To be inserted in the Technical Information Brochure after the correct tab). (1) Maintenance Information published by manufacturer on equipment items. (2) Printed Warranties by manufacturers on equipment items. (3) Performance verification information as recorded by the Contractor. (4) Check-out Memo on equipment by manufacturer's representative. (5) Written operating instructions on any specialized items. (6) Explanation of the one-year guarantee on the system. (b) "As-Built" conditions as described in the record drawing specifications. (c) A demonstration of the System in Operation and of the maintenance procedures which shall be required. __________________________________________________________________________ (Name of General Contractor) By: __________________________________________________________________________ (Authorized Signature, Title & Date) __________________________________________________________________________ (Name of SubContractor) By: __________________________________________________________________________ (Authorized Signature, Title & Date) Brochure, Instruction, Prints, Demonstration & Instruction in Operation Received: ____________________________________________________________ (Name of Owner) By: ____________________________________________________________ (Authorized Signature, Title, Date) cc: Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor, Sub Contractor and General Contractor (List names as stated in cc: above)

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Section 26 0519 – Page 1 of 6

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1. 2.

1.3

Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.

DEFINITIONS A.

1.4

VFC: Variable frequency controller. ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. 1.5

Product Data: For each type of product. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Qualification Data: For testing agency.

B.

Field quality-control reports.

1.6

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1.

Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Section 26 0519 – Page 2 of 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. Alpha Wire. Belden Inc. Encore Wire Corporation. General Cable Technologies Corporation. Southwire Incorporated.

B.

Aluminum and Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658.

C.

Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THW-2 Type THHN-2-THWN-2 Type XHHW-2 and Type SO.

D.

Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for [armored cable, Type AC] [metal-clad cable, Type MC] [mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI] [nonmetallic-sheathed cable, Type NM] [Type SO] [and] [Type USE] with ground wire.

2.2

CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

B.

2.3

AFC Cable Systems, Inc. Gardner Bender. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. Ideal Industries, Inc. Ilsco; a branch of Bardes Corporation. NSi Industries LLC. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of the EGS Electrical Group. 3M; Electrical Markets Division. Tyco Electronics.

Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Section 26 0519 – Page 3 of 6 B.

Comply with NFPA 70.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A.

Feeders: Copper for feeders smaller than No. 4 AWG; copper or aluminum for feeders No. 4 AWG and larger. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

B.

Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 No. 10 AWG and larger, except VFC cable, which shall be extra flexible stranded.

3.2

CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A.

Service Entrance: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI.

B.

Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway Armored cable, Type AC Metal-clad cable, Type MC Mineralinsulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI.

C.

Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Armored cable, Type AC Metal-clad cable, Type MC Mineralinsulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI.

D.

Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway.

E.

Feeders in Cable Tray: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Type XHHW-2, single conductors larger than No. 1/0 AWG Armored cable, Type AC Metal-clad cable, Type MC Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI.

F.

Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Armored cable, Type AC Metal-clad cable, Type MC Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI.

G.

Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Armored cable, Type AC Metal-clad cable, Type MC Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI.

H.

Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Section 26 0519 – Page 4 of 6 I.

Branch Circuits in Cable Tray: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway Type XHHW-2, single conductors larger than No. 1/0 AWG Armored cable, Type AC Metalclad cable, Type MC Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable, Type MI.

J.

Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainlesssteel, wire-mesh, strain relief device at terminations to suit application.

3.3

INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A.

Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables.

C.

Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

D.

Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.

E.

Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.

F.

Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."

3.4

CONNECTIONS A.

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torquetightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.

B.

Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material[ and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors]. 1.

C. 3.5

Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors.

Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. IDENTIFICATION

A.

Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Section 26 0519 – Page 5 of 6 B.

3.6

Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. SLEEVE AND PENETRATIONS

A.

3.7

SLEEVE-SEAL

INSTALLATION

FOR

ELECTRICAL

Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 26 05 44 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." FIRESTOPPING

A.

3.8

Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping." FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

C.

Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1.

After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements. a.

2. 3.

Feeders, devices, life safety circuits.

Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct deficiencies determined during the scan. a. b.

Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Section 26 0519 – Page 6 of 6 c.

D.

Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. 2. 3.

E.

Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

Procedures used. Results that comply with requirements. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements.

Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SB

CHECKED BY:

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 1 of 11

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.

1.3

Underground distribution grounding.

GROUNDING ELECTRODES A.

General: Provide a grounding electrode system, as described in NEC 250, as specified herein and as indicated on plans.

B.

Ground Field / Ground Rods: The ground field shall consist of three 20 ft long vertically driven ground rods arranged in a triangular pattern spaced 20 feet apart. Additional ground rods shall be added as necessary to achieve the desired resistance.

C.

Building Steel: The building steel shall be utilized as a grounding electrode, provided the steel is in direct contact with the earth or is otherwise effectively grounded.

D.

Rebar: In concrete buildings, provide bond to rebar in concrete.

E.

Resistance: Grounding electrode resistance shall not exceed 10 ohms. Overall resistance of the entire grounding electrode system shall not exceed 5 ohms. Provide additional grounding electrodes as required to meet this value.

1.4

GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR A.

Grounding Electrode Conductor: A main grounding electrode conductor, bare copper, sized per NEC, shall be run in PVC conduit from main service equipment to the grounding electrodes. This conductor shall also be bonded to the following: 1.

Telecommunications service ground within 20’ of the electrical service

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 2 of 11 1.5

SEPARATELY DERIVED GROUNDING SYSTEMS A.

Description: Provide a separately derived grounding system where indicated herein and as required by the National Electrical Code. Bond neutral and ground busses together.

B.

Services: Provide a separately derived grounding system for all building electrical services.

1.6

BONDING AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A.

Description of System: In general, all electrical equipment (metallic conduit, motor frames, panelboards, etc.) shall be bonded together with a green insulated copper system grounding conductor in accordance with specific rules of Article 250 of the NEC Equipment grounding conductors through the raceway system shall be continuous from main switch ground bus to panel ground bar of each panelboard, and from panel grounding bar of each panelboard to branch circuit equipment and devices.

B.

Equipment Grounding Conductors: All raceways shall have an insulated copper system ground conductor run throughout the entire length of circuit installed within conduit in strict accordance with NEC. Grounding conductor shall be included in total conduit fill when determining conduit sizes, even though not included or shown on drawings.

C.

Redundant Grounding: In general all branch circuits shall be provided with a redundant grounding system through the use of grounding conductors and metallic conduit.

D.

Bonding: In addition to connections to grounding electrodes, the main service ground shall be bonded to the underground metal piping.

E.

Light Poles: All exterior light poles shall have their enclosures grounded directly to a separate driven ground at the light pole in addition to the building ground connection, via the circuit equipment ground conductor.

F.

Bushings: Provide insulated grounding bushings on all metallic feeder conduits terminated within panelboards, switchboards or enclosed overcurrent devices. Provide insulated grounding bushings on all branch circuit conduits where concentric knockouts are used.

G.

Connection to Other Systems: Provide all required grounding and bonding connections as specified herein and as required by the National Electrical Code.

1.7

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B.

Other Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in Part 3 "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following: 1.

Test wells.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 3 of 11 2. 3. 4.

Ground rods. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. Grounding for sensitive electronic equipment.

C.

Qualification Data: For testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor.

D.

Field quality-control test reports.

E.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include the following in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals: 1.

Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells ground rings grounding connections for separately derived systems based on NETA MTS NFPA 70B. a.

b. 1.8

Tests shall be to determine if ground resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if they do not. Include recommended testing intervals.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.

Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

CONDUCTORS A.

Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Bare Copper Conductors:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 4 of 11 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. C.

2.2

Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 15/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.

Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 4 2 inches (6.3 6 by 100 50 mm) in cross section, with 9/32-inch (7.14-mm) holes space 1-1/8 inches (28 mm) apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600V. Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000V. CONNECTORS

A.

Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.

B.

Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. 1.

Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.

C.

Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.

D.

Bus-bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression-type wire terminals, and long barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bar bus.

2.3

GROUNDING ELECTRODES A.

Ground Rods: Copper-clad; 3/4 inch by10 feet (19 mm by 3 m) in diameter.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

APPLICATIONS A.

Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 5 of 11 B.

Underground Grounding Conductors: Install barecopper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. 1. 2.

Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches (300 mm) above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation.

C.

Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow.

D.

Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. 2.

E.

Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.2

Install bus on insulated spacers 1 inch (25 mm), minimum, from wall 6 inches (150 mm) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, down to specified height above floor, and connect to horizontal bus.

Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.

GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A.

Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements.

B.

Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches (100 mm) will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinnedcopper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches (50 mm) above to 6 inches (150 mm) below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout.

C.

Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 6 of 11 D.

3.3

Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinnedcopper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches (150 mm) from the foundation. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A.

Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.

B.

Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Feeders and branch circuits. Lighting circuits. Receptacle circuits. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. Flexible raceway runs. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. Computer and Rack-Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from equipment-area power panels and power-distribution units.

C.

Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to ductmounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping.

D.

Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components.

E.

Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.

F.

Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.

G.

Signal and Communication Equipment: In addition to grounding and bonding required by NFPA 70, provide a separate grounding system complying with requirements in TIA/ATIS J-

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 7 of 11 STD-607-A. For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. 2. H.

3.4

Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-4 2-by-12-inch (6.3 6-by-100 50-by-300-mm) grounding bus. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.

Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. INSTALLATION

A.

Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

B.

Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1.

2.

C.

Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are specified in Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems," and shall be at least 12 inches (300 mm) deep, with cover. 1.

D.

Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service, unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor.

Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. 2. 3.

E.

Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor.

Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp.

Grounding and Bonding for Piping:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 8 of 11 1.

2. 3.

Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug-type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve.

F.

Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install tinned bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity.

G.

Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet (18 m) apart.

H.

Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each steel column, extending around the perimeter of building. 1.

I.

Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70, using a minimum of 20 feet (6 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG. 1. 2.

3.5

Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2/0 AWG for ground ring and for taps to building steel.

If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet (6 m) long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete.

LABELING A.

Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section “Identification for Electrical Systems” Article for instruction signs. The label or its text shall be green.

B.

Install labels at the telecommunications bonding conductor and grounding equalizer and at the grounding electrode conductor where exposed. 1.

Label Text: “If this connector or cable is loose or if it must be removed for any reason, notify the facility manager.”

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 9 of 11 3.6

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

B.

Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. 2.

3.

After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a.

b. 4.

Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.

Prepare dimensioned drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.

C.

Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

D.

Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

E.

Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 1 ohm(s). Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms.

Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.

END OF SECTION

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 10 of 11

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

GROUNDING AND BONDING Section 26 0526 – Page 11 of 11 EQUIPOTENTIAL GROUND TEST REPORT FACILITY NAME: PROJECT NAME:________________________________ DATE:

TESTED BY:________________

MAXIMUM TEST INTERVALS:

NAME:________________ COMPANY:_________________

TYPE METER USED AND EXTERNAL NETWORK IF USED:

NOTE: MAXIMUM READINGS PERMITTED - 20 MV NEW - CONSTRUCTION 0.1 OHM NEW - CONSTRUCTION Room No.

AREA TYPE Description

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT

IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT

NO. OF RECEPT S.

NO. OF RECEPT S.

NO. OF OTHE R

MAX. READING IN MILIVOLT S

MAX READIN G IN OHMS

REMARKS -

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0529 – Page 1 of 7

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2.

1.3

Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. Construction requirements for concrete bases.

DEFINITIONS A.

EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.

B.

IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.

C.

RMC: Rigid metal conduit.

1.4

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

B.

Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents.

C.

Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components.

D.

Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0529 – Page 2 of 7 1.5

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For the following: 1. 2.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. 2. 3. 4.

C. 1.6

Steel slotted support systems. Nonmetallic slotted support systems.

Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. Nonmetallic slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. Equipment supports.

Welding certificates. QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. 1.7

Comply with NFPA 70. COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A.

Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

Allied Tube & Conduit. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. ERICO International Corporation. GS Metals Corp. Thomas & Betts Corporation. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. Wesanco, Inc.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0529 – Page 3 of 7 2. 3. 4. 5. B.

Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA4. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria.

Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin channels and angles with 9/16-inch- diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least 1 surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. 2. 3. 4.

Allied Tube & Conduit. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited. Seasafe, Inc.

Fittings and Accessories: Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may be stainless steel. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria.

C.

Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101.

D.

Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.

E.

Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.

F.

Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates,

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0529 – Page 4 of 7 G.

Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1.

Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) 3) 4)

2.

Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2.2

Hilti Inc. ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. MKT Fastening, LLC. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit.

Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. Hilti Inc. ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. MKT Fastening, LLC.

Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.

FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A.

Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment.

B.

Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0529 – Page 5 of 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

APPLICATION A.

Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter.

B.

Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as scheduled in NECA 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings less than stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter.

C.

Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slottedsupport system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1.

D.

3.2

Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps.

Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 11/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A.

Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article.

B.

Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70.

C.

Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb.

D.

Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches thick or

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0529 – Page 6 of 7

6. 7. 8.

E.

3.3

greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. To Steel: Spring-tension clamps. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements.

Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS

A.

Comply with installation requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for sitefabricated metal supports.

B.

Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.

C.

Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

3.4

CONCRETE BASES A.

Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base.

B.

Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

C.

Anchor equipment to concrete base. 1.

2. 3. 3.5

Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.

PAINTING A.

Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0529 – Page 7 of 7 1.

Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.

B.

Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal.

C.

Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 1 of 12

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

1.3

Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 5. Surface raceways. 6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. DEFINITIONS

A.

EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.

B.

EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.

C.

FMC: Flexible metal conduit.

D.

GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.

E.

IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.

F.

LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.

G.

LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.

H.

RNC: Rigid non mtallic conduit.

1.4

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 2 of 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. Electri-Flex Company. 5. O-Z/Gedney 6. Picoma Industries 7. Republic Conduit. 8. Robroy Industries. 9. Southwire Company. 10. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 11. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 12. Wheatland Tube Company

B.

Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

C.

GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.

D.

IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242.

E.

EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797.

F.

FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel.

G.

LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360.

H.

Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. 2. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: Setscrew. 3. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints.

I.

Joint Compound for IMC or GRC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 3 of 12 2.2

NONMETALLIC CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 3. Arnco Corporation. 4. CANTEX Inc. 5. CertainTeed Corp. 6. Condux International, Inc. 7. Electri-Flex Company. 8. Kraloy. 9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Niedax-Kleinhuis USA, Inc. 11. RACO; a Hubbell company. 12. Thomas & Betts Corporation.

B.

Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

C.

RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated.

D.

LFNC: Comply with UL 1660.

E.

Fittings for RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.

F.

Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 514B.

G.

Solvent cements and adhesive primers shall have a VOC content of 510 and 550 g/L or less, respectively, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2.3

METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman 3. Mono-Systems, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.

B.

Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 Type 3R Type 4 unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2. NEMA 250 Type 3R or 4 aluminum.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 4 of 12 C.

Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system.

D.

Wireway Covers: Hinged type unless otherwise indicated.

E.

Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.

2.4

SURFACE RACEWAYS A.

Listing and Labeling: Surface raceways and tele-power poles shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B.

Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers complying with UL 5. [Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect] [Prime coated, ready for field painting]. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Mono-Systems, Inc. b. Panduit Corp. c. Wiremold / Legrand.

C.

Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two- or three-piece construction, complying with UL 5A, and manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. Product shall comply with UL 94 V-0 requirements for self-extinguishing characteristics. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hubbell Incorporated b. Mono-Systems, Inc. c. Panduit Corp. d. Wiremold / Legrand.

2.5

BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Adalet. 2. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse-Hinds. 3. EGS/Appleton Electric. 4. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 5. FSR Inc. 6. Hoffman 7. Hubbell Incorporated 8. Kraloy. 9. Milbank Manufacturing Co.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 5 of 12 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

Mono-Systems, Inc. O-Z/Gedney RACO; Hubbell. Robroy Industries. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures Thomas & Betts Corporation. Wiremold / Legrand.

B.

General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.

C.

Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A.

D.

Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover.

E.

Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C.

F.

Metal Floor Boxes: 1. Material: Cast metal. 2. Type: Fully adjustable. 3. Shape: Rectangular. 4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

G.

Nonmetallic Floor Boxes: Nonadjustable, rectangular. 1. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

H.

Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight.

I.

Paddle Fan Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of paddle fan weighing 70 lb. 1. Listing and Labeling: Paddle fan outlet boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

J.

Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.

K.

Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover.

L.

Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box.

Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773,

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 6 of 12 M.

Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep.

N.

Gangable boxes are allowed.

O.

Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic . 3. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel.

P.

Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1 galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

2.6

HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A.

General Requirements for Handholes and Boxes: 1. Boxes and handholes for use in underground systems shall be designed and identified as defined in NFPA 70, for intended location and application. 2. Boxes installed in wet areas shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B.

Polymer-Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer-Concrete Cover: Molded of sand and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel, fiberglass, or a combination of the two. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Armorcast Products Company. b. Carson Industries LLC. c. NewBasis. d. Oldcastle Precast, Inc. e. Quazite: Hubbell Power Systems, Inc f. Synertech Moulded Products 2. Standard: Comply with SCTE 77. 3. Configuration: Designed for flush burial with open bottom unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper-resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and handhole location. 5. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. 6. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC.". 7. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit-terminating fittings shall mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 7 of 12 8.

2.7

Handholes 12 Inches Wide by 24 Inches Long and Larger: Have inserts for cable racks and pulling-in irons installed before concrete is poured.

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES A.

Handhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. 1. Tests of materials shall be performed by an independent testing agency. 2. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by manufacturer. 3. Testing machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012 and traceable to NIST standards.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

RACEWAY APPLICATION A.

Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC IMC . 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: GRC IMC . 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC Type EPC-80-PVC, direct buried concrete encased. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R Type 4.

B.

Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed: EMT . 2. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT . 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 4. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC IMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations.

C.

Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.

D.

Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.

E.

Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth.

F.

Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings.

G.

Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 8 of 12 3.2

INSTALLATION A.

Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors.

B.

Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.

C.

Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.

D.

Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports.

E.

Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab.

F.

Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction.

G.

Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines.

H.

A. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached.

I.

Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum10-foot intervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 1 inch of concrete cover in all directions. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location. 5. Change from RNC to GRC or IMC before rising above floor.

J.

Stub-ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure.

K.

Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions.

L.

Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 9 of 12 M.

Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits.

N.

Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more.

O.

Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path.

P.

Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length.

Q.

Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use.

R.

Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch radius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods.

S.

Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70.

T.

Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.

U.

Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings.

V.

Expansion-Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 100 feet. 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 10 of 12 a.

3.

4. 5.

Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. c. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement.

W.

Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.

X.

Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated.

Y.

Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box.

Z.

Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel.

AA. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. BB.

Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose.

CC.

Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits.

DD. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. EE. 3.3

Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT

A.

Direct-Buried Conduit:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 11 of 12 1.

2. 3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

3.4

Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench bottom as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for pipe less than 6 inches in nominal diameter. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-up ducts throughout length of elbow. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the coupling. b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct-buried conduits but a minimum of 6 inches below grade. Align planks along centerline of conduit. Underground Warning Tape: Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."

INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES A.

Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances.

B.

Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth.

C.

Elevation: In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch above finished grade.

D.

Install handholes with bottom below frost line, below grade.

E.

Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in enclosure.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0533 – Page 12 of 12 F.

3.5

Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. SLEEVE AND PENETRATIONS

A.

3.6

SLEEVE-SEAL

INSTALLATION

FOR

ELECTRICAL

Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." FIRESTOPPING

A.

3.7

Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."

Comply with

PROTECTION A.

Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 1 of 11 GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

1.3

Identification for raceways. Identification of power and control cables. Identification for conductors. Underground-line warning tape. Warning labels and signs. Instruction signs. Equipment identification labels. Miscellaneous identification products.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.

B.

Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products.

C.

Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels.

1.4

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Comply with ANSI A13.1 and IEEE C2.

B.

Comply with NFPA 70.

C.

Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

D.

Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels.

E.

Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 2 of 11 1.5

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project.

B.

Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

C.

Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PRODUCTS 1.6

POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.

Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size.

B.

Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. 2.

C.

Black letters on an orange field Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type.

Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at More Than 600 V: 1. 2.

Black letters on an orange field. Legend: "DANGER CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING" with 3-inch- high letters on 20-inch centers.

D.

Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

E.

Snap-Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

F.

Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

G.

Tape and Stencil for Raceways Carrying Circuits More Than 600 V: 4 inch wide black stripes on 10 inch centers diagonally over orange background that extends full length of raceway or duct and is 12 inches wide. Stop stripes at legends.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 3 of 11 H.

Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener.

I.

Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable.

1.7

ARMORED AND METAL-CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.

Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.

B.

Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V and Less:

C.

Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at More Than 600 V:

D.

Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

E.

Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use.

1.8

POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.

Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size.

B.

Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

C.

Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.5 inch with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener.

D.

Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable.

E.

Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

F.

Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 4 of 11 1.9

CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.

Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide.

B.

Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

C.

Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

D.

Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

E.

Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.

F.

Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.001 inch 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable.

1.10 A.

1.11 A.

FLOOR MARKING TAPE 2-inch- wide, 5-mil pressure-sensitive vinyl tape, with black and white stripes and clear vinyl overlay. UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE Tape: 1. 2. 3.

B.

Color and Printing: 1. 2. 3.

C.

Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils.

Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE.

Tag: Type I:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 5 of 11 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.12

Pigmented polyolefin, bright-colored, continuous-printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct-burial service. Thickness: 4 mils. Weight: 18.5 lb/1000 sq. ft.. 3-Inch Tensile According to ASTM D 882: 30 lbf, and 2500 psi.

WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS

A.

Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

B.

Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Baked-Enamel Warning Signs:

D.

Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs:

E.

Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. 2. 3.

1.13 A.

Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." Arc Flash: Provide permanent warning labels on all electrical switchboards, switchgear, electrical panels, meter socket enclosures, and motor control centers, to warn personnel of potential electric arc flash hazards per NEC 110.16. The Equipment vendor shall determine the potential for arc flash hazard level in accordance with NFPA 70E and OSHA. Provide permanent label on service entrance equipment stating electrical engineers name, AFC calc value and date.

INSTRUCTION SIGNS Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. inches and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. 1. 2. 3.

Engraved legend with black letters on white face. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment.

B.

Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.

C.

Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 6 of 11 1.14

EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS

A.

Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.

B.

Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label.

C.

Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.

D.

Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch.

E.

Stenciled Legend: In nonfading, waterproof, black ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be 1 inch.

F.

Engraved Plastic Laminate Nameplates: 1.

Provide engraving phenolic plastic laminate, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with 1/16 inch thick lines with square standard pica lettering and wording as specified herein. a. b. c.

2. 3. 4. 5.

1.15 A.

black face with white core plies (letter color) for normal systems kelly green with white letters for equipment systems red with white letters for fire alarm

Punch for mechanical fastening, except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Material thickness shall be 1/16 inch. Titles shall be 1/2 inch high and all other lettering shall be 1/4 inch high. Provide beveled edge in order to eliminate sharp corners. Provide self-tapping stainless steel round head screws. Provide contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or shall not penetrate the substrate. Adhesive nameplate shall be permanently installed.

CABLE TIES General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F, According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. Color: Black except where used for color-coding.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 7 of 11 B.

UV-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. 2. 3. 4.

C.

Plenum-Rated Cable Ties: Self extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, self locking. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

1.16 A.

Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F, According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. Color: Black.

Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F, According to ASTM D 638: 7000 psi. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F. Color: Black.

MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior).

B.

Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. EXECUTION 1.17

INSTALLATION

A.

Verify identity of each item before installing identification products.

B.

Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

C.

Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.

D.

Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.

E.

Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate.

F.

System Identification Color-Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color-coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 8 of 11 G.

Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility.

H.

Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below: 1. 2.

Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated.

I.

Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall.

J.

Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application.

1.18 A.

IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE Concealed Raceways, Duct Banks, More Than 600 V, within Buildings: Tape and stencil 4inch- wide black stripes on 10-inch centers over orange background that extends full length of raceway or duct and is 12 inches wide. Stencil legend "DANGER CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING" with 3-inch- high black letters on 20-inch centers. Stop stripes at legends. Apply to the following finished surfaces: 1. 2. 3.

B.

Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in the building, or concealed above suspended ceilings.

System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. 1.

Use following colors for color bands and for color coding: System Color Equipment Branch Kelly Green Normal Power Royal Blue Miscellaneous Communications Brown Fire Alarm Red Telephone\Computer Black TV Light Pink Sound Grey

Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of all systems with with colors indicated in the wiring system legend. For all power circuits, indicate the panel & circuit number and system voltage on the box cover.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 9 of 11 C.

Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1.

Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service feeder and branch-circuit conductors. a. b.

Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG, if authorities having jurisdiction permit. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) 2) 3)

c.

Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: 1) 2) 3)

d.

Phase A: Black. Phase B: Red. Phase C: Blue.

Phase A: Brown. Phase B: Orange. Phase C: Yellow.

Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings.

D.

Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, More than 600 V: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use write-on tags nonmetallic plastic tag holder with adhesive-backed phase tags, and a separate tag with the circuit designation.

E.

Install instructional sign including the color-code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive-film-type labels.

F.

Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source.

G.

Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. 2. 3.

H.

Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual.

Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1.

Limit use of underground-line warning tape to direct-buried cables.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 10 of 11 2.

Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway.

I.

Workspace Indication: Install floor marking tape to show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall be as required by NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces.

J.

Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Selfadhesive warning labels. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Controls with external control power connections.

K.

Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation.

L.

Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1.

Labeling Instructions: a.

b. c. d.

2.

Indoor Equipment: Adhesive film label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- high letters on 1-1/2-inch- high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label Stenciled legend 4 inches high. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment, fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure.

Equipment to Be Labeled:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 0553 – Page 11 of 11 a.

b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t.

u.

Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be self-adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. Switchgear. Switchboards. Transformers: Label that includes tag designation shown on Drawings for the transformer, feeder, and panelboards or equipment supplied by the secondary. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. Motor-control centers. Enclosed switches. Enclosed circuit breakers. Enclosed controllers. Variable-speed controllers. Push-button stations. Contactors. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. Battery-inverter units. Battery racks. Monitoring and control equipment. UPS equipment. Light switch cover plate. Provide 3/16 inch engraved and "filled in" lettering indicating panelboard and circuit number "where fed from" for all switches. Fill red coverplates with white filler. Fill white coverplates with black filler. Receptacle coverplate: Provide 3/16 inch engraved and "filled in" lettering indicating panelboard and circuit number "where fed from" for all receptacles. Fill red coverplates with white filler. Fill white coverplates with black filler.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 1 of 10

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

B.

Related Requirements: 1.

1.3

Time switches. Photoelectric switches. Standalone daylight-harvesting switching controls. Indoor occupancy sensors. Outdoor motion sensors. Lighting contactors. Emergency shunt relays.

Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, wall-switch occupancy sensors, and manual light switches.

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show installation details for occupancy and light-level sensors. 1. 2.

1.4

Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.5

Field quality-control reports. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of lighting control device to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 2 of 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

TIME SWITCHES A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

B.

Cooper Industries, Inc. Intermatic, Inc. Invensys Controls. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. NSi Industries LLC; TORK Products. Tyco Electronics; ALR Brand. Lutron Electronics, Inc.

Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying with UL 917. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Contact Configuration: SPST. Contact Rating: 30-A inductive or resistive, 240-V ac 20-A ballast load, 120-/240-V ac. Basic Program: a.

5.

Digital Program: a.

6. 7. 8.

9. 10.

Eight on-off set points for all relays in controller on a 24-hour and astronomic schedule and an annual holiday schedule that overrides the weekly operation on holidays and a contact input for photocell operation.

Each relay is individually programmable via digital 24-hour and astronomic timeclock. 7 daily schedules, up to 500 events total for system and holiday schedules that override the weekly operation on selected dates. b. Contact input for signal from BMS or photocell programmable to any function c. After-hours mode of operation set to Flash-warn select relays at a programmable time, followed by shutting off all interior lighting at that select time unless a button press is made on the local controls overriding the after-hours mode. After a programmable time delay (up to 3 hours per IECC), system will flash-warn lights left on again until end of after-hours mode Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on-off function of a program on selected channels. Astronomic Time: All channels. Automatic daylight savings time changeover with administrator-level programmable adjustment as to the beginning and end of daylight savings time without need for firmware upgrades or new parts. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock. Integration: Provide integration as required:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 3 of 10 a. b. c. d. e. f. C. 2.2

BMS System via RS232 BMS System via Contact Closure Input BMS System via BACnet IP AV System via RS232 Theatrical dimming system via contact closure Theatrical dimming system via USITT DMX-512 input digitally controlling each relay

Electromechanical-Dial Time Switches: Comply with UL 917. OUTDOOR PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES

A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

B.

Description: Solid state, with SPST DPST dry contacts rated for 1800 VA, to operate connected load, complying with UL 773. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

2.3

Cooper Industries, Inc. Intermatic, Inc. NSi Industries LLC; TORK Products. Tyco Electronics; ALR Brand. Lutron Electronics, Inc. PLC Multipoint

Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 50fc to 500fc, with an adjustment for turn-on and turnoff levels within that range. Time Delay: Thirty-second minimum, to prevent false operation. Lightning Arrester: Air-gap type. Mounting: Twist lock complying with NEMA C136.10, with base.

INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Bryant Electric; a Hubbell company. Cooper Industries, Inc. Hubbell Building Automation, Inc. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. Lightolier Controls. Lithonia Lighting; Acuity Lighting Group, Inc. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. NSi Industries LLC; TORK Products. RAB Lighting.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 4 of 10 10. 11. 12. B.

Sensor Switch, Inc. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. Watt Stopper.

General Requirements for Sensors: Wall- or ceiling-mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy sensors with a separate power pack. Wireless sensors with minimum 10-year battery life. 1. 2.

3.

4.

5.

Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with UL 773A. Sensor is powered from the power pack. For wireless type sensors, RF signal transmitted to wall switches, dimmers, or relays operating the connected load. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Sensor has 24-V dc, 100-mA, Class 2 power source, as defined by NFPA 70. Mounting: a.

b. c. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

C.

Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box. Wireless sensors to be mounted directly to hard ceilings via drywall screws or metal tie for acoustic ceilings. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2-inch knockout in a standard electrical enclosure. Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged door or on rear of sensor.

Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal operation of sensor. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc; turn lights off when selected lighting level is present. Relay output: provide where required for signaling of HVAC controller or security system Vacancy only mode: Provide appropriate controls to ensure sensor will not turn lights on when someone enters room, but will turn lights off when they leave in areas designated as vacancy only or where required by law or local ordinance (ie. Califonia Title 24).

PIR Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area by their heat and movement. 1. 2. 3.

Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in.. Detection Coverage (Room): Detect occupancy anywhere in a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96-inch- high ceiling. Detection Coverage (Corridor): Detect occupancy within 90 feet when mounted on a 10foot- high ceiling.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 5 of 10 D.

Ultrasonic Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area through pattern changes of reflected ultrasonic energy. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

E.

Dual-Technology Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR and ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that control on-off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit. 1. 2.

3. F.

Detector Sensitivity: Detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s. Detection Coverage (Small Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 600 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96-inch- high ceiling. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96-inch- high ceiling. Detection Coverage (Large Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 2000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96-inch- high ceiling. Detection Coverage (Corridor): Detect occupancy anywhere within 90 feet when mounted on a 10-foot- high ceiling in a corridor not wider than 14 feet.

Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in., and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96-inch- high ceiling.

XCT Type: Ceiling or wall mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using enhanced PIR and digital signal processing using Cross Correlation Technology to sense human motion vs. noise. 1. 2. 3.

Sensitivity Adjustment: Adjust for each space type Vacancy and Daylight Mode: Set occupancy, vacancy, or occupancy with low ambient daylight Detection Coverage (enclosed rooms): a. b. c. d.

4.

96” ceiling – 18’ x 18’ room size or maximum of 324 sqf 108” ceiling – 20’ x 20’ room size or maximum of 400 sqf 120” ceiling – 22’ x 22’ room size or maximum of 484 sqf 144” ceiling – 26’ x 26’ room size or maximum of 676 sqf

Detection Coverage (corridors): a. b. c.

6’ wide corridor – 50 feet length 8’ wide corridor – 100 feet length 10’ wide corridor – 150 feet length

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 6 of 10 2.4

SWITCHBOX-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

B.

General Requirements for Sensors: Automatic-wall-switch occupancy sensor, suitable for mounting in a single gang switchbox. 1. 2. 3.

C.

2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8.

2.5

Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F. Switch Rating: Not less than 800-VA fluorescent at 120 V, 1200-VA fluorescent at 277 V, and 800-W incandescent.

Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS1: 1.

D.

Bryant Electric; a Hubbell company. Cooper Industries, Inc. Hubbell Building Automation, Inc. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. Lightolier Controls. Lithonia Lighting; Acuity Lighting Group, Inc. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. NSi Industries LLC; TORK Products. RAB Lighting. Sensor Switch, Inc. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. Watt Stopper.

Standard Range: 180-degree field of view, field adjustable from 180 to 40 degrees; with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft.,2100 sq. ft Sensing Technology: PIR, Dual technology - PIR and ultrasonic Switch Type: SP, field selectable automatic "on," or manual "on" automatic "off." Voltage: Match the circuit voltage type. Ambient-Light Override: Concealed, field-adjustable, light-level sensor from 10 to 150 fc. The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is higher than the set point of the sensor. Concealed, field-adjustable, "off" time-delay selector at up to 30 minutes. Concealed "off" time-delay selector at 30 seconds, and 5, 10, and 20 minutes. Adaptive Technology: Self-adjusting circuitry detects and memorizes usage patterns of the space and helps eliminate false "off" switching.

Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS2. LIGHTING CONTACTORS

A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 7 of 10 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B.

Description: Electrically operated and electrically held, combination-type lighting contactors with nonfused disconnect, complying with NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508. 1.

2. 3. 4. C.

Current Rating for Switching: Listing or rating consistent with type of load served, including tungsten filament, inductive, and high-inrush ballast (ballast with 15 percent or less total harmonic distortion of normal load current). Fault Current Withstand Rating: Equal to or exceeding the available fault current at the point of installation. Enclosure: Comply with NEMA 250. Provide with control and pilot devices as indicated on Drawings, matching the NEMA type specified for the enclosure.

BAS Interface: Provide hardware interface to enable the BAS to monitor and control lighting contactors. 1. 2.

2.6

Allen-Bradley/Rockwell Automation. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; a division of Emerson Electric Co. Eaton Corporation. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution; Total Lighting Control. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. Lutron Electronics, Co., Inc.

Monitoring: On-off status. Control: On-off operation.

EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. 2.

B.

Description: Normally closed, electrically held relay, arranged for wiring in parallel with manual or automatic switching contacts; complying with UL 924. 1.

2.7

Lighting Control and Design; Acuity Lighting Group, Inc. Watt Stopper.

Coil Rating: Match the circuit voltage

CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A.

Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 8 of 10 B.

Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

C.

Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

SENSOR INSTALLATION A.

Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire-suppression systems, and partition assemblies. Install per manufacturer’s instructions and reference warnings and installation guidelines for best practices.

B.

Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions.

3.2

CONTACTOR INSTALLATION A.

3.3

Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structureborne vibration, unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration isolators. WIRING INSTALLATION

A.

Wiring Method: Comply with Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch.

B.

Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpowerlimited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions.

C.

Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.

3.4

IDENTIFICATION A.

Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 9 of 10 1. 2. B. 3.5

Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each sensor.

Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate lighting control devices and perform tests and inspections.

B.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

C.

Perform the following tests and inspections[ with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative]: 1. 2.

Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D.

Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

E.

Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.6

ADJUSTING A.

Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sensors to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 1.

2. 3. 3.7

For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time delay to suit Owner's operations. Set vacancy or occupancy mode per owner’s preference. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's operations. Align high-bay occupancy sensors per manufacturer’s instruction.

DEMONSTRATION A.

Coordinate demonstration of products specified in this Section with demonstration requirements for low-voltage, programmable lighting control systems specified in Division 26 Section "Network Lighting Controls."

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES Section 26 0923 – Page 10 of 10 B.

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain lighting control devices.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 1 of 12

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

1.3

Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 3. Electronic-grade panelboards. DEFINITIONS

A.

SVR: Suppressed voltage rating.

B.

TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.

1.4

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

1.5

Seismic Performance: Panelboards shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." ACTION SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes.

B.

Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 2 of 12 6. 7. 8.

1.6

Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.

B.

Seismic Qualification Certificates: Submit certification that panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

C.

Field Quality-Control Reports: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

D.

Panelboard Schedules: balancing.

1.7

For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

1.8

Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device that allows adjustments. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 3 of 12 2. 3. 4.

1.9

Circuit Breakers Including GFCI and Ground Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Types: Two spares for each panelboard. Fuses for Fused Switches: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. Fuses for Fused Power-Circuit Devices: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.

B.

Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer.

C.

Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.

D.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

E.

Comply with NEMA PB 1.

F.

Comply with NFPA 70.

1.10

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary electric heating (250 W per panelboard) to prevent condensation.

B.

Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NECA 407 NEMA PB 1.

1.11 A.

PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding minus 22 deg F to plus 104 deg F. b. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 4 of 12 B.

1.12

Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows: 1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified. 2. Altitude not exceeding 6600 feet. COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.

B.

Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchorbolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03.

1.13 A.

WARRANTY Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A.

Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."

B.

Enclosures: Flush- and surface-mounted cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1. b. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. c. Kitchen Wash-Down Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel. d. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4. e. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: NEMA 250, Type 5. 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. 3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 4. Skirt for Surface-Mounted Panelboards: Same gage and finish as panelboard front with flanges for attachment to panelboard, wall, and ceiling or floor.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 5 of 12 5. 6.

7.

Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gage and finish as panelboard enclosure; integral with enclosure body. Arrange to isolate individual panel sections. Finishes: a. Panels and Trim: galvanized steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. c. Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for overcurrent protective devices and other components. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder.

C.

Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom.

D.

Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. 3. Isolated Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit isolated ground conductors; insulated from box. 4. Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus: Neutral bus rated 200 percent of phase bus and UL listed as suitable for nonlinear loads. 5. Split Bus: Vertical buses divided into individual vertical sections.

E.

Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 4. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 6. Gutter-Tap Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 7. Extra-Capacity Neutral Lugs: Rated 200 percent of phase lugs mounted on extracapacity neutral bus.

F.

Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards or load centers with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices.

G.

Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices.

H.

Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 6 of 12 2.2

DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, product name or designation or comparable product by one of the following: 1. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 2. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.

B.

Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type.

C.

Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 1. For doors more than 36 inches high, provide two latches, keyed alike.

D.

Mains: Circuit breaker Lugs only.

E.

Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt-on circuit breakers.

F.

Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal.

G.

Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Fused switches.

H.

Contactors in Main Bus: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, electrically held, general-purpose controller, with same short-circuit interrupting rating as panelboard. 1. Internal Control-Power Source: Control-power transformer, with fused primary and secondary terminals, connected to main bus ahead of contactor connection. 2. External Control-Power Source: 120-V branch circuit.

2.3

LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.

B.

Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type.

C.

Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only as indicated on drawings.

D.

Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: disturbing adjacent units.

Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 7 of 12 E.

Contactors in Main Bus: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, electrically held, general-purpose controller, with same short-circuit interrupting rating as panelboard. 1. Internal Control-Power Source: Control-power transformer, with fused primary and secondary terminals, connected to main bus ahead of contactor connection. 2. External Control-Power Source: 120-V branch circuit.

F.

Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.

G.

Column-Type Panelboards: Narrow gutter extension, with cover, to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses.

2.4

ELECTRONIC-GRADE PANELBOARDS A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Current Technology; a subsidiary of Danahar Corporation. 2. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 3. Liebert Corporation. 4. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 5. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.

B.

Panelboards: NEMA PB 1; with factory-installed, integral TVSS; labeled by an NRTL for compliance with UL 67 after installing TVSS.

C.

Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.

D.

Main Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

E.

Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

F.

Buses: 1. Copper phase and neutral buses; 200 percent capacity neutral bus and lugs. 2. Copper equipment and isolated ground buses.

2.5

DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A.

Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.

B.

Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 8 of 12 1.

2. 3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with frontmounted, field-adjustable trip setting. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing; field-replaceable rating plug or fieldreplicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable settings: a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long- and short-time pickup levels. c. Long- and short-time time adjustments. d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip). Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) Circuit Breakers: Comply with UL 1699; 120/240V, single-pole configuration. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. d. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. e. Communication Capability: Circuit-breaker-mounted communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system specified in Division 26 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control." f. Shunt Trip: 120-V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 55 percent of rated voltage. g. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage with fieldadjustable 0.1- to 0.6-second time delay. h. Auxiliary Contacts: One SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuit-breaker contacts and "b" contacts operate in reverse of circuitbreaker contacts. i. Alarm Switch: Single-pole, normally open contact that actuates only when circuit breaker trips. j. Key Interlock Kit: Externally mounted to prohibit circuit-breaker operation; key shall be removable only when circuit breaker is in off position. k. Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic trip unit; for interlocking ground-fault protection function with other upstream or downstream devices. l. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory assembled to operate as a single unit.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 9 of 12 m. n.

2.6

Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in off position. Handle Clamp: Loose attachment, for holding circuit-breaker handle in on position.

ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A.

Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation.

B.

Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NECA 407 NEMA PB 1.1.

B.

Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation.

C.

Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

D.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

INSTALLATION A.

Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407 NEMA PB 1.1.

B.

Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."

C.

Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box.

E.

Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges.

F.

Install filler plates in unused spaces.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 10 of 12 G.

Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade.

H.

Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing.

I.

Comply with NECA 1.

3.3

IDENTIFICATION A.

Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."

B.

Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable.

C.

Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."

D.

Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in distribution panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems."

3.4

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B.

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

C.

Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.

D.

Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 11 of 12 E.

Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each panelboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each panelboard 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. c. Instruments and Equipment: 1) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device.

F.

Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

G.

Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

3.5

ADJUSTING A.

Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer.

B.

Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges [as indicated] [as specified in Division 26 Section "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study."]

C.

Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes. 1. Measure as directed during period of normal system loading. 2. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour services such as fax machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment. 3. After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 4. Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requirement.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

PANELBOARDS Section 26 2416 – Page 12 of 12 3.6

PROTECTION A.

Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 1 of 13

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

This Section includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

B.

Related Sections include the following: 1.

1.3

Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. Twist-locking receptacles. Receptacles with integral surge suppression units. Isolated-ground receptacles. Snap switches and wall-box dimmers. Solid-state fan speed controls. Wall-switch and exterior occupancy sensors. Pendant cord-connector devices. Cord and plug sets.

Division 27 Section "Communications Horizontal Cabling" for workstation outlets.

DEFINITIONS A.

EMI: Electromagnetic interference.

B.

GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.

C.

Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor.

D.

RFI: Radio-frequency interference.

E.

TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.

F.

UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.

1.4

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 2 of 13 B.

Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates.

C.

Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified.

1.5

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.6

Field quality-control test reports. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A.

1.7

Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Furnish extra materials described in subparagraphs below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3. 4.

1.8

Service/Power Poles: One for every 10, but no fewer than one. Floor Service Outlet Assemblies: One for every 10, but no fewer than one. Poke-Through, Fire-Rated Closure Plugs: One for every five floor service outlets installed, but no fewer than two. TVSS Receptacles: One for every 10 of each type installed, but no fewer than two of each type.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate through one source from a single manufacturer. Insofar as they are available, obtain all wiring devices and associated wall plates from a single manufacturer and one source.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

C.

Comply with NFPA 70.

1.9

COORDINATION A.

Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1.

Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 3 of 13 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles. Provide Decora type devices in units and public spaces. 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.2

Cooper Wiring Devices; a division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour).

STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A.

Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: configuration 5-20R, and UL 498.

Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6

B. 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

C.

Isolated-Ground, Duplex Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498. 1. 2.

Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c.

3.

D.

Cooper; Hubbell; Leviton; Pass & Seymour;

Hubbell; CR 5253IG. Leviton; 5362-IG. Pass & Seymour; IG6300.

Description: Straight blade; equipment grounding contacts shall be connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap. Isolation shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts.

Tamper-Resistant Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, and UL 498.

Comply with NEMA WD 1,

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 4 of 13 1. 2.

Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

2.3

Cooper; TR8300. Hubbell; HBL8300SG. Leviton; 8300-SGG. Pass & Seymour; 63H.

GFCI RECEPTACLES A.

General Description: Straight blade, feed-through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped.

B.

Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following, Decora type in units and public areas. a. b. c. d.

2.4

Cooper; Pass & Seymour; Hubbell; Leviton;

TVSS RECEPTACLES A.

General Description: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 1449, with integral TVSS in line to ground, line to neutral, and neutral to ground. 1.

2. B.

TVSS Components: Multiple metal-oxide varistors; with a nominal clamp-level rating of 400 volts and minimum single transient pulse energy dissipation of 240 J, according to IEEE C62.41.2 and IEEE C62.45. Active TVSS Indication: Visual and audible, with light visible in face of device to indicate device is "active" or "no longer in service."

Duplex TVSS Convenience Receptacles: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. 2.

Cooper; 5362BLS. Hubbell; HBL5362SA. Leviton; 5380.

Description: Straight blade, 125 V, 20 A; NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 5 of 13 2.5

TWIST-LOCKING RECEPTACLES A.

Single Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration L5-20R, and UL 498. 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c.

2.6

Cooper; L520R. Hubbell; HBL2310. Leviton; 2310.

PENDANT CORD-CONNECTOR DEVICES A.

Description: Matching, locking-type plug and receptacle body connector; NEMA WD 6 configurations L5-20P and L5-20R, heavy-duty grade. 1. 2.

2.7

Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for corresponding connector.

CORD AND PLUG SETS A.

Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of equipment being connected. 1.

2.

2.8

Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with Type SOW-A jacket; with green-insulated grounding conductor and equipment-rating ampacity plus a minimum of 30 percent. Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for connection.

SNAP SWITCHES A.

Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

Cooper; 2221 (single pole), 2222 (two pole), 2223 (three way), 2224 (four way). Hubbell; CS1221 (single pole), CS1222 (two pole), CS1223 (three way), CS1224 (four way). Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way). Pass & Seymour; 20AC1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way).

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 6 of 13 B.

Pilot Light Switches, 20 A: 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

2. C.

Description: Single pole, with neon-lighted handle, illuminated when switch is "ON."

Key-Operated Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

2. D.

Description: Single pole, with factory-supplied key in lieu of switch handle.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c.

Cooper; 1995. Hubbell; HBL1557. Leviton; 1257.

Key-Operated, Single-Pole, Double-Throw, Momentary Contact, Center-Off Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A; for use with mechanically held lighting contactors, with factory-supplied key in lieu of switch handle. 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

2.9

Cooper; 2221L. Hubbell; HBL1221L. Leviton; 1221-2L. Pass & Seymour; PS20AC1-L.

Single-Pole, Double-Throw, Momentary Contact, Center-Off Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A; for use with mechanically held lighting contactors. 1.

E.

Cooper; 2221PL for 120 V and 277 V. Hubbell; HPL1221PL for 120 V and 277 V. Leviton; 1221-PLR for 120 V, 1221-7PLR for 277 V. Pass & Seymour; PS20AC1-PLR for 120 V.

Cooper; 1995L. Hubbell; HBL1557L. Leviton; 1257L. Pass & Seymour; 1251L.

WALL-BOX DIMMERS A.

Dimmer Switches: Modular, full-wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on-off switches, with audible frequency and EMI/RFI suppression filters.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 7 of 13 B.

Control: Continuously adjustable slider; with single-pole or three-way switching. Comply with UL 1472.

C.

Incandescent Lamp Dimmers: 120 V; control shall follow square-law dimming curve. On-off switch positions shall bypass dimmer module. 1.

D.

2.10 A.

Fluorescent Lamp Dimmer Switches: Modular; compatible with dimmer ballasts; trim potentiometer to adjust low-end dimming; dimmer-ballast combination capable of consistent dimming with low end not greater than 20 percent of full brightness. FAN SPEED CONTROLS Modular, 120-V, full-wave, solid-state units with integral, quiet on-off switches and audible frequency and EMI/RFI filters. Comply with UL 1917. 1. 2.

2.11 A.

600 W; dimmers shall require no derating when ganged with other devices. Illuminated when "OFF."

Continuously adjustable slider, 5 A. Three-speed adjustable slider, 1.5 A.

OCCUPANCY SENSORS Wall-Switch Sensors: 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d. e.

2. B.

Description: Passive-infrared type, 120/277 V, adjustable time delay up to 30 minutes, 180-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft..

Wall-Switch Sensors: 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b.

2. C.

Cooper; 6111 for 120 V, 6117 for 277 V. Hubbell; WS1277. Leviton; ODS 10-ID. Pass & Seymour; WS3000. Watt Stopper (The); WS-200.

Hubbell; AT120 for 120 V, AT277 for 277 V. Leviton; ODS 15-ID.

Description: Adaptive-technology type, 120/277 V, adjustable time delay up to 20 minutes, 180-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft..

Long-Range Wall-Switch Sensors:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 8 of 13 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

2. D.

Description: Passive-infrared type, 120/277 V, adjustable time delay up to 30 minutes, 110-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 1200 sq. ft..

Long-Range Wall-Switch Sensors: 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c.

2.

E.

Description: Dual technology, with both passive-infrared- and ultrasonic-type sensing, 120/277 V, adjustable time delay up to 30 minutes, 110-degree field of view, and a minimum coverage area of 1200 sq. ft..

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. c. d.

2.

Description: Passive-infrared type, 120/277 V, adjustable time delay up to 30 minutes, 150-degree field of view, with a minimum coverage area of 1200 sq. ft..

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b.

2.

A.

Hubbell; ATP120HBRP. Leviton; ODWHB-IRW. Pass & Seymour; HS1001. Watt Stopper (The); CX-100-3.

Exterior Occupancy Sensors: 1.

2.12

Hubbell; ATD1600WRP. Leviton; ODW12-MRW. Watt Stopper (The); DT-200.

Wide-Range Wall-Switch Sensors: 1.

F.

Hubbell; ATP1600WRP. Leviton; ODWWV-IRW. Pass & Seymour; WA1001. Watt Stopper (The); CX-100.

Leviton; PS200-10. Watt Stopper (The); EW-100-120.

Description: Passive-infrared type, 120/277 V, weatherproof, adjustable time delay up to 15 minutes, 180-degree field of view, and 110-foot detection range. Minimum switch rating: 1000-W incandescent, 500-VA fluorescent.

COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS Telephone Outlet:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 9 of 13 1.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b.

2. B.

Description: Single RJ-45 jack for terminating 100-ohm, balanced, four-pair UTP; TIA/EIA-568-B.1; complying with Category 5e. Comply with UL 1863.

Combination TV and Telephone Outlet: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. b. 2.

2.13 A.

2.14 A.

Cooper; 3562. Leviton; 40595.

Description: Single RJ-45 jack for 100-ohm, balanced, four-pair UTP; TIA/EIA-568B.1; complying with Category 5e; and one Type F coaxial cable connector.

WALL PLATES Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. 2. 3. 4.

B.

Cooper; 3560-6. Leviton; 40649.

Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. Material for Finished Spaces: Smooth, high-impact thermoplastic non-breakable nylon. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. Material for Damp Locations: Thermoplastic non-breakable nylon with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations."

Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weatherresistant , die-cast aluminum with lockable cover.

MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLIES Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 2.

Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. Wiremold Company (The).

B.

Components of Assemblies: Products from a single manufacturer designed for use as a complete, matching assembly of raceways and receptacles.

C.

Raceway Material: Metal, with manufacturer's standard finish.

D.

Wire: No. 12 AWG.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 10 of 13 2.15 A.

SERVICE POLES Description: Factory-assembled and -wired units to extend power and voice and data communication from distribution wiring concealed in ceiling to devices or outlets in pole near floor. 1.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2.16 A.

Poles: Nominal 2.5-inch- square cross section, with height adequate to extend from floor to at least 6 inches above ceiling, and with separate channels for power wiring and voice and data communication cabling. Mounting: Ceiling trim flange with concealed bracing arranged for positive connection to ceiling supports; with pole foot and carpet pad attachment. Finishes: Manufacturer's standard painted finish and trim combination. Wiring: Sized for minimum of five No. 12 AWG power and ground conductors and a minimum of four, 4-pair, Category 3 or 5 voice and data communication cables. Power Receptacles: Two duplex, 20-A, heavy-duty, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R units. Voice and Data Communication Outlets: Two RJ-45 Category 5e jacks.

FINISHES Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. TVSS Devices: Blue. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Orange.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted.

B.

Coordination with Other Trades: 1.

2.

3. 4.

Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 11 of 13 C.

Conductors: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. Existing Conductors: a. b. c.

D.

Device Installation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

E.

Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough.

Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.

Receptacle Orientation: 1. 2.

Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. Install hospital-grade receptacles with the ground pin up or the neutral blade mounted to the right if mounted horizontally.

F.

Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.

G.

Dimmers: 1. 2. 3.

Install dimmers within terms of their listing. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application. Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' device listing conditions in the written instructions.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 12 of 13 H.

Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates.

I.

Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings.

3.2

IDENTIFICATION A.

Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1.

3.3

Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. 2.

B.

Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement.

Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

WIRING DEVICES Section 26 2726 – Page 13 of 13 END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

FUSES Section 26 2813 – Page 1 of 5

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4.

1.3

Cartridge fuses rated 600-V ac and less for use in control circuits enclosed switches. Plug fuses rated 125-V ac and less for use in plug-fuse-type enclosed switches fuseholders. Plug-fuse adapters for use in Edison-base, plug-fuse sockets. Spare-fuse cabinets.

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material, dimensions, descriptions of individual components, and finishes for spare-fuse cabinets. Include the following for each fuse type indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

1.4

Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, and ratings. Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves (instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse. Coordination charts and tables and related data. Fuse sizes for elevator feeders and elevator disconnect switches.

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. 2.

Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves (instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

FUSES Section 26 2813 – Page 2 of 5 3. 1.5

Coordination charts and tables and related data.

MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A.

Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.

1.6

Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than two of each size and type.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain fuses, for use within a specific product or circuit, from single source from single manufacturer.

B.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

C.

Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses.

D.

Comply with NFPA 70.

E.

Comply with UL 248-11 for plug fuses.

1.7

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

1.8

Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F or more than 100 deg F, apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings. COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size and with system short-circuit current levels.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

FUSES Section 26 2813 – Page 3 of 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 1. 2. 3. 4.

2.2

Cooper Bussmann, Inc. Edison Fuse, Inc. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc. Littelfuse, Inc.

CARTRIDGE FUSES A.

2.3

Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with circuit voltages. PLUG FUSES

A. 2.4

Characteristics: UL 248-11, nonrenewable plug fuses; 125-V ac. PLUG-FUSE ADAPTERS

A.

2.5

Characteristics: Adapters for using Type S, rejection-base plug fuses in Edison-base fuseholders or sockets; ampere ratings matching fuse ratings; irremovable once installed. SPARE-FUSE CABINET

A.

Characteristics: Wall-mounted steel unit with full-length, recessed piano-hinged door and keycoded cam lock and pull. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Size: Adequate for storage of spare fuses specified with 15 percent spare capacity minimum. Finish: Gray, baked enamel. Identification: "SPARE FUSES" in 1-1/2-inch- high letters on exterior of door. Fuse Pullers: For each size of fuse, where applicable and available, from fuse manufacturer.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

FUSES Section 26 2813 – Page 4 of 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine fuses before installation. damaged.

B.

Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance, such as rejection features.

C.

Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.

D.

Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings.

E.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically

FUSE APPLICATIONS A.

Cartridge Fuses: 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.3

Feeders: Class RK5, time delay. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay. Control Circuits: Class CC, time delay.

INSTALLATION A.

Install fuses in fusible devices. removing fuse.

Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without

B.

Install plug-fuse adapters in Edison-base fuseholders and sockets. Ensure that adapters are irremovable once installed.

C.

Install spare-fuse cabinet(s).

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

FUSES Section 26 2813 – Page 5 of 5 3.4

IDENTIFICATION A.

Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR/ SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Section 26 4313 – Page 1 of 7 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes transient voltage surge suppressors for low-voltage (600Volts and below) power equipment

B.

Related Sections include the following: 1. 2.

1.3

Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" transient voltage surge suppressors. Division 26 Section "Panelboards"

SUBMITTALS A.

Must have ten day prior approval to submit on project.

B.

Request for submittals must be in writing and attached with independent documentation of the following items.

C.

Drawings: Electrical and mechanical drawings shall be provided by the manufacturer which show unit dimensions, weights, mounting provisions, connection notes, wire size and wiring diagram.

D.

Equipment Manual: The manufacturer shall furnish an installation manual with installation notes, start-up and operating instructions for the specified system. Installation instructions shall clearly state whether the system requires an external overcurrent device to maintain the system’s UL 1449 listing. SPD requiring external overcurrent devices are not acceptable.

E.

Verification that all SPD are UL 1449 3rd Edition (VZCA) listed and rated with a 20kA (In) nominal discharge rating for compliance to UL96A Lightning Protection Master Label and NFPA 780. Also provide UL 1449 3rd Edition VPR showing the following maximum VPR (clamping voltage) as follows: 1.

120Vsystem 800V (L-N) on Distribution/Branch Panels and 800V (L-N) at Service Entrance

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR/ SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Section 26 4313 – Page 2 of 7

1.4

1.5

F.

SPD manufacturer shall provide UL 3rd Edition documentation as part of submittal.

G.

Manufacturer’s Warranty Statement, showing a 10 year replacment warranty for modules or units which are damaged by transient voltages

STANDARDS A.

Underwriters Laboratories 1449 - (UL 1449 3rd edition safety standard for surge protection devices – 2009)

B.

NEC article 285. National Electrical Code 2008 SPD shall be labeled with a minimum 200kAIC rating.

C.

NFPA 780 Standard for the installation of lightning protection systems

D.

UL96A - Lightning Protection System Master Label

E.

IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineering Inc.) C62.41.1 and C62.41.2 – 2002, IEEE C62.45 – 2002, IEEE C62.33 & C62.35

F.

All manufacturers must comply with above listed standards and any additions current revisions of industry standards. All products that do not comply with current industry standards will not be accepted.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

1.6

Source Limitations: Obtain suppression devices and accessories from a single manufacturer.

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Placing into Service: Do not energize or connect service entrance equipment, panel boards, control terminals, or data terminals to their sources until the surge protective devices are installed and connected.

B.

Service Conditions: Rate surge protective devices for continuous operation under the following conditions, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV): Not less than 115 percent 2. Operating Temperature: 30 to 120 deg F (0 to 50 deg C).

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR/ SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Section 26 4313 – Page 3 of 7 3. 4.

1.7

1.8

Humidity: 0 to 85 percent, non-condensing. Altitude: Less than 20,000 feet (6000 m) above sea level.

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate location of field-mounted surge suppressors to allow adequate clearances for maintenance.

B.

Coordinate surge protective devices with Division 26 Section "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control."

WARRANTY A.

General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B.

Manufacturer shall provide a product warranty for a period of not less than ten (10) years from date of supply. Warranty shall cover unlimited replacement of TVSS modules during the warranty period, firms responding to these specifications shall provide the necessary warranty document showing they comply with the unlimited warranty replacement

C.

Manufacturers responding to this specification shall provide proof that they have been regularly engaged in the design, manufacturing and testing of TVSS for not less than five (5) years.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

2.2

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A.

PQ Protection by PowerLogics is the basis of design

B.

SSI #CKLA3Y1CB-23 and Other manufactures may be approved providing they fully meet the performance and feature specification herein.

C.

Internally mounted SPD’s are NOT acceptable.

SERVICE ENTRANCE SUPPRESSORS

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR/ SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Section 26 4313 – Page 4 of 7 Panel Amperage | ≥3,000Amps | 2500-1600Amps | 1200-400Amps Service Entrance | 400kA/Modular | 300kA/modular | 200kA/modular A. Provide service entrance rated, UL Type 1 SPD’s as shown and indicated on contract drawings. B.

Minimum surge current ratings per phase shown above, three phase, wye systems per phase rating shall equal L-N and L-G modes added together. No other methods are acceptable for per phase surge current rating calculations.

C.

SPD’s shall be a multi-stage parallel connected device.

D.

SPD’s UL 1449 3rd Edition VPR (clamping voltage) shall be a maximum rating of: 1.

120Vsystem 800V (L-N)

E.

SPD’s shall mount external to the panel; internally mounted SPD’s are NOT acceptable.

F.

SPD voltages shall be verified by location on drawings, one-line diagrams and equipment schedules.

G.

SPD shall be modular design with field replaceable individual modules redundant per phase and redundant per mode. A “brick” module design is not acceptable.

H.

SPD shall have redundant status indicators on the front of the enclosure and shall monitor and indicate whether suppression capabilities have been compromised.

I.

SPD shall also indicate that voltage is present at the SPD.

J.

SPD shall contain protective components that utilize multiple thermally protected metal oxide varistors (MOV) per mode.

K.

SPD’s relying upon external and/or supplementary installed safety overcurrent protection do not meet the intent of this specification and are not approved.

L.

SPD’s that are limited to being connected to breaker whether or not an integral disconnect switch is supplied do not meet the intent of this specification.

M. SPD’s shall have an UL “In” rating (nominal discharge) of 20kA.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR/ SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Section 26 4313 – Page 5 of 7 N.

SPD shall have dry contacts for remote monitoring capabilities.

O.

Service Entrance SPD’s shall have audible alarm and surge counter.

P.

SPD’s shall have a metal, NEMA 4 rated enclosure.

Q.

SPD shall be designed and equipped with integral disconnect/servicing means.

R.

Protection modes: The SPD shall provide Line to Neutral (L-N) (Wye), Line to Ground (LG) (Wye or Delta), Line to Line (L-L) (Delta) and Neutral to Ground (NG) (Wye) protection.

S.

Provide Top Switchboard Mounting Kit by manufacturer of SPD if SPD is shown indicating this option.

2.3 DISTRIBUTION, BRANCH PANEL AND/OR AUXILLARY PANELS

Panel Amperage | 1200| 600A | 400-100A 800A Distribution | 200kA | 200kA | 200kA Branch Panels | | 100kA | 100kA A. Provide UL Type 2 SPD’s as shown and indicated on contract drawings. B.

SPD’s minimum surge current ratings per phase shown above, three phase, wye systems per phase rating shall equal L-N and L-G modes added together. No other methods are acceptable for per phase surge current rating calculations.

C.

SPD’s shall be a multi-stage parallel connected device.

D.

SPD’s shall mount external to the panel; internally mounted SPD’s are NOT acceptable.

E.

SPD voltages shall be verified by location on drawings, one-line diagrams and equipment schedules.

F.

SPD shall be a compact, non-modular design SPD shall have per phase status indicators on the front of the enclosure and shall monitor and indicate whether suppression capabilities have been compromised.

G.

SPD shall contain protective components that utilize multiple thermally protected metal oxide varistors (MOV) per mode.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR/ SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Section 26 4313 – Page 6 of 7 H.

SPD’s relying upon external and/or supplementary installed safety overcurrent protection do not meet the intent of this specification.

I.

SPD’s shall have an UL “In” rating (nominal discharge) of 20kA.

J.

SPD shall have dry contacts for remote monitoring capabilities.

K.

SPD’s shall have a metal, NEMA 4 rated enclosure

L.

Protection modes: The SPD shall provide Line to Neutral (L-N) (Wye), Line to Ground (L-G) (Wye or Delta), Line to Line (L-L) (Delta) and Neutral to Ground (N-G) (Wye) protection.

M.

Provide Optional Side Mount Brackets for panels with SPD mounted on the side.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES A

Review all installation information in manufacturer’s installation manual prior to installing SPD’s.

B

Verify all voltages before connecting to avoid injury and damage to equipment.

C

The SPD’s shall be installed external to switchboard, distribution and panelboard.

D

Internally mounted SPD’s will not be accepted.

E

The service entrance/switchboard/switchgear SPD’s shall be installed with the shortest lead length possible and shall avoid any unnecessary or sharp bends. Where the SPD’s are connected to breakers utilize a 30 amp, 3 pole breaker for connection means. If no circuit breaker is available, utilize SPD’s integral disconnecting means as described under 2.2.Q.

F

The distribution, panelboard and auxiliary SPD’s shall be installed with the shortest lead length possible from the panel it is protecting and shall avoid any unnecessary or sharp bends. Utilize a 30 amp, 3 pole breaker for connection means. If no circuit breaker is available, utilize SPD as described under 2.2.Q with integral disconnect means.

G

Ground resistance shall be 25 Ohms or less per NEC Article 250.56

H

Refer to manufacturer’s installation manual for further installation details.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR/ SURGE PROTECTION DEVICES Section 26 4313 – Page 7 of 7 3.2

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A

INSTALLATION 1.

B

After installing surge protective devices, but before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with manufacturers’ installation instruction requirements and recommendations.

MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICE

1.

Engage a factory authorized service representative to inspect equipment installation. Report results in writing to Owner.

2.

Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer’s installation requirements.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SC

CHECKED BY:

TM

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 27 – Communications/ Technology

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 1 of 23

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DEFINITIONS A.

Scope: This specification section applies to all Division 27 specification sections. All systems under the specifications indicated above are referenced also in this contract documents as “technology systems”.

B.

Drawings and specifications: The words “drawings” and “specifications” used on this section refer to all contract drawings and specifications describing the scope of work of the technology system.

C.

Installer and Contractor: The word “installer” where used on the drawings or specifications without any further description shall reference the installer of the system under reference. The word “contractor” where used on the drawings or specifications without any further description shall reference to the General Contractor (or Construction Manager) holding the prime agreement with the owner for the construction of this project.

D.

Provide and Install: The word, "provide" where used on the drawings or specifications shall mean, "furnish, install, mount, connect, test, complete, document and make ready for operation". The word "install" where used on the drawings or specifications shall mean, "mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation".

E.

The word Engineer (also referenced as A&E) where used on the drawings or specification refers to the design engineer of the project working for the project architect or the owner. It does not refer to an engineer working for the General contractor, Construction Manager or any of the installers in the project.

F.

Complete systems: All technology systems are intended to be complete systems, including all materials, labor and programming to make it an operation system. Refer to attachment 2 of this specification section for “Responsibility Matrix” document outlining the responsibility of each trade on each technology system.

G.

Active equipment: Active equipment is defined as equipment composed of electronic component and electric materials, design to work with power applied to it. Cables are not considered active equipment.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 2 of 23

1.2

INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A.

Objective: The intent of the design drawings and specifications is to provide the installer of a technology system a scope of work for bidding purposes and to make sure different bids received by the entity holding the bidding for the technology system are at the same level of scope for comparison purposes. The drawings and specifications are not intended to show every single element of the project to produce a buyout list for the installer. In general, for all technology systems, all active components are specifically called out but small wires and small installation materials (such as nut, bolts, washers, termination blocks, clamps, ties, etc) are not indicated in the documents. Guidelines for installation of those systems are provided in the specification to allow the installer to produce the complete buyout list of materials.

B.

Accuracy: The Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. The locations of equipment, appliances, fixtures, conduits, outlets, boxes and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as accepted by the Architect or Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the placing of technology systems work and in case of interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Architect or Engineer.

C.

Distances: Although most drawings have a scale referenced on each sheet, the drawings are a two dimensional representation of the system, so design drawings do not indicate changes in elevation that cause additional lengths and quantities of materials. It is the responsibility of the installer of each technology system to field verify all distances before bidding to properly estimate all cable distances and materials.

D.

Discrepancies: Notify the A&E of any discrepancies found during construction of the project and do not proceed with that portion of the project, until a written definitive statement is received providing clear direction. If a conflict exists between the contract documents and any applicable code or standard, the most stringent requirement shall be included for this project. The Engineer shall make the decision regarding questionable areas of conflict.

E.

Existing Conditions: All existing conditions might not be indicated in the design drawings. The installer of each system shall check site and existing conditions thoroughly before bidding and advice the Engineer of discrepancies prior to bid.

F.

Coordination: Although design technology drawings were intended to be coordinated with other trades, the fact that installer for other non-technology system might have changes to their design drawings, requires the Contractor to produce coordination drawings for a specific space, including all elements of all trades for space planning and coordination purposes.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 3 of 23

1.3

ABBREVIATIONS A.

Abbreviations: The following abbreviations or initials may be used: 1. ABV CLG - Above Ceiling 2. AC - Alternating Current 3. ADA - American Disabilities Act 4. AFF - Above Finished Floor 5. AFG - Above Finished Grade 6. AMP - Ampere 7. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 8. AWG - American Wire Gauge 9. BC - Bare Copper 10. CCTV - Closed Circuit Television 11. CATV - Community antenna television 12. CLG - Ceiling 13. COAX - Coaxial Cable 14. CPU - Central Processing Unit 15. DC - Direct Current 16. DEG - Degree 17. EMT – Electrical Metallic Tubing 18. GND - Ground 19. IDF - Intermediate Distribution Frame (Telecom Room) 20. IMC - Intermediate Metallic Conduit 21. IN - Inches 22. IP - Internet Protocol 23. JB - Junction Box 24. KVA - Kilo-Volt-Amps 25. KW - Kilowatts 26. LBS - Pounds 27. LED - Light Emitting Diode 28. MAX - Maximum 29. MDF - Main Distribution Frame (Main Telecom Room) 30. MIC - Microphone 31. MIN - Minimum 32. MTD - Mounted 33. MTG - Mounting 34. NEC - National Electrical Code 35. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association 36. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association 37. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 38. NIC - Not in Contract 39. OFE - Owner furnished equipment 40. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 4 of 23

41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 1.4

PB - Pullbox PWR - Power PVC - Polyvinylchloride EF - Telecommunications Entrance Facility TR - Telecommunications Room TTB - Telephone Terminal Board V - Volt WP - Weatherproof

CODES AND STANDARDS A.

Application: The codes, standards and practices listed herein generally apply to the entire project and all technology systems. Other codes, standards or practices that are more specific will be referenced within a particular specification.

B.

Requirements: All articles, products, materials, fixtures, forms or types of construction covered in the specifications will be required to meet or exceed all applicable standards of manufacturer, testing, performance, capabilities, procedures and installation according to the requirements of ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, NEC, BICSI and TIA referenced documents where indicated and the manufacturer's recommended practices. Requirements indicated on the contract documents which exceed but are not contrary to governing codes shall be followed.

C.

Compliance and Certification: The installation shall comply with the governing state and local codes or ordinances. The completed technology system installation shall be inspected and certified by all applicable agencies that it is in compliance with all codes.

D.

Applicability: The codes and standards and practices listed herein, and their respective dates are furnished as the minimum latest requirements. List of applicable codes: 1. State Code: Florida Administrative Code 2. Building Code: Florida Building Code, current version 3. Manuals: Accessibility Requirements Manual - Florida Department of Community Affairs.

E.

UL Labels: All materials shall be new and free of defects, and shall be U.L. listed, bear the U.L. label or be labeled or listed with an approved, nationally recognized Electrical Testing Agency. No equipment shall be installed if there is no labeling or listing service is available for such equipment.

1.5

MATERIALS ALTERNATES AND SUBSTITUTIONS A.

Definitions:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 5 of 23

1.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

Basis of design: A product or group of products from an identified manufacturer that was used as the basis of systems layouts and installation details, part of the contract documents. Prototype: Is a product or a group of products that are not yet ready for commercial use because they are in the testing phase (Beta testing) of the product development. Alternates: Products or manufacturers listed in the contract documents as acceptable compare to the basis of design. Use of alternates shall follow the same system architecture as the basis of design. Obsolete: A product that has been discontinued by the manufacturer or declared in end of life, and it is no longer being manufactured. Substitution: A product not listed in the contract documents but capable of similar characteristics as the basis of design operating as a direct replacement in the system in reference. The installers can propose a substitution if all requirements are meet as indicated in this specification. Substitutions that create a change in system architecture are products that create a very different system configuration impacting other trades (i.e. change in power/cooling requirements, changes in raceways layout or sizes, changes in equipment space requirements, changes in low voltage wiring layouts, types and quantities, etc) but providing a similar end result as the system/products basis of design.

B.

Use of Prototype. Prototypes are not allowed in any technology system.

C.

Use of alternates. Alternates are allowed and installer shall follow these requirements: 1. Where several brand names make or manufacturers are listed as acceptable alternates each shall be regarded as equally acceptable, based on the design selection. Where a manufacturer's model number is listed, this model shall set the standard of quality and performance required. Where no brand name is specified, the source and quality shall be subject to Engineer's review and acceptance. Where three or more manufacturers are listed, one of the listed manufacturers shall be submitted for acceptance. 2. The use of alternate products does not allow the change of system architecture with such products.

D.

Use of substitutions. Substitutions are only allowed when they meet all the requirements below: 1. Substitutions are only allowed when a particular specification section for a technology system, allows the use of substitutions for that particular system. 2. The performance of all substitutions components must meet or exceed those of the basis of design. Should an installer wish to submit a substitution product or a product set stated in the construction documents as 'acceptable', it shall be the responsibility of the installer to submit to the Engineer an item-for-item CROSS REFERENCE for all specifications of the product, all related specifications and product data sheets, for the proposed substitution. Use the substitution request form indicated in Addendum 1 of this specification. 3. The Engineer has the authority to reject a substitution without cause and the installer shall provide the basis of design and no additional compensation.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 6 of 23

4. 5.

6. 1.6

Substitutions of unnamed manufacturers will not be acceptable. Certification of substitutions: When a basis of design is specified to be in accordance with a trade association or government standard requested by the Engineer, installer shall provide a certificate that the substitution complies with the referenced standard. Upon request of Engineer, Contractor shall submit supporting test data to substantiate compliance. Substitutions that create a change in system architecture are not allowed

SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS A.

General: Shop drawings shall be submitted for equipment and material as indicated in the individual specification sections for each system. .

B.

Quantity of shop drawings submittals: Follow Division 1 requirements for quantity of shop drawings and submitting requirements. If the project does not have a Division 1 specification, shop drawings shall be submitted in quantity of one (1) for electronic format submittal and quantity of four (4) for hardcopies.

C.

Electronic submittals. Submittals in electronic format (PDF) are accepted.

D.

When cut sheets of products are submitted and the manufacturer cut sheets indicate several model numbers or variations of the same product, the cut sheet shall be highlighted by the installer to indicate the specific product that will be provided for this project. Submittals received with cut sheets indicating multiple parts numbers and not highlighted will be rejected and not reviewed.

E.

Equipment and material quantities are not reviewed by the A&E as part of this submittal process. Equipment quantities are to be provided by the installer as indicated in contract documents. Approved shop drawings indicating any changes in equipment quantities or overall scope of work different from contract documents does not constitute approval by the A&E of those changes. The contract documents and any changes issued by the A&E in the form of Supplemental Information during the construction process are always to be followed for equipment quantities and scope of work.

F.

All electronic equipment prone to obsolescence and with lead times less than 3 months shall be submitted for approval no sooner than 12 month before the date set for substantial completion of the project. Electronic equipment prone to obsolescence includes devices like flat panel displays, transceivers, servers, players, workstation and routers

G.

Equipment and materials installed not in accordance with the approved shop drawings shall be replaced at installer’s expense.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 7 of 23

H.

Multiple stages of shop drawings shall be required as indicated in each specification section. For final completion and testing the installer shall provide a submittal with the following information: 1. Detailed course syllabus for each type of training required in the specifications 2. A proposed schedule of training sessions in compliance with the specification sections and indicating place where the training will take place. 3. A copy of all training material to be used during each session. 4. Test result sheets for all testing done by the installer prior to the system acceptance test.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING TAGS A.

All conduit, cabinets, cables, wires, wiring forms, terminal blocks, and terminals shall be clearly identified with pre-printed labels or tags.

B.

The only approved types of labels for inside premise environments for any technology systems are: 1. Non-laminated thermal transfer labels, printed with a high quality thermal transfer printer. 2. Laminated thermal transfer labels printed with a high quality thermal transfer printer. 3. Thermal transfer polyolefin tape printed with a high quality thermal transfer printer. 4. Self laminated dot-matrix labels, printed with a high quality dot matrix printer. 5. Non-laminated dot-matrix labels, printed with a high quality dot matrix printer.

C.

For labeling of cables or equipment in outdoor environments use only marker plates attached to cable or equipment with cable ties. Do not use any labels with adhesive materials. Use different color plates for different cable types. Use only waterproof ink for writing on marker plates.

D.

Any type of write-on labels (except for outdoor marker plates), hand writing on cable jackets or directly on equipment, labels made with masking tape or any other type of tape not listed in previous paragraph are not acceptable and shall be corrected with approved labeling methods at no additional cost to the owner.

E.

Approved manufacturer: 1. Rhino, 2. Brady, 3. Panduit or 4. approved equal

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 8 of 23

2.2

TECHNOLOGY EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A.

General: Each item of equipment or material shall be manufactured by a company regularly engaged in the manufacturer of the type and size of equipment, shall be suitable for the environment in which it is to be installed, shall be approved for its purpose, environment, and application, and shall bear a label as indicated in paragraph 1.4.E. of this section.

B.

Installation Requirements: Each item of equipment or material shall be installed in accordance with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer and the contract documents.

C.

Required Accessories: All equipment specified in the technology systems shall be provided with all required accessories for proper operation and mounting. Typically these accessories are not specifically indicated in the design drawings but shall be provided per this specification section. Such accessories include items such as power supplies, power cords, rack ears, rack rails, bolts, lugs, faceplates, etc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION PRACTICES A.

WORKMANSHIP: The installation of materials and equipment shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike and timely manner by an adequate number of craftsmen knowledgeable of the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be skilled in the methods and craftsmanship needed to produce a quality level of workmanship. Personnel who install materials and equipment shall be qualified by training and experience to perform their assigned tasks.

B.

STANDARD OF QUALITY: To define good workmanship, all installation practices described in BICSI standards shall be followed.

C.

PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT: Equipment for Technology systems shall at all times during construction be adequately protected against mechanical/chemical damage by the elements or work perform by other trades. Equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. If equipment or materials has been damaged, such equipment shall be replaced at no additional cost or time extension to the Contract. Damaged equipment and materials include the following conditions: 1. Equipment that has visible scratches, cracks or equipment that has paint or finished surface peeled off. 2. Equipment with visible indication of rust or water intrusion. 3. Equipment that has dents on the metal enclosures and are clearly visible to the end user.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 9 of 23

4.

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Equipment that has been sprayed with paint, fire proofing materials, or other type of chemicals, when the equipment was not intended to have this type of materials applied to it, per contract documents. Equipment that has been burnt by controlled fires, power surges, power sags or by lightning. Equipment that has a known damage to any parts, electronic board or component, even if such component or board has no specific use in the project. Cables that have visible damages to the jackets even if cables are not broken and still provide electrical continuity. Cables sprayed with paints that affect the warranty of the cable as defined by the cable manufacturer. Equipment with screws with stripped heads.

D.

CLEAN EQUIPMENT: All equipment installed in spaces accessible to the building occupants like in racks, cabinets, wall mounted panels, credenzas, etc. shall be free of dust at the time the space part of the project gets the final Certificate of Occupancy and at the time of the acceptance test by the A&E. A clean equipment is defined as an equipment that if wiped with a finger, in any surface, does not leave visible debris and dust in the finger, also equipment with no visible signs of dust inside the equipment, like in ventilation fans.

E.

IDENTIFICATION AND TAGGING: All technology systems items shall be labeled and identified as specified in the Contract Documents. Such identification shall be in addition to the manufacturer's nameplates and shall serve to identify the item's function and the equipment or system which it serves or controls. Refer to Identification Section of the specifications for additional information. All labels of equipment and wiring shall match the labeling used in the shop drawings for the system.

3.2

COORDINATION A.

General: The installer shall compare shop drawings with those of other trades and report any conflicts between them to the A&E. Obtain from the A&E written instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. All work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work.

B.

Adjustments: Locations of conduit and equipment shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. Determine the exact routing and location of all systems prior to fabrication or installation.

C.

Replacement: All work shall be installed in a way to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of all other system components provided under this Contract requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. All conduits shall be arranged in a manner to clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as well as ceiling tiles.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 10 of 23

3.3

REQUEST OF IP ADDRESSES A.

General: When contract document require the installer of any of the technology systems to use IP addresses for the configuration of such system, inside the owner’s controlled IP network, the installer shall request the owner to provide such IP addresses. The installer shall request such information no less than one (1) month in advance from the moment the installer will be programming the system and by using the form named “Network Connections Programming Plan” indicated in Attachment 3 of this specification. An electronic copy of this form is available upon request from TLC Engineering.

B.

Completing the form. The Network Connections Programming plan shall be completed in separate by each trade that requires IP addresses. This form has two parts. The first part indicates all the different device types for a system (i.e. cameras, workstation, servers, controllers, VoIP phones, etc). The second part is a list of all devices required classified by their type and properly indicating location where the device will be used.

C.

Request that do not follow this process, or have incomplete information will be ignored and will not be processed.

D.

Reprogramming cost of any technology systems due to un-approved addresses used by the installer shall be at the installer’s expense

3.4

TELECOM ROOM/EQUIPMENT ROOM READINESS A.

In any projects where the technology systems require the use of network equipment (switches, routers, firewalls, etc) provided by the owner, the Contractor shall complete all telecom rooms to a point where they are suitable for the owner to deploy such equipment in those rooms. At a minimum the following conditions shall be meet at all rooms in order for the owner to install the equipment: 1. All power outlets in the telecom rooms shall be feed from the permanent source of power. Temporary power shall not be provided. 2. Backup power (generator and/or UPS) shall be already operation, tested and connected to the final power distribution system. 3. The mechanical equipment providing the cooling for the telecom rooms shall be fully operational. Temporary cooling shall not be accepted. 4. Fire suppression system (sprinkler or gas based system) protecting the telecom rooms shall be fully operational and tested. 5. All light fixtures in the telecom rooms hall be fully operational. 6. All walls to the telecom rooms shall be completed and including the last coat of paint. 7. The ceiling and flooring of the telecom rooms shall be finished. 8. All horizontal and backbone cabling system part of the structured cabling system (SCS) shall be installed, terminated and tested.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 11 of 23

9. 10. 11.

12.

13.

B.

3.5

The final and permanent doors to the telecom rooms shall be installed with a key core different from all other construction cores in the site. Telecom rooms shall be cleared of any materials being stored inside the room. Telecom rooms shall be clean. Clean will be measured as not having any debris left in the room and not having dust in rack, cabinets, or wall mounted panels. If wiping a finger in any of the surfaces of such equipment leaves visible dust residue in the finger, the room will not be considered clean. Hallways and rooms leading into the telecom rooms shall have no more sanding to be done in the walls and the floor shall be completed to avoid dust from these spaces moving into the telecom rooms. Prior to the owner deploying the equipment in these rooms, the Contractor shall provide disposable sticky mats at the entrance of each telecom room to capture dust and/or dirt from people’s shoes or boots coming into the room. The sticky mats shall be selected as to cover the width of the door opening. Sticky mats shall contain no less than 60 sheets in each unit. Used sheets of the mats shall be replaced no less than on a daily basis or if worn out before the end of the day. Sticky mats shall be provided until the project receives the final Certificate of Occupancy.

In projects where the network equipment is part of the contract documents, the contractor is required to provide all equipment functioning and clean at the end of the project. The contractor is responsible to determine at what point this delicate equipment can be installed in the telecom room. The contractor shall make sure the recommended manufacturer guidelines are applied to the installation of the equipment when it comes to cleanness. It is highly recommended that all steps indicated above are followed even for this type of project. SYSTEMS WARRANTY AND SERVICE

A.

General: At a minimum all technology system shall include a warranty from the manufacturer and installer of the system for no less than one (1) year with the following exceptions: 1. Structured Cabling system shall have a warranty longer than one year as indicated in that specification section. 2. When specific equipment or software manufacturers include a warranty longer than one year, the manufacturer’s warranty shall be transferred to the owner in the same terms as indicated by the manufacturer.

B.

Warranty coverage. The warranty for the technology system shall cover the following elements: 1. All equipment parts, cabling and materials. 2. Any software updates/patches issued during the warranty period by the manufacturer. 3. The labor to replace those parts and programming time to re-configure equipment. 4. Shipping and freight charges to send equipment back and forth from the manufacturer and/or site. 5. Tool rentals such as scaffold or lifts to access equipment. 6. The troubleshooting time to detect the faults in the system.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 12 of 23

7.

All travel time and expenses associated with the service.

C.

Start of warranty. The warranty period for the technology systems starts the day the project gets the Certificate of Occupancy (CO), for new construction projects. For retrofit jobs of a particular system, the warranty starts when the project is accepted by A&E. For most equipment/software manufacturer’s the warranty period starts when the equipment is shipped from the factory, so it is the responsibility of the installer of each system to provide additional warranty coverage from the manufacturer to cover the additional time of warranty up to the CO date plus one year.

D.

Service calls. During the warranty period the installer shall support the system when called by owner/contractor for service. All equipment/software service shall be done by personnel with the same qualifications as the personnel who installed the system and as indicated in each technology system specification section. Service calls shall be taken during business hours (same time zone as the project) for normal service and twenty (24) hours three hundred and sixty five (365) days in the year for emergency service. Emergency Service shall be defined as the loss or failure of any critical component necessary to maintain the overall integrity and operation of the system. Normal service shall be defined as the loss or failure of a system component that does not compromise the complete operation of the system and allows the owner to operate the system at a minimum of 90% of its capacity. See individual specification sections for delineation on critical components and normal service.

E.

Response time for service. The maximum allowed response time after a service call for emergency service shall be four (4) hours and for normal service twenty four (24) hours.

F.

Equipment registration. All equipment/software part of the technology system shall be registered to the owner with the manufacturer of the equipment/software for warranty and support. Equipment/software registered with the manufacturer to the name of the Contractor or installer shall be removed from the project and replaced with equal equipment registered to the owner at no additional cost to the owner.

G.

Periodic preventive maintenance visits. During the warranty period the installer of the system shall provide no less than two (2) preventive maintenance services. These services shall be provided at 6 months from start of the warranty period and a few weeks before the end of the warranty period. The installer of the system shall coordinate with the owner the precise dates for this type of service. During these visits the following task shall be perform: 1. Clean up of any active equipment that shows visible accumulation of dirt, dust of debris of any kind. 2. Replacement of any consumable parts in the system that require replacement per manufacturer’s instructions during the warranty period, such as filters. 3. Oiling/greasing of any mechanical parts that require period maintenance as per manufacturer’s instructions during the warranty period. 4. Run manufacturer’s recommended test for each piece of equipment installed. The installer shall provide at the end of the service a report of such test.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 13 of 23

5. 6. H.

3.6

Visual observation of all devices in the system to spot any anomalies. Review of error logs from any system components and analysis of such logs with explanation to owner on the cause of those errors.

Extended service agreement. Prior to final acceptance testing, and within thirty 30-days of project completion, the installer of each technology system shall submit to the Owner an option to purchase extended service coverage. This proposal shall provide for the purchase option of 1, 3, or 5, year coverage. Coverage shall include, at a minimum, the same provisions as during the warranty period. COMISSIONING

A.

This project will be commissioned by the A&E or by a third party company designated by the owner. The commissioning process will consist of a third party testing by the commissioning agent of a percentage of the installed infrastructure.

B.

The installer of each system shall notify the owner when the project is ready for commissioning. The installation is ready for commissioning once the installer is complete with the testing of the system and the identification process has been completed.

C.

The installer shall be available on site to resolve any results discrepancies between the test results provided by the installer of the system and the commissioning agent.

3.7

ENGINEER’S FINAL ACCEPTANCE TEST A.

The technology systems shall be tested during installation by the installer as frequently as required to solve any installation issues and non compliance of system specifications. Technology systems will not be considered delivered to the owner until final acceptance test is passed. The final acceptance test shall be done in presence of the A&E and/or the owner. The installer shall request in writing with 2 weeks in advance the presence of the A&E and/or owner for the final acceptance test.

B.

In order for the installer of the system to request final acceptance the following task shall be completed: 1. All components shall be inspected to ensure they have been properly installed by the installer, securely attached, and remain clean and unmarred 2. All equipment shall be properly adjusted, clearly labeled, and fully operational. 3. The installer shall have tested the system previously to ensure the final acceptance test will be successful. Detailed proof of test shall be sent to the A&E with the request for final acceptance 4. All permanent and final labels as requested in the identification and tagging section of this specification are completed.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 14 of 23

5. 6. 7.

No temporary conditions shall be present in the system. All batteries on all system components shall be connected. All system programming shall be completed as indicated in the specification for each technology system.

C.

All test equipment required for the Final acceptance shall be provided by the installer of the system unless specifically indicated by the A&E.

D.

The A&E shall define the scope of the testing but the installer shall be prepared for testing every single component of the system. During the day of the test the A&E will indicate the testing process and procedures for each system. Test could include operation of the system during power outages. The installer of the system shall be available during the complete testing process to answer questions from the Engineer and to demonstrate specific parts of the system. If personnel form the installer or test equipment is not available, the test will be considered and marked as a failure.

E.

A punch list of the items to be corrected will be prepared by the A&E during the final acceptance test. The installer shall correct all items and request a second day for verification of all punch-list items by the A&E and Owner. During the second test, no additional punch list items shall be expected, and only the items in the punch list will be tested.

F.

If during the testing process the A&E and/or Owner consider that the rate of failure of the test is too high (more than 5 failures or non-compliance with specifications in one hour of test), the test will be cancelled unilaterally by the A&E and/or owner. The installer shall correct all items and re-schedule the final acceptance test again. The new test will start over from the beginning and nothing previously tested will be accepted. The installer shall not be entitled to additional compensation for the additional effort to test the system during this condition.

G.

Upon successful completion of the final acceptance test the installer of the system will receive a written notice by the A&E and/or Owner acknowledging the acceptance of the test

H.

See individual specification sections for system specific requirements for testing.

3.8

TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION A.

Training for each technology system shall be provided as indicated in this specification and in the individual specification section for each system.

B.

The following training guidelines shall be followed for all technology system 1. Training shall not be scheduled in a way that no attendee or presenter shall be required to attend more than 6 hours of training per day. 2. Prior to starting all training, the training submittal shall be approved. See section one of this specification for details on the training submittal

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 15 of 23

3. 4.

5.

6.

3.9

No training shall be scheduled prior to the system being completed and accepted by the A&E. Training shall be conducted during normal business hours of the client, at a date and time of mutual convenience to the Owner and installer. All training sessions need to be scheduled by the installer at least 2 weeks in advance. The Owner shall be notified in writing by the installer on when are the possible dates for each session. All different types of training shall be videotaped and delivered to the owner as part of the close out information in digital copy. All tapes shall be recorded in hi-quality MPEG2 or HD recorders, and the media turned to the owner shall be in electronic format viewable through QuickTime or Windows Media Player. The installer is responsible for completing list of attendants for each session of training. All these sheets shall be submitted as part of the close out information

AS BUILT DOCUMENTS A.

Production: During the course of this project the contractor shall maintain record "as-built drawings". One set shall be maintained at the site and at all times and it shall be accurate, clear, and complete, showing the actual location of all equipment as installed. The "As-Built" drawings shall show all technology systems work installed complete to the present stage of progress. These drawings shall be available for review by the A&E's field representatives at all times.

B.

Completion: At the completion of the Work, transfer onto the second set of drawings all changes marked in colored and submit to the A&E.

C.

Final: Upon installer’s completion of the Engineer's final punch list, transfer all "As-Built" conditions and all requirements by the Engineer to a reproducible set of drawings. Submit full size drawings and one (1) set of CAD/Autodesk Revit© disks for review and acceptance.

D.

Additional documents. At project completion, the installer of the technology system shall provide, as part of the as-built documents, updated tables, equipment schedules, configuration worksheets and labeling system used. See individual system specification section for more details on these documents.

E.

See individual specification sections for each system for additional requirements for As-Built documents.

3.10 A.

CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS Closeout information shall be provided to the owner in electronic format at the end of the project. The file shall be organized by each system and shall follow this organization:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 16 of 23

1.

2.

3.

4.

PART 1 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. Operation and Maintenance manuals as issued by the manufacturer of each system’s component. Such manuals shall include all maintenance procedures required to be done by the owner. Also, when required by each individual specification section, a short form operation guide, prepared by installer) for the system. PART 2 – INVENTORY OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. A detailed list of all relevant active equipment (equipment with electronic components with a market value over $200) installed in the project including the following information and presented in electronic format (Microsoft Excel): a. Make b. Model c. Serial number d. Room location e. Warranty period, including manufacturer’s extended warranties. PART 3 – PROOF OWNERSHIP, DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE. The following letters/documents shall be attached in this part: a. Acceptance letter signed by A&E for each of the technology systems installed. b. Proof of training by submitting sign in sheets for each training session done c. Signed transmittal for all training videos and training material. d. Signed transmittal for all spare parts and consumables delivered to the owner. e. A list of all the user names and passwords for all the different software programs used by the technology systems and any equipment with password codes. All levels of passwords shall be provided, from the lowest hierarchy to the highest. f. At least four (4) copies of all physical keys to different devices part of the technology systems. Each key shall be individually tagged in a key ring. All keys shall be included and organized inside a key ring management enclosure. g. A list of all software modules and licenses delivered to the owner. The list shall include part numbers, serial numbers, license certificate of authenticity, hardware key (dongles) numbers and software version. This list shall have a clear signature, name and date on person that received this software by the Owner. h. A copy of all official equipment and software registrations with manufacturer. PART 4 – AS BUILT DOCUMENTS. All as-built documents as indicated in this specification section

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 17 of 23

ATTACHMENT 1 – SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Substitution Request Number: PROJECT: SPECIFICATION SECTION:

DATE: ITEM(S):

SPECIFIED MANUFACTURER: SPECIFIED MODEL NO: PROPOSED MANUFACTURER: PROPOSED MODEL NO: REASON(S) FOR NOT PROVIDING SPECIFIED ITEM:

Attach product description, drawings, photographs, performance and test data, samples and other information necessary for side-by-side evaluation. Fill in all blanks. A.

Provide substantiated reason for requested substitution.

B.

Does the requested substitution affect dimensions, locations or configurations? No: Yes: Explain (attach drawings if necessary):

C.

What are the differences between the specified item and the requested item:

D.

Will the Contractor pay for any changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the approval? No: Yes: Explain (if no, and describe modifications required to install or accommodate the requested change):

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 18 of 23

E.

Will approval affect the work of other trades, including the Construction schedule? No: Yes: Explain (if yes):

F.

Manufacturer’s guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Same: Different: Explain (if different):

G.

Does the proposed item meet all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations for this specific application? No: Yes: Explain (if no):

H.

Has proposed item been used locally in similar applications? No: Yes: Explain (give nearest location):

I.

Will maintenance and service parts be locally available for the requested item? No: Yes: Explain (if no, give nearest location):

J.

Will the requested item require waiving of any qualifications or other requirements? No: Yes: Explain (if yes):

K.

Are there any license fees or royalties associated with the requested substitution? No: Yes: Explain (if yes):

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 19 of 23

L.

If approved, will the Owner receive a credit for the proposed alternate material? No: Yes: Explain (if no):

M.

Does the proposed alternate material meet the same applicable standards (ASTM, ANSI, UL, FS) as the specified item? No: Yes: Explain (if no, attach drawings if necessary):

N.

Identify the recycled materials or components or features that lead to the claims to being “Green”:

O.

Has the required line-by-line comparison been included? No: Yes: Explain (if no):

The undersigned agrees to pay for the Designer’s review time and for changes to the building design, including review, re-design, engineering, drawings and other costs caused by the requested substitution.

Signature

Print The following Purchase Order or billing number is to be used for billing the Contractor for costs incurred in evaluating and if applicable accommodating the requested substitution.

The Engineer will not be required to approve any product that is not equal or suitable for the specific application and functionality of this project.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 20 of 23

ATTACHMENT 2 – RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 21 of 23

ATTACHMENT 3 – NETWORK CONNECTIONS PROGRAMMING PLAN

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 22 of 23

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 27 0010 – Page 23 of 23

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SB

CHECKED BY:

SB

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 1 of 11

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

B.

Section 260533 - Raceway Systems, apply to work of this Section. Specifications described herein take precedence over Section 260533.

C.

Supplemental: Refer to the specification sections identified below for additional requirements, which are supplemented by this section. 1. 270010 Technology General Provisions

1.2

DESCRIPTION A.

General: Furnish and install complete with all accessories an TIA 569 Pathways and Spaces infrastructure for supporting of Structured Cabling System (SCS) and housing of technology equipment. The goal of the project is to provide a reliable architecture of the building that shall serve as a support for transport of data, voice telephony, security and audio/visual cabling throughout the building from designated demarcation points to places located at various wall, floor, ceiling, column, room and other locations as indicated on the contract drawings and described herein. The cabling that shall be supported includes, but is not limited to: 1. Copper - UTP 4PR CAT plenum or Non-plenum cable, Multipair CAT plenum and Nonplenum, Multipair telephone general purpose plenum and Non-plenum, RJ45 Patch Panel 2. Panels and Jacks, 110 Punch down blocks, 66 Punch down blocks, Wire management devices. 3. Fiber Optic - Air blown Fiber cables, Conventional fiber optic cables. Fiber distribution and Termination Cabinets. 4. Other: Hybrid Cables, Composite cables, Floor Racks and cabinets, Wall mounted racks and cabinets. 5. The equipment that shall be housed includes, but are not limited to: a. Voice Telephony - PBX b. Data - Hub, Switch, Router, Modem, Repeater, Transceiver, DSU/CSU. c. Other: Multiplexer, Multipurpose switch, UPS d. Security head end equipment e. Audio/visual system

B.

General: For pathways the system shall utilize a combination of conduit, cable tray and supports for vertical and horizontal cabling support. Pathways shall be provided and located as shown and in the quantities indicated on the drawings. Pathways shall terminate in rooms or closets using

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 2 of 11 approved fasteners and termination hardware and bushings and shall be reamed to eliminate sharp edges. All Pathways shall be identified at all locations. C.

All installers should anticipate that all products and installation procedures shall comply with the ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A (CSA T530) requirements at a minimum.

D.

General: Installation of the raceways for communications shall be a complete system including all supports and hangers as required per contract documents and manufacturer’s installation guidelines.

E.

Support: All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building. Supports and hangers shall be of a type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories. Wire shall not be used as a support. Boxes and conduit shall not be supported or fastened to ceiling suspension wires or to ceiling channels. Do not install any devices supported by ceiling tiles.

F.

Installation: The Installer shall layout and provide his work in advance of the laying of floors or walls, and shall provide all sleeves that may be required for openings through floors, walls, etc. Where plans call for conduit to be run exposed, provide all inserts and clamps for the supporting of conduit.

G.

Pull Strings: Provide pull strings in all raceways. Pull strings shall be nylon and shall be impervious to moisture. Pull strings installed in one (1) inch and smaller conduits shall have a tensile strength of not less than 30 lbs. Pull strings installed in conduits larger than one (1) inch shall have a tensile strength not less than 200 lbs.

H.

Directional boring might be required in the drawings or the installer might choose this method as the way to install underground conduit on this project. In either case, the installer shall comply with the requirements indicated here for directional boring.

I.

If at the time of bid and underground locate survey is not available, the installer shall include in the pricing the cost of this survey. No directional boring will be allowed without such survey being completed.

1.3

INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A.

General: The installer selected for the Project must be BICSI certified installer and certified by the manufacturer for the products, adhere to the engineering, installation and testing procedures and utilize the authorized manufacturer components and distribution channels in provisioning the Project.

B.

General: The Installer directly responsible for this work shall be a " Pathways and Spaces for Structured Cabling System Installer (PS-SCS) " who is, and who has been, regularly engaged in the providing and installation of commercial and industrial pathways and spaces for telecommunications wiring systems of this type and size for at least the immediate past five

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 3 of 11 years. Any sub-Installer who will assist the PS-SCS installer in performance of this work, shall have the same training and certification as the PS-SCS installer. C.

Certification: The installer's Project Manager shall possess a current and in good standing BICSI Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD) certificate. All shop drawings submitted by the installer shall bear the RCDD's seal.

D.

Experience: The Installer shall be experienced in all aspects of this work and shall be required to demonstrate direct experience on recent systems of similar type and size. The Installer shall own and maintain tools and equipment necessary for successful installation and have personnel who are adequately trained in the use of such tools and equipment.

1.4

MATERIALS ALTERNATES AND SUBSTITUTIONS A.

1.5

General: Substitutions are allowed for all components of the systems under this specification sections as long as all requirements for substitutions indicated in specification section 270010 are followed. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

A.

See additional requirements for shop drawings and submittals in specification section 270010.

B.

General: The PS-SCS installer shall provide no later than 30 days after contract award the following information: 1. Proof of Installer’s qualifications per paragraph 1.03. 2. Cut sheets of all products to be used for the project, highlighting in particular the precise product to be used in each case, when multiple devices are indicated in the cut sheet. At a minimum the following devices shall be submitted with this specification section: a. Innerduct b. Detectable tape c. Communications vaults d. Fire stop system (for small penetrations) 3. Drawings indicating precise location and type of all support for cable tray or ladder tray systems in all areas where they will be used. 4. For all communication vaults, drawings shall be prepared indicating conduit penetrations on each side of each vault. Vaults shall be labeled to indicate their correct location in the site plan. 5. Pre-cast communications vaults shall be submitted with load calculations signed and sealed by a professional engineer. 6. For any directional boring runs, the installer shall provide a drawing indicating all underground locate surveys and the proposed routing of the conduit as well as proposed depth.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 4 of 11 1.6

WORK EXTERNAL TO THE BUILDING A.

General: Any work external to the confines of this building as shown on the drawings shall be governed by provisions of this specification.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

CONDUIT A.

2.2

All conduits as indicated in Section 26 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE

A.

HDPE pipe shall be used for all directional boring applications, or it can also be used for open trench applications. HDPE pipe shall comply with the following manufacturing standards: 1. ASTM D 3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 2. ASTM D 2239 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. 3. ASTM F 2160 Solid wall High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit based on Controlled Outside Diameter (O.D.) 4. NEMA TC-7 Smooth Wall Coilable Polyethylene Electrical Plastic Conduit.

B.

HDPE pipe shall be manufactured from a suitable thermoplastic polymer conforming to the minimum standard of PE334420E/C as defined in ASTM D3350. The resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for HDPE pipe: ASTM Test

Description

Values HDPE

D-1505

Density g/CM 3

0.941 - 0.955

D-1238

Melt Index, g/10 min Condition E

0.05 - 0.50

D- 638

Tensile strength at yield (psi)

3000 min.

D-1693

Environmental Stress Crack Resistance Condition B,F 20

96 min.

D-790

Flexural Modulus, MPa (PSI)

80,000 min.

D-746

Brittleness Temperature

-75°C

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 5 of 11 C.

Design selection: The HDPE pipe used in this project shall be Rib/Smooth – Ribbed Interior and Smooth Exterior wall. Pipe shall be available in multiple colors, non lubricated and shall include a factory installed 1,800 lbs polyester pull tape. HDPE pipe walls shall be in compliance with SDR 7 - ASTM D3035 specifications and shall have footage markings.

D.

Approved manufacturers: Carlon Industries or approved equal.

2.3

INNERDUCT (REGULAR) A.

Flexible raceway system also referenced in the design documents as regular innerduct or innerduct shall be provided in locations indicated in design drawings. The innerduct type shall be selected according to the environment where it will be installed, use HDPE innerduct only outdoors, use plenum or riser rated innerduct indoors. The installer is responsible for determining the proper selecting of the innerduct when used in air handling spaces. If at the time of bidding the installer is not sure what kind of environment is present in the project, the installer shall price plenum rated materials.

B.

For plenum rated applications, the specifications of the innerduct shall be: 1. Material: White or orange Kynar PVDF Resin, a fluoropolymer compound. 2. Listing: Innerduct shall be listed to UL 2024, listing shall be printed in the product. 3. Marking: Footage shall be sequentially marked. 4. Configuration: corrugated type. 5. Pull line: built in 900 lb rated tape. 6. Size: Shall be available in ¾” through 2” diameters.

C.

For riser rated applications, the specifications of the innerduct shall be: 1. Material: Orange polyvinyl chloride (PVC). 2. Listing: Innerduct shall be listed to UL 2024, listing shall be printed in the product. 3. Marking: Footage shall be sequentially marked. 4. Configuration: corrugated type. 5. Pull line: built in 900 lb rated tape. 6. Size: Shall be available in ¾” through 2” diameters.

D.

For outdoor applications, the specifications of the innerduct shall be: 1. Material: High Density Polyethylene (HDPE). 2. Listing: None. 3. Marking: Footage shall be sequentially marked. 4. Configuration: corrugated type. 5. Pull line: built in 1,800 lb rated tape. 6. Size: Shall be available in ¾” through 2” diameters.

E.

All inner ducts shall be provided with couplings and accessories suitable for the environment where they will be installed.

F.

Design selection: products by Carlon or approved equal.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 6 of 11 2.4

DETECTABLE TAPE A.

A detectable tape shall be installed above all underground conduit at a minimum depth of 18” or as shown on the drawings. The detectable warning tapes shall be constructed with a solid aluminum foil core with a minimum thickness of 5 mils and 3” wide. The detectable warning shall have printed diagonal warning stripes conform to APWA color recommendations and bold, black legends identify what type of utility line is buried below. All detectable tapes used for this shall be labeled “fiber optics buried below”.

B.

Design selection: Detectable tape from Carlon, Stranco, Ind., Terra Tape or approved equal.

2.5

COMMUNICATIONS VAULT (POLYMER CONCRETE) A.

In ground communication boxes also referenced in this document as communications vaults (polymer concrete) shall have the following specifications: 1. Construction Material: Precast Polymer Concrete. 2. Listing: UL listed enclosure, tested to ANSI/SCTE 77 3. Box vertical design load: 22,500 lbs. 4. Box vertical test load: 33,750 lbs. 5. Box lateral design load: 800 lbs/sq. ft. 6. Box lateral test load: 1,200 lbs/sq. ft. 7. Box dimensions: as indicated in design drawings. 8. Box bottom: open bottom 9. Holes for conduit: holes for conduit shall be cut at the factory and shall not cover more than 25% of the side of the enclosure. All sides of the box shall have holes for conduits, even though conduits might not be shown for all sides in the floor plans. No less than two holes for standard 4” conduit shall be at all sides. All unused holes shall be plug with plastic caps. 10. Cover ANSI TIER: 22 11. Cover logo: “Communications” 12. Cover screws: two (2) tamper resistant penta head screws 13. Cover accessories: two (2) 7” long cover hooks made of electroplated steel.

B.

Design selection: Hubell Quazite PG style box with HH series cover and accessories or approved equal. Approved equals shall comply with all specifications listed above including construction material.

2.6

FIRE STOP SYSTEMS (FOR SMALL PENETRATIONS) A.

General: Fire stop system shall be selected by the PS-SCS installer as to comply with the following requirements: 1. Selected system shall be UL listed for the condition on which it will be installed. These conditions include: wall/slab type (masonary, drywall, etc), hour rating, and accessibility type.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 7 of 11 B. 2.7

Acceptable systems: caulk based products or firestop grommets by STI or equal. EXPANSION FITTINGS

A.

Installation: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run wherever it crosses an expansion joint. Install the fitting on one side of the joint with its sliding sleeve end flush with joint, and with a length of bonding jumper in expansion equal to at least three times the normal width of joints.

B.

Location: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run which is mechanically attached to separate structures to relieve strain caused by shift on one structure in relation to the other.

C.

Length: Provide expansion fittings in straight conduit runs above ground which are more than one hundred (100) feet long.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION PRACTICES A.

3.2

See additional requirements indicated in part 3 of specification section 270010. INDOOR CONDUITS BELOW GRADE AND ABOVE GRADE

A.

BEND RADIUS. Conduits shall utilize long radius sweeps at all 90 degree transitions. The inside radius of a bend in conduit shall be at least six (6) times the internal diameter. When the conduit size is greater than two (2) inches, the inside radius shall be at least ten (10) times the internal diameter of the conduit. For fiber optic cable, the inside radius of a bend shall always be at least ten (10) times the internal diameter of the conduit

B.

MAXIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN JBOXES. For indoor installation no section of conduit shall be longer than one hundred (100) ft or contain more than two (2) 90 degree bends between pull points or pull boxes are required. For outdoor installation no section of conduit shall be longer than six hundred (600) ft or contain more than two 90 degree bends between pull points or pull boxes are required.

C.

LABELING. All indoor conduits 2” or larger shall be labeled at both ends when these conduit runs are continuous between two rooms and going through multiple walls or slabs. Labeling materials shall be as indicated in specification section 270010. Conduit sleeves 2” or larger penetrating just one wall is not required to be labeled.

D.

PULL STRINGS; All conduits for technology systems shall be installed with pull strings.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 8 of 11 3.3

UNDERGROUND TELECOMMUNICATIONS DUCT LINES A.

Description: Underground duct lines shall be of individual conduits. Conduits shall be encased in concrete where indicated on the plan drawings and duct bank sections. The conduit shall be of plastic, PVC Schedule 40, unless indicated or specified otherwise. The conduit used shall not be smaller than four (4) inches in diameter, inside, unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

B.

The concrete encasement surrounding the duct bank shall be reinforced as shown and rectangular in cross-section, having a minimum concrete thickness of two (2) inches. Conduit shall be separated by a minimum concrete thickness of two (2) inches. The concrete work shall conform to Section on "Concrete". The top of the concrete envelope shall be not less than eighteen (18) inches below grade. Concrete shall be installed in a continuous pour to eliminate joints in the duct run.

C.

Duct lines shall have a continuous slope downward toward communication vaults and away from buildings with a pitch of not less than 0.125 inches per foot. Changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of ten (10) degrees either vertical or horizontal shall be accomplished by long sweep bends having a minimum radius of curvature of twenty five (25) feet, except that manufactured bends may be made up on one or more curved or straightened sections or combinations thereof. Manufactured bends shall have a minimum radius of forty eight (48) inches.

D.

Conduits. Conduits shall terminate in end-bells where duct lines enter manholes or communications vaults. Provide four (4) to six (6) inch reducers as required. Separators shall be of pre-cast concrete, high impact polystyrene, steel or any combination of these. The joints of the conduits shall be staggered by rows so as to provide a duct line having the maximum strength. During construction partially complete duct lines shall be protected from the entrance of debris, such as mud, sand and dirt by means of suitable conduit plugs. As the duct line is completed, a testing mandrel not less than 13 inches long with a diameter 1/4 inch less than the size of the stiff bristles shall be drawn through until the conduit is clear of all particles of earth, sand or gravel; conduit plug shall then be immediately installed.

E.

Conduit. Plastic conduit, fittings and joints shall not have been stored in the sun or weather, in any excessively heated space, or unevenly supported during storage. Use and installation shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code requirements for the installation of nonmetallic rigid conduit. Plastic conduit shall be protected against the direct rays of the sun prior to installation. Conduit shall be Carlon Type EB, Queen City Plastics, or accepted substitution. Conduit shall be U.L. listed and conform to NEMA Standard TC6 1972.

F.

Trench: Trenches for duct banks shall be completely dry before setting conduits or pouring concrete. Well pointing as required shall be provided if necessary to keep trench dry.

G.

Excavation: Backfilling shall be in layers not more than eight (8) inches deep, and shall be thoroughly tamped. The first layer shall be earth or sand, free from particles that would be retained on a 1/4 inch sieve. The succeeding layers shall be excavated material having stones no larger than would pass through a four (4) inch ring. The backfill shall be level with adjacent

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 9 of 11 surface, except that in sodded or paved areas, a space equal to the thickness of the sod or paving shall be left. H.

Finish: The surface disturbed during the installation of duct shall be restored to its original elevation and condition if not refinished in connection with site work.

I.

Plugging: All unused conduit openings shall be plugged or capped with a suitable device designed for the purpose; caulking compound shall not be used for plugging conduit openings.

J.

Stubs: Spare conduit stubs shall be capped and marked in the field and accurately dimensioned on the as-built drawings.

K.

Spacers: All conduit run underground, or stubbed above floor shall be separated with plastic interlocking spacers manufactured specifically for this purpose, or shall be strapped to Kindorf channel supported by conduit driven into ground or tied to steel.

L.

Minimum burial depth: All underground raceways (with exception of raceways installed under floor slab) shall be installed in accordance with Section 300 5 of the NEC except that the minimum cover for any conduit or duct bank shall be two (2) feet, unless otherwise indicated.

M.

Directional boring. For all applications requiring directional boring the following installation practices shall be followed. 1. The installer shall select the directional boring equipment based on the length of the pulls, soil conditions, pipe size and pipe quantities. 2. When multiple pipes are run, each pipe shall be a different color. 3. Any pipe run less than 1,500 ft, shall be run as a single pull without splices. 4. Any splices done to HDPE pipes shall be done with manufacturer’s approved methods.

3.4

INSTALLATION OF COMMUNICATIONS VAULTS A.

Excavating and backfilling for vaults. Perform earthwork as specified in Division 2. Provide 6inch minimum thickness 3/4-inch crushed rock over the full width of the vault base and extend 12 inches beyond the edges of the vault. After repairing the waterproofing, backfill and compact around the vault with structural backfill material. Excavated material may be used for structural backfill provided it conforms to the Standard Specifications for structural backfill material.

B.

Installing vaults and risers. Set each concrete vault section or riser plumb on a double layer bed of sealant at least 1/2-inch thick to make a watertight joint with the preceding unit. Point the inside joint and wipe off the excess sealant.

C.

Waterproofing. Waterproofing shall be factory applied to all exterior surfaces of vaults and risers. This includes the bottom of the vault to be coated as an exterior surface. Apply two coats at a rate of 65 square feet per gallon per coat. Prior to backfilling, field apply waterproofing material on joints and damaged surfaces. Protect coating from damage during backfilling and compacting.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 10 of 11 3.5

IDENTIFICATION OF BOXES A.

3.6

Tags: During installation of pull strings all pull strings shall be marked with waterproof vinyl tags indicating where the opposite end may be found. RACEWAY INSTALLATION

A.

SUPPORT. All raceways shall be run in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be properly supported and in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC code and BICSI guidelines. Supporting conduit and boxes with wire is not acceptable. Exposed raceways where allowed, shall be supported with clamp fasteners with toggle bolt on hollow walls, and with no lead expansion shields on masonry. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place with at least one support per eight foot section. Support within one foot of changes in direction. All required hangers, supports and fastenings shall be provided at each elbow and at no more than one foot from the end of each straight run terminating at a box or cabinet. The use of perforated iron for supporting conduits shall not be permitted. The required strength of the supporting equipment and size and type of anchors shall be based on the combined weight of conduit, hanger and cables. Horizontal and vertical conduit runs may be supported by one-hole malleable straps, clamp-backs, or other accepted devices with suitable bolts, expansion shields (where needed) or beam-clamps for mounting to building structure or special brackets.

B.

ROUTING: Conduits shall be run parallel to building walls wherever possible, exposed or concealed as specified, and shall be grouped in workmanlike fashion. Crisscrossing of conduits shall be minimized.

C.

PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION. All raceway runs, whether terminated in boxes or not, shall be capped during the course of construction until wires are pulled in and covers are in place. No conductors shall be pulled into raceways until the raceway system is clean and complete.

D.

PROTECTIVE BUSHINGS: All un-terminated conduits shall have an insulated protective bushing to avoid cable damage at the edge of the conduit.

E.

AVOIDING EMI: To avoid EMI for Telecommunications cabling and/or conduit containing cabling, all raceways shall provide clearances of at least four (4) feet (1.2 meters) from motors or transformers; one (1) foot (0.3 meter) from conduit and cables used for electrical-power distribution; and five (5) inches (12 centimeters) from fluorescent lighting. Raceways shall cross perpendicular to fluorescent lighting and electrical-power cables and conduits. The Installer shall not place any raceway alongside power lines

F.

COORDINATION. All raceways shall be kept clear of mechanical equipment and plumbing fixtures to facilitate future repair or replacement of said fixtures without disturbing wiring. Except where it is necessary for control purposes, all raceways shall be kept away from items producing heat.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY Section 27 0528 – Page 11 of 11 G.

3.7

MASONARY INSTALLATION. All raceway runs in masonry shall be installed at the same time as the masonry so that no face cutting is required, except to accommodate boxes. INSTALLATION OF INNERDUCT

A.

Protect products from the effects of moisture, UV exposure, corrosion and physical damage during construction.

B.

When inner duct is laid on a cable tray, it shall be strapped to cable tray with nylon ty-wraps at periodic intervals of no less than 4 ft.

C.

When multiple inner duct are in a single conduit, and innerduct are of the same size, they shall be different colors for identification or have different color electrical taped wrapped on the ends to identify them at the end of each conduit.

3.8

AS BUILT DOCUMENTS AND CLOSE OUT INFORMATION A.

See specification section 270010 for as built documents and close out information these requirements.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SB

CHECKED BY:

SB

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 1 of 17

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SCOPE OF WORK A.

General: Telecommunications Drawings apply to work of this section. The overall and detailed Structured Cabling System (SCS) design shown on the drawings, selected materials, device locations, installation details, mounting details, cabling routing and supporting and all technical specifications if provided on the drawings apply to work of this section.

B.

General: Furnish, install, test and certify complete with all accessories an ANSI/TIA 568C SCS with a minimum 25 year performance warranty for the entire system from the manufacturers and a minimum of 3 years warranty for materials and labor from the SCS installer for all components not covered under the manufacturer’s 25 year warranty. The goal of the project is to provide an enhanced SCS that shall serve as a vehicle for the transport of voice telephony, data, audio, video, security and low voltage devices for building controls and management, throughout the building and from building to building from designated demarcation points to outlets located at various desk, workstation and other locations as indicated in the contract drawings.

C.

Coordination with other trades: It is the responsibility of the installer of the SCS to verify and advice the installer of the raceway infrastructure (conduit, boxes, cable tray, in ground boxes, etc) for this system on raceway routing to minimize the wiring distances to the telecommunication room. When J-hooks are acceptable for the use in structured cabling system, all J-hooks and supports for these devices shall be in the scope of work of the SCS installer.

1.2

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section

B.

Supplemental: Refer to the specification sections identified below for additional requirements, which are supplemented by this section: SECTION TITLE 270010 TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS 270528 RACEWAYS FOR TECHNOLOGY

C.

Owner standards: Comply with the document “Requirements for all Communication Cabling at Clients name” prepared by the Clients applicable office.

D.

Standards: All work related to the SCS shall be in compliance with the following industry codes and standards latest edition:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 2 of 17 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. E.

ANSI/TIA-568-C.0 “Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises” with addendums and errata. ANSI/TIA-568-C.1, “Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard” with addendums and errata. TIA-568-C.2, “Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 2: Balanced Twisted- Pair Cabling Components” with addendums and errata. ANSI/TIA-568-C.3, “Optical Fiber Cabling Component Standard” with addendums and errata. TIA-569-C : “Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces” with addendums and errata. ANSI/NECA/BICSI 568-2006, “Standard for Installing Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling”. TIA-606-B, “Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure” with addendum and errata. TIA-607-B “Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding requirements for Telecommunications” with addendum and errata. NECA/BICSI 607-2011, Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding Planning and Installation Methods for Commercial Buildings. TIA-526-7 “Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber Cable Plant”. December 2008 TIA-526-14B “Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant”. October 2010. TIA-598-C. Optical Fiber Cable color coding. . IEC/TR3 61000-5-2 - Ed. 1.0 and amendments. “Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 5: Installation and mitigation guidelines - Section 2: Earthing and cabling” ANSI/TIA-942-A , “Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers” with addendum and errata ANSI/BICSI 002-2011, Data Center Design and Implementation Best Practices ANSI/NFPA 70 “National Electrical Code”, CSA C22.1. BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM) BICSI Telecommunications Cabling Installation Manual (TCIM) BICSI Customer Owned Outside Plant Manual (COOPM) Local County/City Codes, Ordinances and Regulations. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) FCC -Federal Communications Commission ADA Requirements Occupational Safety and Health Regulations (OSHA) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) ANSI/TIA-1179, Healthcare Facility Telecommunications Infrastructure Standards Florida Statutes and Administrative Rules Manufacturers Product Cabling Catalogs Manufacturers Training Manuals (Design and Installation).

General: Installation practices for SCS as describe herein take precedence over any other section in the construction documents set.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 3 of 17 1.3

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS A.

General: The installer selected for the project must be certified by the manufacturers of the products, adhere to the engineering, installation and testing procedures and utilize the authorized manufacturers components and distribution channels in provisioning the Project.

B.

General: The installer directly responsible for this work shall be a Structured Cabling System (SCS) Installer who is, and who has been, regularly engaged in the providing and installation of commercial and industrial telecommunications wiring systems of this type and size for at least the immediate past five years. Any other company working for the SCS installer of this system shall have the same training and certification as the SCS installer.

C.

Certification: The SCS installer’s Project Manager shall possess a current and in Good Standings BICSI Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD®) certificate. All shop drawings submitted by the SCS Installer shall bear the RCDD's stamp.

D.

The SCS Installer shall have a (BICSI) RCDD on Staff. Third party RCDD’s shall not be acceptable.

E.

The Installer team leader assigned for the project shall be BICSI registered Level II installer or proven and qualified equal.

F.

Experience: The SCS Installer shall be experienced in all aspects of this work and shall be required to demonstrate direct experience on recent systems of similar type and size. The SCS Installer shall own and maintain tools and equipment necessary for successful installation and testing of SCS and have personnel who are adequately trained in the use of such tools and equipment. The Owner or engineer may elect to request submittal of additional financial, operational and administrative information of the SCS installer to demonstrate the required experience.

G.

The SCS Installer shall possess a State of Florida Low Voltage License.

H.

The SCS Installer shall maintain a permanent office within 150 miles of the project site.

1.4

MATERIALS ALTERNATES AND SUBSTITUTIONS A.

SCS Installer shall follow all requirements for materials alternates and substitutions indicated in specification section 270010.

B.

Substitutions are only allowed for the SCS when the substitutions do not change the warranty of the SCS system as indicated in this specification section

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 4 of 17 1.5

SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS. A.

See additional requirements for shop drawings and submittals in specification section 270010.

B.

Proposal Submittals: The SCS Installer shall submit the following information with the proposal to execute the work: 1. A list of five (5) recently completed projects of similar type and size with contact names and telephone numbers for each. 2. A list of test equipment proposed for use in verifying the integrity of the installed SCS. Test equipment list shall include manufacturer part number, serial numbers and a copy of the last calibration report done by the manufacturer of the equipment of the unit, indicating the date when the calibration was done. Calibrations shall not be older than one year. Test equipment includes, cable certifiers, OTDRs, fiber splicers, etc. 3. A technical resume of experience for the installer’s engineer/RCDD and on-site foreman who will be assigned to the project, including RCDD license number. 4. Similar documentation for any company working for the SCS Installers who will assist in the performance of this work. 5. A copy of a current and valid Low voltage License for the State of Florida. 6. Location of office from which installation and warranty work will be performed.

C.

Construction submittals: Once all proposal submittals have been received and approved by the Architect and Engineer (A&E) of the project, the SCS Installer shall provide all construction submittals. Construction submittals are composed of the following items. 1. Manufacturer’s cut sheets for all proposed equipment as described in Part 2 of this specification section. Cut sheets shall bear the printed logo or trademark of the manufacturer for each type of product being provided. Mark each copy of the cut sheets for the specific product being provided with an identifying mark, arrow, or highlighting. 2. Faceplate color selection. 3. Detail explanation of the labeling scheme to be used for all components of the system. This explanation shall include examples of all types of labels to be used, like labels for cables, patch panels, outlet jacks, etc. 4. Autocad® or Revit drawings in sheets matching the size of the design documents with the following information: a. Floor plans with all outlets in the project. All outlets shall have the label to be used during identification and tagging process described in this specification section. b. Enlarged telecommunication rooms with all equipment components and rack layouts for each room. All racks shall have the label to be used during identification and tagging process described in this specification section. c. Drawings indicating rack elevations for all cabinets or racks in the project, identifying the precise quantity of patch panels, fiber distribution centers and wire managers and accurate RU heights based on equipment selection. All equipment shall have the label to be used during the identification and tagging process described in this specification section.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 5 of 17 d.

D.

1.6

A spreadsheet indicating all patch cords (fiber and copper) to be provided in the project. The spreadsheet shall indicate the quantity, color of the jacket, cable type, length and connector termination on each side.

Construction submittals received before proposal submittals are received or approved will be rejected. ABBREVIATIONS

A.

General: The following abbreviations are used in this specification section: 1. A&E - Architect and Engineer. The Architect is the legal entity that holds a contract for the design the project. The Engineer is the consulting engineer firm or engineer of record for the project who prepared this specification. 2. APC - Angle physical contact connector. Reference to the polish style of the ferrule in fiber optic connectors. 3. Array connector - a multi-strand fiber connector user for high density applications, such as the MPO connector 4. BICSI - Building Industry Consultant Services International 5. CCTV - Close circuit television system (surveillance video system) 6. FCC - Federal Communications Commission. 7. FTP - Foiled Twisted pair. One foiled screen around each cable pair. 8. IDC - Insulation Displacement Connector 9. NEC - National Electrical Code.® 10. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 11. OM1 - ISO 11801 designation for multimode 62.5/125µm glass fiber optics. 12. OM2 - ISO 11801 designation for multimode 50/125µm glass fiber optics. 13. OM3 - ISO 11801 designation for multimode laser optimized 50/125µm glass fiber optics. 14. OM4 - TIA designation for multimode laser optimized 50/125µm glass fiber optics in compliance with TIA-492-AAAD. 15. OS1 - ISO 11801 designation for single mode 9/125µm glass fiber optics. 16. OS2 - ISO 11801 designation for single mode 9/125µm glass fiber optic with performance criteria identical to ITU-T G652. 17. OTDR - Optical Time Domain Reflectometer. 18. RU - Rack units. Height dimension for rack mounted equipment. 1 RU equivalent to 1.75”. 19. SCS - Structured Cabling System 20. ScTP - Screened twisted pair. One foiled screen around all cable pairs 21. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association. 22. TR - Telecommunications Room. 23. UPC - Ultra physical contact connector. Reference to the polish style of the ferrule in fiber optic connectors.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 6 of 17 24. 25. 26.

UTP - Unshielded twisted Pair UV - Ultra violet VAC - Volts alternating current.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

SINGLE STRAND FIBER OPTICS CONNECTORS A.

All fiber optic cables (horizontal or backbone cables) shall be terminated on fiber optic connectors at both ends of the cable with either single strand fiber optic connectors or array connectors. Single strand fiber optic connector shall be compliant with industry standard ANSI/TIA-568-C.3 and the applicable TIA/EIA Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standard (FOCIS) document, TIA/EIA 604 series. Single strand fiber optic connectors shall have the following specification: 1. Physical contact type: use UPC type connector for all application with the exception of applications of Broadband TV distribution systems or DAS systems. For those applications use APC type connectors. 2. Connector type: SC 3. Security level: non-keyed connector 4. Pairing style: simplex 5. Acceptable attachment type: epoxy-less type, epoxy type or fusion spliced pig tail with factory pre-polished connector, suitable for outdoor environment 6. Fiber type: SCS installer shall select the connector according to the fiber type where connector will be installed. As an example use OM1 connectors only in OM1 fiber optic cables. 7. Ferrule construction: use ceramic ferrule connectors only, plastic ferrules are not acceptable. 8. Polish type: field polish

B.

All single strand fiber optic connectors shall include boots to protect the fiber optic cable. The SCS installer shall select the boot according to the fiber optic type selected. As an example use 900µm boots in 900µm coated fiber, use 250µm boots on 250µm coated fiber and use 2mm boots on 2mm jacketed fiber. All boots shall be color coded to identify the type of fiber connector used. Boots shall be beige for OM1 fiber, black for OM2, aqua for OM3 and OM4 or green.

C.

Single strand multimode fiber optic connectors shall have the following performance requirements: 1. The maximum insertion loss shall be 0.75 dB (maximum) when installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedure and tested in accordance with FOTP171. 2. Connector reflectance shall be less than or equal to -26 dB when installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedure.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 7 of 17 3. 4.

Connectors shall sustain a minimum of 500 mating cycles without violating specifications. Connectors shall have an optical axial pull strength of 2.2 N (0.5lbf) at 90º angle, with a maximum 0.5dB increase in attenuation for both tests when tested in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-455-6B.

D.

Single strand single mode fiber optic connectors shall have the following performance requirements: 1. Maximum insertion loss shall be 0.75 dB per each mated connector pair when installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedure and tested in accordance with FOTP-171. 2. Connector reflectance shall be less than or equal to -40 dB (UPC) when installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended procedure. 3. Connectors shall sustain a minimum of 500 mating cycles without violating specifications. 4. Connectors shall have an optical axial pull strength of 2.2 N (0.5lbf) at 90º angle, with a maximum 0.5 dB increase in attenuation for both tests when tested in accordance with ANSI/EIA/TIA-455-6B. 5. Connectors shall meet the following performance criteria: Test Procedure Maximum Attenuation Change (dB) Cable Retention FOTP-6 0.2 dB Durability FOTP-21 0.2 dB Impact FOTP-2 0.2 dB Thermal Shock FOTP-3 0.2 dB Humidity FOTP-5 0.2 dB

E.

Approved manufacturers. Ortronics, Corning, Belden, TE Connectivity, Panduit, Siemon, Leviton, CommScope or 3M

2.2

INDOOR/OUTDOOR FIBER OPTICS BACKBONE CABLES A.

Whenever design drawings indicate indoor/outdoor fiber optics backbone cables to be run between buildings or outside premises, the following specification shall be followed for those cables: 1. Strand Count: As indicated in design drawings 2. Fiber type: As indicated in design drawings 3. Fiber coating: 900µm coating color coded. 250µm coating is acceptable for loose buffer cables but they shall be protected with break-out kits with color coded 900µm buffers at both ends of the cable. When fibers are terminated in outdoor non-conditioned spaces break out kits shall be used with 3 mm tubes with aramid yarn for each fiber. Unprotected 900µm fibers in non-conditioned spaces are not allowed. 4. Rodent protection requirement: is not required 5. Buffer type: tight buffer required loose buffer acceptable. 6. Center strength member material: dielectric material

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 8 of 17 B.

Jacket: All indoor/outdoor fiber optics backbone cables shall have UV resistant cable sheathing and a water blocking material to prevent water intrusion. All outside plant fiber optics backbone cables shall be tested and in compliance with following standards: 1. ANSI/TIA-568-C 2. Telcordia GR-409 3. ANSI/ICEA S-104-696

C.

Jacket: Cable jackets for indoor/outdoor fiber optic cables shall also comply with Article 770 NEC for correct use in the environment in which they will be used. If at the moment of the bid the SCS installer does not know the environment, in which cables will be used, the SCS installer shall assume plenum rated is required for the project. At a minimum all cables shall have a flame retardant riser rated jacket. Rating shall be printed in the cable jacket.

D.

Approved manufacturers. Match selection for horizontal 4-pair cable

2.3

FIBER OPTIC DISTRIBUTION CENTERS A.

All fiber optic cables shall be terminated in fiber optic distribution centers. Inside premises horizontal fiber optic cables shall be terminated in one side (telecommunication room side) in a fiber optics distribution center (FODC). Backbone fiber optic distribution centers shall be terminated at both ends in a FODC. FODC are composed of an enclosure and snap on adapters. These are the specifications of the enclosures for the FODC: 1. Mounting: Use rack mounted FODC enclosures in all rooms where racks are available or any type of rack rails. Use wall mounted FODC enclosures only when racks are not available like in outdoor enclosures, or other spaces different than telecom rooms. 2. Size: SCS Installer shall size the FODC based on the amount of fiber strands to be terminated in the FODC. 3. Front locking doors are required. 4. Locking door shall be transparent doors and shall have labeling cards. 5. Whenever fiber splices are indicated in the design drawings next to an FODC, enclosures shall be selected by the SCS installer as to have spaces to hold splice trays. FODCs under these conditions shall be able to hold the amount of splice trays required for the fiber count indicated in the drawings.

B.

These are the specifications of the snap on adapters for the FODC: 1. Style: plate style 2. Connector type: SC to match fiber types of fiber optic cables 3. Maximum fiber strands allowed per adapter: 12 4. Security level: non-keyed connector keyed connector 5. Pairing style: duplex

C.

Approved manufacturers. Match selection for fiber optic connectors

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 9 of 17 2.4

FIBER OPTICS PATCH CORDS A.

Fiber optic patch cords shall be required for connections from active equipment to FODCs and/or to telecommunication outlets. Fiber optic patch cords shall be required at both ends of fiber optics backbone cables or horizontal fiber optic cables. Direct connection of backbone cables or horizontal fiber optic cables to active equipment shall not be allowed.

B.

Fiber optic patch cords shall be all factory tested. Field made fiber optic patch cords are not acceptable. The specifications of the fiber optic patch cords shall be: 1. Strand Count: 2 strands 2. Fiber type: Match fiber type of backbone cable or horizontal cable. 3. Fiber connector in FODC or outlet side: match connector for each adapter 4. Fiber connector in active equipment side: the SCS installer shall coordinate with supplier of equipment the type of connector required in this side. 5. Fiber protection: aramid yarn 6. Jacket type: 2.9mm flame-retardant PVC jacket zip-cord type. 7. Color jacket: jacket shall be orange for OM1 or OM2 fiber, aqua for OM3 or OM4 fiber and yellow for OS1 or OS2 fiber.

C.

Approved manufacturers. Match selection for fiber optic connectors

2.5

CABLE TIES A.

Cable ties shall be used at different locations of the project but with the same goal of producing a neat and organized installation. Cable ties shall be used to support cables to j-hooks (when jhooks are allowed in the project) to organize cables in ladder trays, D-rings and cable trays, to support cables to wire managers including managers behind patch panels, to bundle cables, organize patch cords, etc.

B.

To support and organize all horizontal cabling and inside premise backbone cables, only the following types of cable ties shall be used: 1. Hook and loop style, re-usable with Velcro no smaller than 0.5” width. 2. Pre-perforated rolls of re-usable ties with Velcro no smaller than 0.5” width 3. Straps of other soft materials with cinch rings that allow for re-use of the cable ties in widths no smaller than 0.85”.

C.

Nylon based cable ties (re-usable or not) can only be used to support and organize the following types of cables: 1. Outside plant fiber and copper backbone cables. 2. Inside premise fiber optic backbone cables with interlock armors. 3. Grounding conductors

D.

Nylon based cable ties shall never be used to support or organize any type of horizontal cables or inside premise fiber optic backbone cable without armor.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 10 of 17 E.

All cable ties to be used in outdoor environments shall be made of weather resistant Acetal. Outdoor cable ties used for aerial cable lacing shall be in compliance with Telcordia TR-TSY000789 standard.

F.

All cable ties shall be selected in lengths as to properly secure the bundle of cable being supported.

G.

All cable ties to be used in air handling spaces, such as above ceiling and under raised floor areas, shall be UL listed for the use in those environments.

H.

Approved manufactures: Ortronics, Panduit or approved equal

2.6

IDENTIFICATION AND LABELING TAGS A.

SCS installer shall follow labeling materials indicated in specification section 270010.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION PRACTICES. A.

GENERAL. All installation requirements indicated in specification section 270010 shall be followed.

B.

WORKMANSHIP. All work shall be completed by the SCS installer in a neat and workmanlike manner. The use of all BICSI standards and recommendations for installation shall be followed as the benchmark for workmanship.

C.

FIBER OPTICS TERMINATION POLARITY. All fiber optic cables (horizontal or backbone) terminated in duplex style adapter panels shall be connected in a cross-over polarity configuration. As an example, if fibers 1 and 2 are terminated in one end in positions A and B respectively in one side of the cable, the same strands shall be terminated in B and A positions in the other side of the cable.

D.

FIRE STOP PROTECTION: Sealing of openings between floors, through rated fire and smoke walls, existing or created by the SCS installer for cable pass through shall be the responsibility of the SCS installer. Sealing material and application of this material shall be accomplished in such a manner, which is acceptable to the local fire and building authorities having jurisdiction over this work. Creation of such openings as are necessary for cable passage between locations as shown on the drawings shall be the responsibility of the SCS Installer's work. Any openings created by or for the SCS installer and left unused shall also be sealed as part of this work. Penetration rating shall equal structure rating.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 11 of 17 E.

NEW MATERIALS: All components, wiring and materials to be used for the installation of the SCS shall be new and free of defects. Used components, wiring and materials shall only be used when specifically indicated in the design drawings.

F.

BLANK INSERTS AND PANELS. All telecommunications outlets with faceplates or mounting frames with unused terminations shall be plugged with blank inserts or panels. Blank inserts shall match the color of the faceplate or mounting frame. No more than one blank module shall be required for each faceplate. All unused ports in the FODC enclosures for adapter panels shall be filled with blank adapter panels.

G.

PATCH PANEL AND FODC SEPARATION: Horizontal cables shall be terminated in separate patch panels according to the use of the cable. Each series of patch panels or FODC for a specific use shall have at least 20% spare capacity of ports. Patch panels of the same use shall be mounted consecutive in the equipment cabinets or racks. The following separation for patch panels and FODCs shall be provided: 1. Horizontal fiber optic cables shall be terminated in separate FODC from fiber optics backbone cables. 2. Single mode fiber optic backbone cables shall be terminated in separate FODC from multimode fiber optic backbone cables.

H.

PATCH CORD QUANTITY, COLOR AND LENGTHS. Copper and fiber optics patch cords shall be provided per following chart. All percentage calculations shall be rounded off to the nearest integer number. TYPE QTY COLOR JACKET LEGTH 2-strand fiber optics One for 100% of all Per fiber type For pricing purposes use: at FODC. horizontal 2-strand fiber 20% 6’, 60% 10’. 20% cables and one for 83% of 14’ SCS installer shall all fiber strands of field verify these backbone cables in the percentages to provide project. For example a 24 more accuracy. strand cable shall require 20-2-strand patch cords or 10 for each side of the cable One or two pair for One for 90% of all Gray For pricing purposes use: copper backbone backbone copper pairs 80% 8’, 20% 10’. SCS cross connects installed in the project. installer shall field verify these percentages to provide more accuracy.

I.

CABLE SLACK. Cable slack shall be provided for all cables in the project following this guideline: 1. At each work area outlets, all horizontal cables shall have 12” of slack.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 12 of 17 2.

3. 4.

At the telecom room side all horizontal cables shall have at least 6’ neatly organized on the wall using a figure 8 configuration or a non-loop shaped arrangement with Velcro straps. Backbone cables at termination points shall have at least 15’ of slack neatly organized on the wall using a standard loop and Velcro straps. Outside plant backbone cables run through in-ground pull boxes greater than 24”X24” shall include one service loop inside the box.

J.

BEND RADIUS. Installation of Fiber Optic Cables shall be in accordance with ANSI/TIA568C guidelines and cable manufacturer specifications. Bend radius parameters shall be followed for load and no load conditions. Cable installation and terminations that do not comply shall be replaced by the SCS installer. If no recommendation is specified by cable manufacturer, at least the following criteria shall be meet: 1. The bend radius for intrabuilding 2 and 4-fiber horizontal optical fiber cable shall not be less than 25 mm (1 in) under no-load conditions. When under a maximum tensile load of 222 N (50lbf), the bend radius shall not be less than 50 mm (2 in). 2. The bend radius for intrabuilding optical fiber backbone with fiber counts above 4 shall not be less than 10 times the cable outside diameter under no-load conditions and no less than 15 times the cable outside diameter when the cable is under tensile load. 3. The bend radius for interbuilding optical fiber backbone shall not be less than 10 times the cable outside diameter under no-load conditions and no less than 20 times the cable outside diameter when the cable is under tensile load up to the rating of the cable, usually 2670 N (600lbf).

K.

INNERDUCT. Innerduct shall be provided from end to end of a raceway system under the following conditions: 1. Inside underground conduits as indicated in design drawings. 2. For horizontal fiber optic cable or inside premise fiber optics backbone cables without interlocking armor when routed through cable trays, ladder trays or vertical conduit sleeves. This requirement is usually not indicated in the drawings but indicated only in this specification. 3. For backbone fiber optic cable in vertical risers

L.

SCS PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION. The SCS installer shall protect all SCS materials from damage during construction. Racks shall be covered with fabric or plastic after mounting to prevent dust, debris and other foreign materials having contact with SCS devices. The SCS installer shall protect at all times all fiber optic and copper cables from damage during installation. All cables shall maintain the physical integrity as manufactured for testing and delivery to the owner. All damaged cables shall be replaced at no additional cost to the owner.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 13 of 17 3.2

IDENTIFICATION AND TAGGING A.

General: Identification and tagging of SCS components shall be executed by the SCS installer. At a minimum identification and tagging shall be provided for the following components of the system: 1. All horizontal and backbone cables at both ends of the cable in the cable jacket. Labels on each side shall be different indicating the location of the other side of the cable 2. All faceplates indicating all jacks terminated in the faceplate. 3. All patch panels. 4. All racks 5. All termination blocks 6. All telecommunication rooms and outdoor enclosures. 7. All interbuilding backbone cables inside in ground pull boxes outside of the building shall have a visible label in each box they pass through.

B.

The SCS installer shall follow the owner provided identification system. If owner does not have any preference or standard the SCS installer shall provide a system for approval of the A&E and the owner as indicated in the submittal paragraph of this specification. The identification system shall follow the TIA/EIA 606-B standard.

3.3

TESTING OF FIBER OPTICS CABLING A.

General: Horizontal and backbone cabling shall be verified in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA568-C and the addendum for fiber optic testing.

B.

General: In the event the Engineer elects to be present during the tests, provide notification to the engineer two (2) weeks prior to testing.

C.

Cleanness: All fiber optics connector shall be cleaned properly before any testing and after testing. Proof of cleanness shall be required during the acceptance test for the SCS by the A&E. SCS installer shall have available during this test a 200X microscope or a video probe to demonstrate the cleanness of the randomly selected connectors by the A&E.

D.

End to End Attenuation Test: The SCS installer shall perform end-to-end attenuation testing for each multimode fiber at 850 nm and 1300 nm from both directions for each terminated fiber span in accordance with EIA/TIA-526-14A (OFSTP 14) and single-mode fibers at 1310 nm and 1550 nm from both directions for each terminated fiber span in accordance with TIA/EIA-526-7 (OFSTP 7). A one jumper reference shall be used for all testing. For spans greater than 90 meters, each tested span must test to a value less than or equal to the value determined by calculating a link loss budget. For horizontal spans less than or equal to 90 meters, each tested span must be < 2.0 dB. When calculating the link loss budget for spans greater than 90 meters use the values listed below. End to end attenuation shall be done with a Level II meter using a meter and light source equipment (also known as main and remote unit)

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 14 of 17 ATTENUATION DUE TO Terminating connectors. Field terminated options Terminating connectors, preterm fibers

FIBER TYPE All fiber types

MAX. ATTENUATION 0.75 dB per connector

All fiber types

Splices Distance Distance

All fiber types OM1 (850nm/1300) OM2, OM3 and OM4 (850nm/1300) OS1 and OS2 (1310 nm/1383 nm/1550 nm)

No more than 0.2 dB additional to total dB loss measured at the factory in report sent by cable manufacturer. 0.3 dB per splice 3.4 dB /1.0 dB per Km. 3.0 dB /1.0 dB per Km.

Distance

0.65 dB /0.65 dB/ 0.5 dB per Km.

E.

OTDR Test. Additional to end to end attenuation test, all fiber optic cables shall be tested with a Level III OTDR equipment for the following conditions: 1. Each known event (connector/splice) insertion loss at both windows for each fiber type (850/1300 nm for multimode and 1310/1550 nm for single mode). All events shall pass maximum allowed insertion loss for the event type as indicated in table above. 2. Overall insertion loss of the cable at both windows. Adding all events and cable length. 3. Estimated distance. 4. Cable signature in the form of traces along the complete distance of the cable. Unexplained cable reflections shown in the OTDR shall require the installer to submit letter explaining such events and pictures of cable conditions in the locations where the unexplained events are located to demonstrate cable has not been kinked or damaged during installation.

F.

OTDR Test conditions. All OTDR testing shall be performed with the following conditions: 1. Use a launch cable and a tail cable in accordance with fiber type being tested and requirements indicated by OTDR equipment manufacturer. 2. Launch and tail cables shall be products sold by testing equipment manufacturer and not field made cables. 3. Launch and tail cables shall be selected according to the type of connector being tested such as APC or UPC type connectors. 4. Use launch compensation mode during the test to subtract the effects of the launch and tail cables. 5. Test from one direction only, unless the presence of “gainers” are spotted during the test. In such case the installer shall test in both directions and adjust the test equipment to average measurements from both directions. 6. The SCS installer shall verify the backscatter coefficient use in the test to make sure it matches the coefficient of the cable being tested.

G.

OTDR Testing Equipment used on this project shall have the specifications indicated in this following table:

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 15 of 17 SPECIFICATION Wavelengths Event Dead Zone. Measured at 1.5 dB below non-saturating reflection peak with the shortest pulse width. Reflection peak < -40 dB for mm and < -50 dB for sm. Attenuation Dead Zone. Measured at ± 0.5 dB deviation from backscatter with the shortest pulse width. Reflection peak < -40 dB for mm. and < -50 dB for sm. Pulse Widths (nominal)

Loss Threshold Setting

MULTIMODE 850 nm ±10 nm 1300 nm +35 / -15 nm. 850 nm: 0.5m typical 1300 nm: 0.7m typical

SINGLE MODE 1310 nm ±25 nm. 1550 nm ±30 nm. 1310 nm: 0.6 m typical 1550 nm: 0.6m typical

850 nm: 2.2m typical 1300 nm: 4.5m typical

1310 nm: 3.6m typical 1550 nm: 3.7m typical

850 nm: 3, 5, 20, 40, 200 ns. 1300 nm: 3, 5, 20, 40, 200, 1000 ns. 0.01 dB to 1.5 dB Adjustable in 0.01 dB increments

3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 10000, 20000 ns

0.01 dB to 1.5 dB Adjustable in 0.01 dB increments

H.

The Test Report for each fiber strand shall include the following information: 1. Calculated Loss Budget for each optical fiber link (see attenuation table above) 2. Cable/strand ID matching shop drawings labeling system. 3. Name of technicians who performed the test. 4. Date and time the test was performed. 5. Measurement direction (from/to) 6. Jumper reference set up date/time and attenuation value 7. Equipment model and serial number used and calibration date. 8. End to End Attenuation Loss Data for each optical fiber link 9. OTDR Traces, one page per strand. Expand chart to cover most of the page 10. Each event loss data and test limits used, including test limit file date used.

I.

For fiber optic cables with factory terminated connectors or pre-terminated pig-tails, The SCS installer shall provide also the test results performed at the factory for fiber optic cables with factory terminated connectors to compare with the field test done by the SCS installer. No significant variation between the factory test results and the field test results shall be encountered.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 16 of 17 3.4

SYSTEMS WARRANTY AND SERVICE A.

SCS Installer shall follow all warranty and service requirements indicated in specification section 270010.

B.

Warranty: The SCS shall be required to be under the manufacturer’s warranty program for a complete channel configuration including cable, jacks, patch cords and patch panels and include cabling specifically approved for the channel configuration with the manufacturer’s components. Manufactures shall provide the warranty worst-case performance data for the installed cabling system, and the performance data indicated in the warranty documents/certificate.

C.

A twenty five (25) year warranty available for the Structured Cabling System (Fiber optics and copper infrastructure) shall be provided for an end-to-end channel model installation which covers applications assurance, cable, connecting hardware and the labor cost for the repair or replacement thereof.

3.5

ENGINEER’S FINAL ACCEPTANCE TEST A.

SCS Installer shall follow all requirements for final acceptance indicated in specification section 270010.

B.

The Engineer’s final acceptance test will not include testing of structured cabling components, but could include verification of cleanness of fiber optic connectors.

3.6

TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION A.

Training shall only be done after all testing and identification process have been completed and passed as indicated in this specification. Any training done prior to final acceptance will not be accounted for the formal training requested and the SCS installer shall re-do all training after the final acceptance test is passed, at no additional cost to the Owner.

B.

SCS Installer shall follow all training requirements indicated in specification section 270010

C.

The training for the SCS shall include the following topics: 1. Detail explanation of the identification system. 2. A walkthrough of all spaces and locations where terminations have been done in the project.

3.7

AS BUILT DOCUMENTS AND PROJECT CLOSE OUT A.

The SCS shall follow all requirements for as-build and close out documents indicated in specification section 270010

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM Section 27 1000 – Page 17 of 17 B.

The following are additional requirements supplementing the information provided in specification section 270010: 1. Provide the Warranty certificate issued by the manufacturer of the SCS infrastructure. 2. The installer’s RCDD shall affix his/her stamp to the as-built drawings, indicating that he/she has reviewed and approved the drawings as being complete, accurate, and representative of the system as actually installed. 3. As built drawings inside each telecom room. The SCS installer shall plot all as-built drawings and locate them inside each of the telecom rooms in the project. Each telecom room shall have the as-built drawings of the areas being served from that room. Each drawing shall be placed inside a clear vinyl document protector the size of the actual design drawing and affixed to a wall/plywood in the telecom room. The document protector shall be re-usable and shall allow the owner to replace the drawings as changes are done to the SCS infrastructure in the future. Without this information, substantial use of the system will not be provided to the installer. 4. The SCS installer shall provide Excel software spreadsheet that defines the telecommunications outlet number, location, number of voice, data and special jacks. This database shall also provide the outlet patch panel connection to the riser/inter-floor cable, equipment, and telephone company demarcation circuit pairs as part of the as-built documentation. 5. Electronic copies of all test results (copper). Electronic copies shall include raw data files and PDF files with results. PDF files shall be organized the following way: a. All attenuation and OTDR test for all strands of a single cable shall be in one PDF file with the name corresponding to the Cable ID used in the shop drawings.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SB

CHECKED BY:

SB

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 1 of 14 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General: The General Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, these Specifications, Drawings, Addenda and Contract Modifications (the Contract Documents), and definitions of legal entity (such as Contract, Installer, Engineer, Owner, etc.) shall apply to the work of this specification section. B. Supplemental: Refer to the specification sections identified below for additional requirements, which are supplemented by this section. SECTION 270010

1.2

TITLE TECHNOLOGY GENERAL PROVISIONS

INTENT OF BID DOCUMENTS A. General: The intention of the bid documents, including this specification section and the schematic drawings, to provide a reference framework with minimum requirements to allow for multiple bids to be received. These documents are intended to be performance based and are not intended to be a construction set of documents. The intention is for the bidder to provide all components of the system, even if not indicated in the bid documents, with the exceptions only of the items specifically excluded in section 1.3 of this specification. B. The final set of construction documents will be completed by the selected bidder as part of the shop drawings process for the project.

1.3

SCOPE OF WORK (SOW) A. General: Refer to the requirements of the related documents identified in Part 1.1 of this specification for scope of work requirements which are supplemented by this section. This shall constitute the basis for the “Scope of Work” for this specification. B. System: The goal of the project is to provide and install up to 2 LED signs at the entrance of Sarasota Bradenton International Airport (SRQ). The scope of work includes the following work: 1. All shop drawings and submittals as indicated in this specification section. 2. All project management services.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 2 of 14 3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.

All materials and equipment that make up the LED signage including LED tiles, power supplies, drivers, video processors, software – both application and management software, etc. The structural frame to hold the video tiles in place. All shipping charges and costs of insurance. All installation labor including any ancillary tools and equipment required to install the LED signage. All costs associated with general conditions to execute this project. All costs of training and warranty support to the Owner as described in the Contract Documents. Supply all spare parts as required by the Contract Documents. All conduit work for power or data connections. All structural supports to provide anchoring points to the LED signage location and any decorative trims and finishes. All data racks to house equipment. All CAT6 cabling between equipment and videowalls.

C. The following scope of work will be provided to be coordinated with another Contractor: 1. All content creation. 2. All low fiber optic cabling to support the LED signage locations. 3. Any network equipment required to support the LED signage locations. 4. Any personal computers and/or servers required to manage or supervise the LED signage locations. 1.4

OVERALL PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. General. The objective of this project is to procure and install up to 2 locations of LED dynamic signage for the Welcome sign system at Sarasota Bradenton International Airport (SRQ): B. Technology. The only acceptable solution for the LED displays requested are solutions based on modular, LED tiles with a pixel pitch of 8mm to 10 mm and other requirements indicated in Part 2 of the Specifications. Solutions based on LED tiles with a larger pixel pitch will not be accepted and will be considered non-responsive. Solutions based on custom size tiles made for this project will not be accepted. C. Intent of use. The intention is to use each LED dynamic display in a 24/7 operation with a multitude of content, including flight information, welcome and farewell messages and airport information. Each LED dynamic display may have unique content. The LED dynamic display system shall allow for highly dynamic content and quick changes from a central platform located at an office inside the Terminal Building. LED dynamic signage displays do not require a sound system.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 3 of 14 D. System architecture. All LED dynamic displays shall be a self-contained array with a single power connection for each unit and a single data (video) connection point. All rack-mounted equipment like LED display processor systems, supervisory equipment, etc. shall be located at the Terminal building (Approximate distance is 2,500 ft). Communication lines between the LED displays and the Terminal building shall be multimode (OM4) fiber optics only. E. Content Ingestion. LED display head end equipment shall be capable of receiving video content, at a minimum, in one of two possible ways: direct video feed through an HDMI or DVI connection directly from the content players or thru an IP stream grabbing the information directly from a video source. F. Management Software. The proposed solution shall include a management software application that allows the owner to monitor the LED displays at all times from a single platform. Solutions requiring different or multiple software platforms will not be accepted. Submit product information on the type of management level offered. Although it is not required to comply with all the desired management features, the more features supported will score higher in evaluation. The desired management features shall include the following: 1. LED display power on/off (status monitor). 2. LED display power on/off (remote control). 3. LED display engine operating status (heartbeat or other signal type indicating to staff the wall is operating properly). 4. Remote reboot of LED display engine. 5. Remote video controls, including brightness, contrast, color adjustments). 6. Scheduled events. Possibility to change settings on walls based on time of day. 7. Individual tile power on/off (if hot swapping of tiles not possible). 8. Individual tile failure (status indication). 9. Individual pixel failure in a tile. Reporting capacity shall be only for the tile number not for the individual pixel number. G. Serviceability. The proposed solution shall allow quick and easy service of the LED displays. Each tile shall be able to be replaced, regardless of the location of the tile, without having to remove any other tile in the system. Tiles should be hot swappable or individually powered on/off. Any other active electronics located at the LED display shall be easily serviceable without the need to dismantle the LED display, even partially. H. Canvas layout. The LED displays shall have no less than four (4) windows each filling different areas of the wall. Each window shall have one separate input or they could be used as a single canvas to display one image across all windows. Separation of windows shall not be noticeable to the users and shall be no different than the separation between tiles on each window. All physical windows shall be of the same aspect ratio to allow for a single image to be stretched across all windows.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 4 of 14 I.

1.5

Non-custom content. It is the intention of the Owner to avoid content with a non-standard format ratio. It is therefore required that solutions provided meet 16:9 aspect ratio.

COMPANY QUALIFICATIONS A. General: The qualifications and requirements herein apply to the specific technology identified by this specification section. Refer to the specification sections identified in Part 1.1 “Related Documents”, of this specification for additional requirements which are supplemented by this section. B. If the company providing the bid for this project is not the manufacturer, it will be required to provide separate qualifications for the installer and manufacturer. This section indicated the qualification requirements for both installers and manufacturers.

C. Manufacturers Qualifications: The manufacturer of the products indicated in section 2 of this specification (referenced in this specification as the AVS manufacturer) shall be a reputable company who has been fabricating the products part of the scope of work for no less than 5 years. The AVS manufacturer shall be in good financial standing and shall have an office already established in the United States of America for no less than 3 years. This office shall be capable of providing technical support and shall have a warehouse of spare parts available for immediate delivery of the products included within this specification. D. Installer Qualifications: The Installer directly responsible for the work described in this specification section is also referenced to as the Audio Visual System (AVS) Installer. The AVS Installer shall be a factory-authorized and trained installer of the systems to be installed as part of this project at the time of issuance of the project documents for bidding purposes, and shall be factory-trained and certified to install and program all aspects of the system. Where specialized individuals are required to perform specific functions, these individuals shall be certified by the AVS manufacturer for the task being performed. Certifications shall remain intact throughout the maintenance and warranty period. The AVS installer shall meet the following: 1. Be in good financial standing. 2. Have an office location from where the installation and warranty work will be performed for this project within 100 miles of SRQ. The staff responsible for the installation and support of the system shall be permanently assigned to this office. 3. Be an authorized installer for the products submitted. 4. Be able to demonstrate experience in the installation of the products. E. Supporting documents. Refer to the evaluation forms for information to be delivered as proof of qualifications for manufacturer and installers.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 5 of 14

1.6

SUBMITTALS A. General: AVS Installer on this project will have to prepare submittals during different stages of the construction process. This is the list of required documentation for each stage: 1.

BID SUBMITTALS: With the bid for this project, the following information shall be provided: a. Cut sheets with all specifications of every device, cable, software, and connector to be used in the project. b. One-line diagrams with all devices included in the system and clearly depicting the system’s architecture. c. Power and communications requirement for each wall. d. Schematic drawings of each wall including all dimensions, weight and anchoring points.

2.

CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A maximum of 30 days after the AVS Installer receives a notice to proceed on the project, the following information shall be submitted: a. Direct cabling diagrams including labels for all horizontal cabling required for the system. b. Final construction drawings including weight, precise dimensions, locations of anchoring points, etc. All structural supports provided with the sign shall have the sign and seal of a Professional Engineer licensed to operate in the State of Florida. c. A training plan including the following information: 1) A detailed training chronogram indicating all training sessions requested in this specification. 2) An outline of the training sessions. 3) Samples of the training materials/manuals for each session.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1

EIGHT TO TEN (8 TO 10) mm LED TILE A. General Information 1. Pixel technology: LED only 2. Pixel Design: 3-in-1 black package surface-mount device, RGB 3. Line and Column Spacing: 8.128mm, to 10.16 mm (+/- 4%) 4. Module Dimensions: less than 25” X 25” B. Display Capabilities

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 6 of 14 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Gradations Per Color: 65,536 Color Capability: 16 bit (281 Trillion Colors) Color Temperature: 3000-10,000 degrees Kelvin (adjustable) Panel Refresh Rate: No less than 4,800 Hz as defined by the number of times per second the display image is repainted in intensity Panel shall be capable of displaying video clips with fast changes without any smears or artifacts in the image.

C. Viewing Characteristics 1. Brightness: ≥7,000 nits 2. Brightness Control: 256 levels (manual, scheduled or automatic) 3. Contrast Ratio: 1,200:1 4. Suggested Viewing Angle: 160° (80° off center), both horizontally and (+25°/-45°) vertically, as defined by the angle at which display intensity drops to 50 percent of direct frontal intensity D. Component Quality 1. LED manufacturer: Only Nichia, Toshiba or Cree are approved manufacturers 2. LED Quality Control: Sorted by intensity and color wavelength 3. LED Lifetime: 100,000 hours of operation as defined by time at which display intensity has decreased to 50 percent of the original intensity E. Tile Frame Construction 1. Environment: Suitable for outdoor rated installation with high humidity (up to 95% humidity) with temperature range from 30° F to 120° F. 2. Service Access: Front 3. Cabinet Depth: 9" (+/- 4%) or approved equal 4. Cabinet Construction: Galvanized steel and aluminum design for fixed installations 5. Cabinet ingress protection rating: IP-66 rated components. 6. Ventilation: fan, internal deflector, vent panel. Air condition shall not be required for these units. F. Power and environmental 1. Power draw: Overall power consumption at each sign shall be no more than 100W per sq.ft. when operating at 78 deg. F. ambient temperature, at calibrated intensity 2,000 nits with a white image (3,500 deg. K.) in all pixels 2. Operating temperature: LED display shall be possible to operate at an ambient temperature of 30 deg. F. to 120 deg. F. G. Communications with LED display processor system 1. All tiles shall be daisy-chained together and a single communications line with the LED display processor system shall be provided per window. Communications to the LED

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 7 of 14 display processor system shall be over proprietary or non-proprietary communications protocols but they shall be provided over OM4 fiber optics. The use of external transceivers to covert signal from copper to fiber are acceptable, as long as transceivers are small enough to fit as part of the LED display structure with ease of access. 2.2

LED DISPLAY PROCESSOR SYSTEM A. General: The LED display processor system for this project shall be capable of receiving content from the Owner provided content players or servers and formatting the images to be displayed in the LED displays given the window layout provided in Part 1 of this specification. The LED display processor system can be one single piece of equipment or multiple devices working in conjunction to drive each LED display. The LED signage display shall not depend on the content player to provide the video image in a specific size or be broken down in any specific way to be able to provide independent images in all the windows indicated in Part 1 of the specification. B. General: The LED display processor system shall have the following minimum number of inputs: 1.

Four (4) DVI single links with a maximum resolution of 1920X1080 30 fps or IP connection to retrieve video feeds from content server

C. The LED display processor shall be able to perform the following tasks: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Scale, crop or resize any of the available input to fit on any of the windows described on each wall or to fit on the complete wall as a single window. Address individually every single pixel of the wall independently. Re-size windows and assign any input to any available window. Route selection of inputs to windows available through remote control commands. Select window templates available through remote control. Provide LED display monitoring status and diagnostics as described in Part 1 of this specification.

D. The LED display processor system shall have the following outputs: 1.

Fiber optics port to drive the LED display tiles in a standard or proprietary communication protocol. Copper based outputs are acceptable as long as fiber optic transceivers compatible with the copper ports are provided with the system.

E. The LED display processor system architecture: 1.

Processing: Complete digital processing based

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 8 of 14 2. 3.

Processing architecture: no less than 16 bit Graphic frame rate: 30 frame per second

F. Remote Control Options 1. One (1) proprietary control protocol in 9-pin serial RS-232 connector 2. One (1) network interface (RJ-45) G. Capabilities 1. Auto-detect format and resolution 2. Noise reduction H. Edge and motion adaptive de-interlacing 1. Bad edit detection 2. Static/freeze frame 3. Multi-directional motion detection 4. Inter-field motion detection 5. Film mode detection I.

Detail enhancement 1. Image sharpening 2. Diagonal edge detection

J. Scaling 1. Aspect ratio independent 2. Input active area control 3. Horizontal and vertical scaling control 4. Horizontal and vertical panoramic zoom K. Input-specific picture controls 1. Color 2. Gamma 3. Brightness 4. Contrast L. Video mixing 1. Blending 2. Wipe and mix effects 3. Seamless source switching 4. Flexible positioning of sources 5. Multi-zone sources for PBP (pictures by pictures) 6. Alpha blend sources for POP (picture on picture) 7. Superimpose sources for PIP (picture in picture)

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 9 of 14 M. Physical Specifications 1. All LED display processor systems shall be rack mountable and be provided with racking accessories.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXECUTION OF THE WORK A. General: Refer to the requirements of the related documents identified in Part 1.1 of this specification for execution of work requirements supplemented by this specification section. B. WORKMANSHIP: The AVS Installer shall adhere to, at a minimum, the following installation practices: 1. Securely mount equipment plumb and square in place. Where equipment is installed in cabinets, provide mounting bolts in all equipment rack fastening holes. All rack mount equipment shall be secured with Rackmount Solutions HTX™ security screws (STARTYPE or similar) provided with nylon washers between bolt heads and equipment. 2. Where head end equipment is packaged by the manufacturer without rack mount ears or braces as part of a regular manufacture process, the AVS Installer shall provide all required accessory ears, brackets, and shelves which are necessary to properly mount the equipment within the designated cabinets and rack locations. 3. Provide appropriate ventilation panels, vents, and/or fans to assure sufficient ventilation for adequate cooling of all equipment. 4. Confirm the polarity and phasing of system components before installation. Connect to maintain uniform polarity and phasing. 5. Insulate all non-insulated, stranded conductors before making termination when connecting to equipment terminals. 6. “Wire”, “wing” and “twist” NUT type connections are not permissible for any type of signal connection. 7. All wiring is to be free from grounds loops, shorts, opens, and reversals. 8. Neatly tie all cabling within equipment cabinets, housings, and terminal cabinets with nylon cable ties at not more than 12" intervals. Install in accordance with the latest EIA installation standards. Engineer approved wiring trough may be used in lieu of tie-wraps. Cable routing shall not braid or cross with other wires in parallel more than once. 9. Secure all cables in equipment cabinets and terminal cabinets to provide strain relief at all raceway exits in accordance with NFPA 70 including all supplements. All plugs and receptacles are to be the grounding type. 10. Connect all equipment power to surge/noise suppression outlet strips or associated power conditioning devices.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 10 of 14 11.

12.

Where system cables are extended through an exposed umbilical connection, the Installer shall harness all associated cable within a common, manufactured, flexible, sheath (ex. Snakeskin™). All racks and cabinets shall be bonded to a grounding system as required by NEC.

C. LABELING SYSTEM. The labeling system for all cables shall be a system that allows for unique identifiers for each cable. Each cable has to have an indicator as to where it is coming from and an indicator as to where it is going.

3.2

SOFTWARE PROGRAMMING AND TESTING A. The required software programming and testing of the AVS system shall include the following tasks: 1. Adjustment and calibration of LED tiles for brightness, color, contrast and any other tile settings to provide a consistent view among all tiles in each sign and between signs. 2. Programming all communication settings, such as IP addresses and others for all LED display processor systems, to be able to communicate with the management platform. 3. Configure all reporting options in the management infrastructure to provide the end user the requested monitoring options. 4. Configure no less than four (4) window templates in each LED display processor system to provide different possibilities of window use.

B. The testing of the system, once installed, shall include the following activities: 1. Verification of all monitoring and status control options for the LED display. 2. Changing window templates. 3. Recovering the system from a power failure. C. ACCEPTANCE STEP: Once the AVS installer has completed the programming phase, the AVS installer shall allocate time to review the complete LED display signage system with the Owner and/or Design Engineer, for compliance with the Contract Documents. Punch list items and conclusions reached via previous meetings and working sessions will be incorporated into the Contract Documents. Some important notes about this step are: 1. It is the sole responsibility of the AVS installer to estimate the time allocated. It is assumed that at this point in time all the features of the AVS system are clear to the Owner and the AVS installer. 2. The AVS installer shall have at least the content sources ready to test all features in the AVS system. 3. The quantity of staff required to attend these meetings by the AVS installer is solely the decision of the AVS installer.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 11 of 14 4.

5.

6. 7. 8.

Physical installation of all devices will be checked again by the Owner and/or the Design Engineer. All previously noted punch list items shall have been corrected by the AVS installer. Failure to complete one or more of the previously issued punch list items or failure to correct any programming changes previously noted will revoke acceptance of the system being tested. Final acceptance will be granted on an LED display by LED display basis. The AVS installer shall notify the Owner no less than 2 weeks in advance of the precise day the final acceptance test will take place. The final acceptance test of the system shall include at a minimum the following activities: a. Verification of all monitoring and status control options for the LED display. b. Changing window templates. c. Recovering the system from a power failure or a cold start.

D. FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND SIGN OFF: Acceptance sign off for an LED display will be granted only after 30 days of error free running and after all of the steps in the acceptance test have been successfully completed. 3.3

TRAINING A. The AVS installer shall only start the testing process after the testing submittal described in Part 1 of this specification has been approved and the Operation and Maintenance manuals have been completed and reviewed by the Design Engineer. The AVS installer shall provide the Owner with different types of training as described herein. B. SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION TRAINING. The AVS installer shall provide system administration training at the job site as described below: 1. At least 8 hours of training shall be provided. 2. Travel time will not be counted as part of the training sessions. 3. Training will be broken down to a maximum of one (1) training session per day. 4. The objective of the system administration training will be to properly operate, trouble shoot, calibrate and perform specific field repairs to AVS equipment. 5. Field repair and calibration training will be limited to those repairs noted by the manufacturer of the equipment as field repairs done by non-factory trained personnel. 6. Training shall be done at the job site with all the equipment operational after final acceptance. 7. Training will be limited to a maximum of 4 attendees per training session. 8. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be delivered prior to the beginning of training sessions.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 12 of 14 C. USER TRAINING. The AVS installer shall provide system administration training at the Project site as described below: 1. At least 10 hours of training shall be provided. 2. Travel time will not be counted as part of the training sessions. 3. Training will be broken down to a maximum of 3 sessions in different days. 4. The objective of the user training will be to properly operate the AVS system. 5. Training will be limited to a maximum of 8 attendees per session. 6. User short form guides shall be provided to all attendees of the sessions. 7. Short form guides shall provide the users with quick finding ways to operate the system. If AVS operation is different from one room to the other, one separate short form guide shall be provided for each room. D. OTHER TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: The AVS installer shall also comply with the following training requirements: 1. All training sessions need to be videotaped. The AVS installer will provide two (2) blurays with all the training sessions in MPEG-2 format. All video clips shall be edited to keep only the content of the training session. 3.4

FULL SERVICE WARRANTY AND SUPPORT A. Warranty will start on the day final acceptance and sign-off is achieved. The overall AVS equipment and software shall be warranted for at least one (1) year. Individual pieces of equipment could be required to have longer warranties specifically noted in this specification section. B. During the warranty period the AVS installer shall ensure that manufacturer certified repair and maintenance personnel are available from 5:00 AM to 1:00 AM every day of the week (including holidays). The maximum on-site response time with qualified personnel for emergency services shall not exceed four (4) hours. Emergency services are described by the following events: 1. Non-operating complete LED display components or LED display systems caused by events like power supply failures, controller freeze, CPU failure, LED display processor system failure, or other failure which cause the LED display(s) to stop updating information or functioning normally. Owner staff will consider this type of event an emergency after a complete re-boot of the LED display(s) (or re-start procedure as outlined by the operating manual supplied by AVS installer) is attempted by staff without success to restore to normal operating routine. 2. Power outage caused by utility power outage will not be considered an emergency. 3. Failure of a tile or a group of tiles causing the tile to display no light or wrong light in a portion of the wall (window) will be considered an emergency, unless the failure of the tile is in a portion of the wall that does not affect (according to Owner staff only) the main message conveyed to passengers.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 13 of 14 4. 5. 6.

Failure of up to 5 pixels in one tile will not be considered an emergency. Failure of a content player or server will not be considered an emergency since those items are provided by the Owner. Break or damage in physical media communicating the LED display processor system to the LED displays will not be considered an emergency because this media is not part of this Contract.

C. Emergency services shall be resolved within 24 hours of the moment the failure was reported to Bidder. D. Failures and warranty services for non-emergency conditions shall be resolved within no more than 24 hours the moment the failure was reported to the AVS installer. E. The warranty support during the first year shall include all labor, transportation, shipping and handling costs for all materials required to be returned to the factory or reseller. F. Preventive maintenance and software upgrades shall be included in the first year of warranty support as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. G. Manufacturer warranties longer that one year shall be transferred to the Owner. The AVS installer shall provide a list with all equipment in the project and duration of the warranty as issued by the manufacturer. 3.5

SPARES A. The following spares shall be provided as part of this Contract: 1. Four (4) tiles (size as supplied) 2. One (1) LED display processor system. If multiple devices make one LED display processor system, then one of each typical device must be provided. 3. Any other devices that would cause an interruption of service on the LED display system.

3.6

POST WARRANTY SERVICE A. The AVS installer shall provide a sample contract for post-warranty support to be evaluated by the Owner. The service required for post warranty support will have the same conditions as the one year warranty support. The AVS installer shall provide pricing for this contract on an annual basis, including the following terms and options: 1. Yearly service agreement without spares. 2. Yearly service agreement with spares. 3. Expected rate of price increase of the service agreement during the first 5 years of the contract.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan—Phase 1B GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT PROJECT GS&P Project No.: 42151.01

AUDIO/VISUAL SYSTEMS Section 27 4100 – Page 14 of 14 3.7

CLOSE OUT INFORMATION A. General: Refer to the requirements of the related documents identified in Part 1.1 of this specification for close-out documentation requirements supplemented by this specification section. The following is a list of required close-out documentation: 1. Drawings indicating final floor plan locations of all AV devices. 2. One line diagrams with all devices connected in the system. 3. List of all IP addresses assigned to each piece of equipment that is part of the AVS. 4. All Operations and Maintenance Manuals (digital format is acceptable, no paper copies). 5. All printed test results. 6. All list of spare parts delivered to the Owner. 7. Videotapes of training sessions requested in this specification section. 8. List of all equipment used in the project and duration of warranty for each piece of equipment extending beyond one year. The manufacturer’s warranty conditions shall be provided as well.

END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

SB

CHECKED BY:

SB

ISSUED

DATE

Bid

9/14/17

Construction

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Division 31 – Earthwork

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B Gateway Enhancement Project GS&P Project NO.: 42151.01

DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS Section 31 6329 – Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

SUMMARY A.

1.2

Related Sections: 1. Section 03 3000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete". UNIT PRICES

A.

Basis of Bids: Base bids on indicated number of drilled piers; design length from top elevation to bottom of shaft as shown on the Contract Documents.

B.

Basis for Payment: Payment for drilled piers will be made on actual net volume of drilled piers in place and approved. Actual length and shaft diameter may vary to coincide with elevations where satisfactory bearing strata are encountered, and with actual bearing value of bearing strata determined by an independent testing and inspecting agency. Adjustments will be made on net variation of total quantities, based on design dimensions for shafts. 1. Unit prices include labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required for excavation, trimming, shoring, casings, dewatering, reinforcement, concrete fill, and other items for complete drilled-pier installation. 2. Unit Prices: Unit prices for the following items, shall be submitted at the time of bid, and will apply in the event additions to or deductions from work are required and authorized by a written order from the Architect, Contractor, or Owner. a. Soil Excavation: Per cubic yard. b. Reinforcing Steel and Dowels, Installed: Per pound c. Concrete: Per cubic yard d. Slurry: Per cubic yard 3. There will be no additional compensation for excavation, concrete fill, reinforcing, casings, or other costs due to unauthorized over-excavating shafts or bells. No payment will be made for rejected drilled piers.

1.3

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Refer to 03 3000 “Cast-in-Place Concrete”. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A.

Slurry mix

B.

Installation procedures

C.

Qualification data for installer

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B Gateway Enhancement Project GS&P Project NO.: 42151.01

DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS Section 31 6329 – Page 2 of 6 1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Drilled Pier Standard: Comply with provisions in ACI 336.1, "Reference Specifications for the Construction of Drilled Piers," unless modified in this Section.

B.

Survey Work: Engage a qualified registered land surveyor or professional engineer to perform surveys, layouts, and measurements for drilled piers. Before excavating, lay out each drilled pier to lines and levels required. Record actual measurements of each drilled pier's location, shaft diameter, bottom and top elevations, deviations from specified tolerances, and other specified data. 1. Record and maintain information pertinent to each drilled pier and cooperate with Owner's testing and inspecting agency to provide data for required reports.

1.6

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities before excavating drilled piers. If utilities are to remain in place, provide protection from damage during drilled pier operations. 1. Site Information: Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of continuity of such conditions. It is expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conditions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data are made available for convenience of Contractor and are not guaranteed to represent conditions that may be encountered. 2. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, adapt drilling procedure if necessary to prevent damage to utilities. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping services and facilities in operation without interruption. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner.

B.

Interruption of Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt any utility to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner and Architect no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of utility. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of utility without Architect’s or Owner’s written permission.

C.

Site Information: A geotechnical report has been prepared for this Project and is referenced elsewhere in the Project Manual for information only.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

STEEL REINFORCEMENT A.

Refer to 03 3000 “Cast-in-Place Concrete”.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B Gateway Enhancement Project GS&P Project NO.: 42151.01

DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS Section 31 6329 – Page 3 of 6 2.2

CONCRETE MATERIALS A.

Refer to 03 3000 “Cast-in-Place Concrete”

B.

Sand-Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type II; clean, natural sand, ASTM C404; and water to result in grout with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 1000 psi), of consistency required for application.

2.3

STEEL CASINGS A.

2.4

Steel Pipe Casings: ASTM A283, Grade C; or ASTM A36, carbon-steel plate, with joints fullpenetration welded according to AWS D1.1. SLURRY

A.

2.5

Slurry: Pulverized sodium bentonite, pulverized attapulgite, or polymers, mixed with water to form stable colloidal suspension; complying with ACI 336.1 for density, viscosity, sand content, and pH. CONCRETE MIX

A.

Refer to 03 3000 “Cast-in-Place Concrete”.

B.

For Concrete Placed Under Water mix shall have: 1. Slump of 6 to 9 inches. 2. Water-reducing, set-controlling admixture and air-entraining admixture. 3. Water/cement ratio: 0.45.

2.6

CONCRETE MIXING A.

Refer to 03 3000 “Cast-in-Place Concrete”.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

PREPARATION A.

Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, vibration, and other hazards created by drilled-pier operations.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B Gateway Enhancement Project GS&P Project NO.: 42151.01

DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS Section 31 6329 – Page 4 of 6 3.2

EXCAVATION A.

Obstructions: Removal of unanticipated boulders, concrete, masonry, or other unforeseen obstructions that cannot be removed by conventional augers fitted with soil or rock teeth, drilling buckets, or under-reaming tools attached to drilling equipment of size, power, torque, and downthrust necessary for the Work, will be paid according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.

B.

Prevent surface water from entering excavated shafts. Conduct water to site drainage facilities.

C.

Excavate shafts for drilled piers to indicated elevations. Remove loose material from bottom of excavation. 1. Excavate bottom of drilled piers to level plane within 1:12 tolerance.

D.

Notify and allow Owner's testing and inspecting agency to test and inspect bottom of excavation. If unsuitable bearing stratum is encountered, make adjustments to drilled piers as determined by Architect and Geotechnical Engineer. 1. Do not excavate shafts deeper than elevations indicated, unless approved by Architect and Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Additional authorized excavation will be paid according to Contract provisions. 3. Bottom elevations, bearing capacities, and lengths of drilled piers as shown on drawings are estimated from available soil data. Actual elevations, drilled pier lengths, and bearing capacities will be determined by Owner's Testing Agency from conditions found in excavations. Final evaluations and acceptance of data will be determined by Architect and Geotechnical Engineer.

E.

Slurry Displacement Method: Stabilize excavation with slurry maintained above ground-water level as indicated in Geotechnical report and above unstable soil strata to prevent caving or sloughing of shaft. Maintain slurry properties before concreting. 1. Excavate and complete concreting of drilled pier on same day, if possible, or redrill, clean, and test slurry in excavation before concreting. 2. Clean bottom of each shaft before concreting.

F.

Temporary Casings: Install watertight steel casings of sufficient length and thickness to prevent water seepage into shaft; to withstand compressive, displacement, and withdrawal stresses; and to maintain stability of shaft walls. 1. Remove temporary casings, maintained in plumb position, during concrete placement and before initial set of concrete.

G.

Construction Tolerances: Locate and install drilled pier within the following tolerances: 1. Maximum permissible variation of location of drilled pier centerline not more than 1/24th of shaft diameter or 3 inches, whichever is less. 2. Shafts out of plumb, not more than 1.5 percent of length nor exceeding 12.5 percent of shaft diameter or 15 inches, whichever is less.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B Gateway Enhancement Project GS&P Project NO.: 42151.01

DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS Section 31 6329 – Page 5 of 6 3. 4.

3.3

Concrete cut-off elevation, plus 1/2 inches to minus 1-1/2 inches. If tolerances are exceeded, provide corrective construction. Submit design and construction proposals to Architect for review before proceeding.

INSTALLATION A.

Fabricate and install reinforcing cages symmetrically about axis of shafts in a single unit.

B.

Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement during concreting. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement of 3 inches, or 4 inches for drilled piers with temporary casings.

C.

Use templates to set anchor rods, leveling plates, and other accessories furnished in work of other Sections. Provide blocking and holding devices to maintain required position during final concrete placement.

D.

Protect exposed ends of extended reinforcement, dowels, or anchor rods from mechanical damage and exposure to weather.

E.

Do not weld reinforcement.

3.4

CONCRETE PLACEMENT A.

Refer to 03 3000 “Cast-in-Place Concrete”.

B.

Place concrete in continuous operation and without segregation immediately after inspection and approval of shaft by Owner's independent testing and inspecting agency.

C.

Dry Method: 1. Place concrete with chutes, tremies, or pumps. Do not free fall concrete. 2. Vibrate top 60 inches of concrete.

D.

Concrete Place Under Water: 1. Use concrete specifically mixed for placement under water as specified herein. Place concrete with flexible pipe (tremie of concrete pump hose) with adequate strength, weight, and water-tightness to perform desired operation and with a diameter approximately eight times size of largest aggregate. 2. Deposit concrete in a slow, smooth and continuous operation.

E.

Slurry Displacement Method: Place concrete in slurry-filled shafts by tremie methods or pumping. Control placement operations to ensure that tremie or pump pipe is embedded no fewer than that indicated in Geotechnical Report but not less than 60 inches into concrete, and flow of concrete is continuous from bottom to top of drilled pier.

SARASOTA BRADENTON INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Airport Master Signage Plan – Phase 1B Gateway Enhancement Project GS&P Project NO.: 42151.01

DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS AND SHAFTS Section 31 6329 – Page 6 of 6 F.

Coordinate withdrawal of temporary casings with concrete placement to maintain head of concrete as indicated in Geotechnical report but not less than 60 inches above bottom of casing. 1. Vibrate top 60 inches of concrete after withdrawal of temporary casing.

G.

Screed concrete at cutoff elevation level and apply scoured, rough finish. Where cutoff elevation is above the ground elevation, form top section above grade and extend shaft to required elevation.

H.

Place concrete immediately on delivery. Keep exposed concrete surfaces and formed shaft extensions moist by fog sprays, wet burlap, or other effective means for minimum seven days.

3.5

DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A.

3.6

Remove surplus excavated material and slurry and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Refer to 01 4533 “Structural Tests and Inspections” END OF SECTION

PREPARED BY:

DC

CHECKED BY:

AS

ISSUED

DATE

BID

9/14/17

CONSTRUCTION